12468 HPS FL (B I Range) Jenn Air Microwave Oven W206 990700010

User Manual: Jenn-Air Microwave Oven W206

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 220

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

GE HOME PRODUCTS
AND SERVICES
SPRING 1999

F E AT U R I N G A F U L L L I N E O F G E A P P L I A N C E S

We bring good things to life.

T HE # 1 S UPPLIER OF A PPLIANCES
T O T HE B UILDING I NDUSTR Y
THANKS FOR MAKING US
NUMBER ONE – AGAIN!
Year after year, GE appliances have been the first choice
of builders, according to Professional Builder magazine.
In 1998, GE was again the number one brand in every
major appliance category – and the number one choice of
remodelers, too. GE is the top brand with consumers, too!
According to the 1998 Louis Harris Poll, GE is the appliance
brand most often mentioned among brands rated as
offering the best products and services in America.

QUIET-BY-DESIGN
APPLIANCES
MAKE LIFE EASIER FOR EVERYONE IN THE FAMILY
Today, homes are much more open, integrating the family
room with a live-in kitchen and laundry area. GE has
created a quieter line of appliances—models that have been
designed to respond to the needs of today’s new home
buyer. Take a look at all of our “Quiet By Design” GE models
and you’ll see why we can’t keep quiet about them any longer.

YOU’LL NEVER HAVE TO BUY
BOTTLED WATER AGAIN.
DID YOU KNOW THAT 75% OF AMERICANS ARE
CONCERNED ABOUT THE QUALITY OF WATER*?
Here’s some refreshing news. GE now offers a selection
of water filtration and water softening systems.
See page 38-49 for more information.
* Source: Water Quality Association

#1 with Builders and Remodelers
“Current Usage Within Past 12 Months”
GE
Whirlpool
Kenmore
KitchenAid
Jenn Air
Maytag
Frigidaire
Amana
Hotpoint
Magic Chef
1

Builder %

Remodeler %

Professional Builder, 1998 Brand Use Study;
weighted average of dishwashers,
ranges/ovens, refrigerators/freezers,
washers and dryers.

Professional Remodeler, 1998 Brand Use
Study; weighted average of dishwashers,
ranges/ovens, refrigerators/freezers,
(washers and dryers not asked).

EXCLUSIVE CUSTOMSTYLE™
REFRIGERATORS: NOW IT’S
EASIER THAN EVER TO
ACHIEVE THE BEAUTIFUL
BUILT-IN LOOK OF A
CUSTOM KITCHEN.
THE NEW CUSTOMSTYLE™ REFRIGERATORS
INSTALL NEARLY FLUSH WITH KITCHEN CABINETS,
SAVING FLOOR SPACE.
The effect is dramatic. It sets your kitchen and home apart
delivering the design home buyers expect, and the
distinctive style and convenience they want.
See pages 8-21 for more information.

STAINLESS. THE DESIGN DETAIL
THAT MAKES YOUR HOME MEMORABLE.
THE GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™ SETS NEW STANDARDS FOR BOTH DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE.
Lately, more and more design conscious people are discovering that incorporating stainless steel into their kitchen decor
doesn’t have to be an “all or nothing” decision. They can be mixed or matched with either black or white appliances.
As for cabinetry, stainless steel compliments natural wood tones and it looks sensational with traditional and designer colors.
3

M ILES & M ILES O F S UPPORT
D ESIGN ED A ROUND
Y OUR B USINESS N EEDS .
GE COMMERCIAL
SERVICE PROGRAM
If you manage property or a
commercial site and one of your units
has a maintenance problem, it’s critical!
GE offers expert service by more than
1,100 highly-trained factory technicians
nationwide. Also we offer same day/
next day or at-your-convenience-service
to minimize untimely delays. Over 85%
of our repair calls are complete in one
visit. Call us anytime. Our Commercial
Response Team is ready to expedite
your service needs by phone or fax.
The Commercial Service program
eliminates “trip charges”, offers flat rate
labor pricing and discounts for multiple
repair calls. Call 1-800-626-8690
for more details.

PROFESSIONAL SALES
SUPPORT AND AUTHORIZED
DISTRIBUTORS
Knowledgeable and responsive
professionals know your market and
understand your needs. For
customers who want local support
and showrooms, GE Authorized
Distributors are an excellent resource.
They serve the property management
industry and offer custom services to
fit almost any special need.

GENUINE GE PARTS
1-800-851-6200
As a leading manufacturer of
major appliances, we know parts and
accessories. You can depend on GE
to provide you with quality parts for GE
and Hotpoint brand appliances. To
receive fast delivery and every day low
prices, a property management firm
should call to place an order
or to be set up as an
authorized
wholesale
parts account.

Fully stocked appliance distribution
centers can deliver the appliances you want,
when you want them, where you want them.
Customized installation services are available in most markets.
4

AVAILABILITY AND DELIVERY
YOU CAN COUNT ON
You get the appliances you want,
when you want them, where you want
them. Our Availability Management
System is a sophisticated computer
systems approach to managing
product availability, distribution
and delivery.
From full-line appliance
distribution centers, we can ship
directly to customers and our
authorized Builder Distributors or
to a network of over 100 Scheduled
Delivery Service locations for
local delivery to you.

GE APPLIANCE SERVICE
MAKES SERVICING
APPLIANCES OUR JOB–
NOT YOURS!
1-800-GE-CARES
With the largest manufacturerowned and authorized service
organization in the appliance
industry, GE service professionals
can respond quickly if repairs are
needed. GE Appliance Service
offers a broad selection of service
plans on appliances and other
home products.

GE’s strong warranties and the
largest manufacturer owned
service organization means
we’re responsible, not you.

GE ON-LINE
http://www.ge.com/appliances
For quick access to installation
instructions, use & care manuals, and
virtually all information you need
about GE products, parts, accessories,
service contracts and more, visit the
GE Appliance site on the World
Wide Web. Access our site
through your Internet
service provider.

GE ANSWER CENTER®
INFORMATION SERVICE
800.626.2000

GE QUICKSPECS
800.432.3729

For answers about Monogram,
GE Profile Performance Series,™
GE Profile,™ GE and Hotpoint
appliances– everything from features,
benefits, and model comparisons
to installation information and energy
usage– call the GE Answer Center,®
any time. We never close!
®

Access to information
about GE products is
now available 24 hours
a day through the
GE Appliance site on
the World Wide Web.

To simplify planning for your
projects, you can have product
features and dimensions faxed,
within minutes, at no cost to you.
Call GE QuickSpecs, available to
you 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

GE CUSTOMERNET
Here’s what it does:
GE CustomerNet provides a
seamless, complete on-line
connection to GE! Just bring up the
site on your computer, and you’ll be
able to send or receive information
anytime, 24 hours a day. You can
work by your schedule, placing
orders, checking availability,
printing original invoices, receiving
proof-of-delivery, even printing
spec sheets—right on-line.
All you need is access to the
internet (that is a computer, modem,
service provider and browser).
Contact your ASM to get set up on
GE’s CustomerNet.

Some kitchens are ver y expressive.
Just like some people.

Whether you’re a remodeler or builder, we can help make your kitchens more expressive, and
impressive, through the creative use of stainless steel. The exciting GE Profile Performance Series™
was designed with your customers in mind. It has all the style they can imagine and all the performance
they deserve. And as you can see, it’s designed to let you mix classic white (or black) appliances with
the latest in stainless steel design.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRODUCT

PAGE

SPECIFICATIONS/INSTALLATION

CustomStyle Refrigerators ...........................................................................................................8-21..............................................................................142-147
Side-by-Side Refrigerators. .............................................................................................................22-26............................................................................148-149
Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators........................................................................................................27........................................................................................150
™

Top-Freezer No-Frost Refrigerators .............................................................................................28-33............................................................................150-152
Cycle and Manual Defrost Refrigerators .....................................................................................34........................................................................................153
Compact Refrigerators ...................................................................................................................35........................................................................................153
Freezers.............................................................................................................................................36-37...................................................................................154
Refrigeration Trim Kits...............................................................................................................................................................................................................155
Water Systems
Filtration Systems ............................................................................................................................38-45............................................................................156-157
Softening Systems............................................................................................................................46-49...................................................................................158
Laundry
Washers and Dryers ........................................................................................................................50-57............................................................................159-161
Front Loading Washer & Dryer ....................................................................................................58-59...................................................................................162
Dryer Exhausting and Installation Information ..............................................................................................................................................................163-165
Spacemaker® Washers & Dryers....................................................................................................60.................................................................................166-167
Commercial Washers & Dryers.....................................................................................................61
Built-In Cooking Products
Wall Ovens .......................................................................................................................................62-74............................................................................168-176
Warming Drawers ...........................................................................................................................75........................................................................................177
Cooktops...........................................................................................................................................76-81............................................................................178-184
Slide-In/Drop-In Ranges ...............................................................................................................82-85 ...................................................................184, 188-192
Ventilation Options ........................................................................................................................86-87............................................................................185-187
Free-Standing Cooking Products
Electric Ranges ................................................................................................................................88-99............................................................................192-194
40" Electric Ranges .........................................................................................................................99........................................................................................195
Gas Ranges .......................................................................................................................................100-107 .......................................................................196-197
Microwave Ovens
Over-The-Range ..............................................................................................................................108-109, 111-113........................................................198-199
Built-In ..............................................................................................................................................110......................................................................................200
Countertop.......................................................................................................................................114-118 .......................................................................201-202
Spacemaker II™................................................................................................................................119......................................................................................202
Countertop Microwave Oven Built-In Trim Kits........................................................................119......................................................................................203
Dishwashers
Built-In ..............................................................................................................................................120-124 .......................................................................204-205
Convertible.......................................................................................................................................125......................................................................................206
Spacemaker® Undersink and Built-In..........................................................................................126...............................................................................206-207
Disposers and Compactors ............................................................................................................127......................................................................................208
Room Air Conditioners
“J” Series Built-Ins............................................................................................................................128-131 .......................................................................210-211
Zoneline® ..........................................................................................................................................132-133 .......................................................................212-214
Deluxe, Value and Heat/Cool......................................................................................................134-135...............................................................................209
Split System ......................................................................................................................................136......................................................................................212
Slide-Aire ..........................................................................................................................................136......................................................................................209
Dehumidifiers..................................................................................................................................136......................................................................................214
Warranty Information ....................................................................................................................138-141
Nomenclatures ................................................................................................................................215-219

E XCLUSIVE C USTOM S TYLE ™ R EFRIGERATORS :
N OW I T ’ S E ASIER T HAN E VER T O A CHIEVE

Above: A great step up! A GE 24 cu. ft. CustomStyle refrigerator stands nearly flush with countertops, creating a beautifully
integrated kitchen—the kind of kitchen that sells homes. Why would you want to show anything less?
TPX24BRB shown with white acrylic panels and optional collar trim kit TRMBISWW

Refrigeration
Water Systems

T HE B EAUTIFUL B UILT-I N L OOK
O F A C USTOM K ITCHEN
When the builders provide
all the appliances, it
accentuates the quality
and value of the home.

Laundry

Beautiful examples are
the GE CustomStyle™
refrigerators, which install
nearly flush with kitchen
cabinets. This saves floor

Cooking Products

space! Save nearly 7" with
side-by-side models and
nearly 5" with top-freezer
models. There are two style
options to choose from:
Trimless or Installed Trim.

Microwave Ovens

Trimless models simply slide
in, there’s nothing to attach
or build. Installed trim
models can be decorated
with custom wood panels to
match the cabinets, or with
black, white, or stainless steel

Dishwashers

panels available from GE.
It’s a final touch that delivers
the design consumers expect
and the distinctive style

Room Air

they want.

ONLY GE OFFERS CUSTOMSTYLE™ REFRIGERATORS, AND
THEY’RE AVAILABLE IN SIDE-BY-SIDE AND TOP-FREEZER MODELS

A GE CustomStyle side-by-side refrigerator is the perfect solution
for today’s open-living kitchen designs.

GE’s new CustomStyle top-freezer refrigerator looks built-in on the
outside, has more accessibility and convenience on the inside.

AMERICA’S #1 MANUFACTURER
OF REFRIGERATORS
HAS DONE IT AGAIN!

Side-By-Side Refrigerators

Others extend
up to 33"
from wall

GE CustomStyle™
extends 26"
from wall

HOW DID GE DO IT?
Innovative engineering, that’s how! GE redesigned the refrigerators

33"

from the inside out. The goal was to offer consumers a stylish

26"
saves
nearly 7"

refrigerator that wouldn’t take up as much floor space and at the
same time, offer full-capacity storage. We did it! As a result, we are
now offering a whole new category of refrigerators: CustomStyle.™
This new line is available in a full color selection including stainless
steel, as well as with custom panel options.

Top-Freezer Refrigerators

Others extend
up to 31"
from wall

GE CustomStyle™
extends 26"
from wall

31"

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 142 and 146.

“Because they install nearly flush with
the cabinets, these refrigerators save
floor space. They don’t stick out
into the kitchen!”

26"
saves
nearly 5"

CustomStyle™
Refrigerators

GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™
CUSTOMSTYLE™ STAINLESS STEEL MODELS
SLEEKER, BEAUTIFULLY-CRAFTED NEW MODELS NOW AVAILABLE
prestigious GE Profile Performance™ Series. With these new models, no trim or slide-in panels are required. The result is a finely-crafted,
sleeker, cleaner CustomStyle appearance. Lately, more and more design-conscious home owners are discovering that incorporating stainless
steel into their kitchen decor doesn’t have to be an “all or nothing” decision. GE’s new Profile Performance stainless steel refrigerators can be
“mixed” with either black or white appliances. The effect is stunning. It’s amazing how one major appliance can literally upgrade an entire
kitchen. As for cabinetry, stainless steel compliments natural wood tones; and it also looks sensational with both traditional and designer colors.

Water Systems

GE has kept pace with America’s growing appetite for stainless steel appliances by introducing new CustomStyle refrigerators in the

GE Profile Performance Series™
Top-Freezer Stainless Steel Trimless Model
TNS22PRC

• Exclusive Water by Culligan™ • Squared doors

• LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled
water • Rounded doors

Room Air

GE Profile Performance Series™
Side-By-Side Stainless Steel Trimless Model
TPS24BPC

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

Cooking Products

Laundry

New stainless steel models feature sleek black handles and dispenser.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 142 and 146.

CUSTOMSTYLE™ SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATORS:
CHOOSE A TRIMLESS OR INSTALLED TRIM MODEL

GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Model
TPX24PBB

GE Profile™
Installed Trim Model
TPX24BRB
shown with a custom wood panel and optional collar trim TRMBISWW.

TRIMLESS MODELS:
INSTALLATION MADE EASY,
SIMPLY SLIDE IN

INSTALLED-TRIM MODELS:
ANOTHER WAY
TO CUSTOMIZE

The trimless CustomStyle units install by simply sliding into—way

Whether you’re building a brand new kitchen or planning for a

into—the space between cabinets. Because they align with counters,

renovation, GE opens a world of design possibilities. CustomStyle™

CustomStyle refrigerators instantly look built-in. And there’s nothing

refrigerators accept a variety of door panels: acrylic white, black or

to attach or custom build. Available in white, black, stainless steel

almond, and stainless steel panels. The choices are simple.

and almond.
Trimless models shown on pages 18, 19 and 20.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 142.

CustomStyle™
Refrigerators

CUSTOMSTYLE™ SIDE-BY-SIDE TRIM AND PANEL OPTIONS
INSTALLED TRIM MODELS
Optional door panels: another way to customize.

Water Systems

When you choose GE CustomStyle™ refrigerators with installed trim the choices of design are practically endless. Order
acrylic panels in white, black, almond or stainless steel panels from GE, or make and install your own custom wood panels to
accent the cabinetry in your kitchen.

Optional collar trim: available for all models listed below.
The optional collar trim is just another way GE lets you integrate our CustomStyle™ refrigerators into your kitchen decor.
Available in white, black, almond and stainless steel, this trim frames the refrigerator facade, adding to the finished look of a
built-in, custom kitchen. Collar trim: TRMBISWW, TRMBISBB, TRMBISAA, TRMBISSS.

Panels available:

Laundry

Model TPX24BRB is available with white, black, almond, stainless steel or custom wood panel options.
Models TPX24BPB, TPX24BIB and TPX21BRB are available with white, black, stainless steel or custom
wood panel options.

TPX24BPBBB
Shown with optional
black acrylic panels.
Water by Culligan,™
LightTouch! dispenser.

TPX24BPBBB
Shown with custom wood
panels. Water by Culligan,™
LightTouch! dispenser.

TPX24BRBWW
Shown with optional
white acrylic panels.
LightTouch! dispenser.

Microwave Ovens

Cooking Products

DISPENSER MODELS

TPX24BRBAA
Shown with custom wood
panels. LightTouch! dispenser.

TPX21BRBBB
Shown with custom wood
panels. LightTouch! dispenser.

TPX21BRBWW
Shown with optional
white acrylic panels.
LightTouch! dispenser.

TPX24BIBBB
Shown with optional
black acrylic panels.
Non-dispenser.

TPX24BIBWW
Shown with optional
white acrylic panels.
Non-dispenser.

For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 142.

Room Air

Dishwashers

NON-DISPENSER MODELS

HOW TO BUILD IN THE SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™ REFRIGERATOR
IT’S ALL SO EASY.
Still another advantage offered by GE Profile Performance™ and GE Profile™ CustomStyle Refrigerators is the
ease with which they can be installed. For a refrigerator that does so much to enhance the beauty of your
kitchen, the “behind the scenes” preparation and installation are surprisingly simple.

W3624

Side
Trim

Route
hand slot
before
installing
panel.

1/2" to 3/4" PANEL

Select appropriate
size door panel from
cabinet line.

CustomStyle™
Refrigerators

THE ONLY CUSTOMSTYLE™ TOP-FREEZER REFRIGERATOR:
CHOOSE A TRIMLESS OR INSTALLED TRIM MODEL
This is the first top-freezer refrigerator designed to align with countertops and not stick out or take up valuable floor space, evoking the

GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Model
TNX22PRCWW

GE Profile Performance Series™
Installed-Trim Model
TNX22BRCBB shown with custom wood panels.

TRIMLESS MODELS:
INSTALLATION MADE EASY,
SIMPLY SLIDE IN

INSTALLED-TRIM MODELS:
ANOTHER WAY TO CUSTOMIZE

The trimless CustomStyle units install by simply sliding into—way

with installed trim, the choices are practically endless. Order acrylic

into—the space between cabinets. Because they align with counters,

panels in white and black, or stainless steel panels from GE, or make

CustomStyle refrigerators instantly look built-in. And there’s

and install your own custom wood panels to accent the cabinetry in

nothing to attach or custom build. Available in white, black,

your kitchen.

almond and stainless steel.

Optional Collar Trim: A fitting finish for the built-in look. The

Trimless models shown on page 21.

optional collar trim is just another way GE lets you integrate our

Optional Door Panels: When you choose GE CustomStyle™ models

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

Cooking Products

Laundry

Water Systems

“premium impression” of a custom built-in kitchen. Best of all, it has full-capacity storage and saves nearly 5" of floor space.

Room Air

CustomStyle™ refrigerators into your kitchen decor. Available in
white, black and stainless steel, this trim frames the refrigerator
facade, adding to the finished look of a built-in, custom kitchen.
Collar Trim: TRMBISWW, TRMBISBB, TRMBISSS.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 146.

CUSTOMSTYLE™ TOP-FREEZER TRIM AND PANEL OPTIONS
INSTALLED TRIM MODELS
Optional door panels: another way to customize.
When you choose GE CustomStyle™ refrigerators with installed trim the choices of design are practically endless. Order
acrylic panels in white, black or stainless steel panels from GE, or make and install your own custom wood panels to accent
the cabinetry in your kitchen.

Optional collar trim: available for all models listed below.
The optional collar trim is just another way GE lets you integrate our CustomStyle™ refrigerators into your kitchen decor.
Available in white, black and stainless steel, this trim frames the refrigerator facade, adding to the finished look of a
built-in, custom kitchen. Collar trim: TRMBISWW, TRMBISBB, TRMBISAA, TRMBISSS.

Panels available:
Models TNX22BRC and TNX22BAC are available with white, black, stainless steel or custom wood panel options.
Model TNS22BRC is only available with stainless steel panels.

DISPENSER MODELS

TNX22BRCWW
Shown with optional
white acrylic panels.
LightTouch! dispenser.

TNX22BRCBB
Shown with optional
stainless steel panels.
LightTouch! dispenser.

TNX22BRCBB
Shown with custom wood
panels. LightTouch! dispenser.

TNS22BRCBS
Shown with installed
stainless steel panels.
LightTouch! dispenser.

NON-DISPENSER MODELS

TNX22BACBB
Shown with optional
black acrylic panels.
Non-dispenser.

TNX22BACBB
Shown with optional
stainless steel panels.
Non-dispenser.

TNX22BACBB
Shown with custom wood
panels. Non-dispenser.
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 146.

IT’S ALL SO EASY.

CustomStyle™
Refrigerators

HOW TO BUILD IN THE TOP-FREEZER CUSTOMSTYLE™ REFRIGERATOR

Still another advantage offered by GE Profile Performance™ CustomStyle Refrigerators is the ease with which they can be installed.

Water Systems

For a refrigerator that does so much to enhance the beauty of your kitchen, the “behind the scenes” preparation and installation are
surprisingly simple.

Laundry

Top Trim

Side
Trim

Microwave Ovens

Route
hand slot
before
installing
panel.

Cooking Products

Route
hand slot
before
installing
panel.

Room Air

Dishwashers

1/2" to 3/4" PANEL

SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™ MODELS: 24 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • Quick Space™ shelf • Spacemaker™ adjustable gallon door bins • Two slide-out,
spill-proof glass shelves • Wire Everwhite slide-out freezer baskets • Smart Storage System • Beverage rack

GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Stainless Steel Dispenser Model
TPS24PBB
• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel model with
trimless rounded doors, black handles and black
dispenser • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• LightTouch! dispenser • Electronic Monitor
and Diagnostic System • Refreshment Center
• Premium Deluxe handles
Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.

Smart Storage System offers
maximum storage flexibility.

GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Dispenser Models
TPX24PBB
• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• LightTouch! dispenser • Electronic Monitor and
Diagnostic System • Refreshment Center • Rounded
doors • Premium Deluxe handles

Water by Culligan™ provides
cleaner, better tasting water
and ice instantly from your
LightTouch! dispenser.

TPX24PPB (not shown)
• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• LightTouch! dispenser • Premium Deluxe handles
TPS24PPB (not shown)
• Similar features as TPX24PPB, except stainless steel
model with trimless rounded doors, black handles
and black dispenser

Slide-Out, Spill-Proof Shelves
help contain spills for ease
of cleaning.

YOUR WATER BY CULLIGAN™
REPLACEMENT FILTER (FXRC1) can be ordered
through the GE Answer Center® (1-800-626-2000),
Customer Service Parts Center (1-800-626-2002)
or through your Authorized GE Dealer.
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 142.

WATER FILTER WARRANTY:
30 days parts only warranty.

CustomStyle™
Refrigerators

Water Systems

GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Stainless Steel Dispenser Model
TPS24BPC
• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• LightTouch! dispenser • Factory-installed stainless
steel trimless squared doors and handles • Full-length
handles with stainless steel appearance

Installed Trim Dispenser Model
TPX24BPB (not shown)

GE Profile™
Models with Installed Trim
TPX24BRB Dispenser Model

• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • LightTouch! dispenser
• Rounded doors • Premium Deluxe handles

• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • LightTouch! dispenser • Optional
panels available • Full-length color-matched handles

TPS24PIB Non-Dispenser Stainless Steel Model (not shown)

TPX24BIB Non-Dispenser Model (not shown)

• 23.7 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel model with trimless
rounded doors • Premium Deluxe handles • Equipped with
factory-installed Nice Cubes™ icemaker

• 23.7 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped with factory-installed
Nice Cubes™ icemaker • Optional panels available
• Full-length color-matched handles

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 142.

Room Air

GE Profile™
Trimless Models
TPX24PRB Dispenser Model

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

Cooking Products

Laundry

• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• LightTouch! dispenser • Optional panels available
• Full-length color-matched handles

Trimless Model
TPS24BIC Non-Dispenser Stainless Steel Model (not shown)
• Similar features as TPX24BIB, except has factory-installed
stainless steel trimless squared doors and handles

SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™ MODELS: 21 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water • Quick Space™ shelf
• Spacemaker™ adjustable gallon door bins • Two slide-out, spill-proof glass shelves • Wire Everwhite slide-out freezer baskets
• Smart Storage System • Beverage rack

GE Profile™
TPX21BRB
Dispenser Model with Installed Trim
• 20.7 cu. ft. capacity • Optional panels
available • Full-length color-matched handles

QuickSpace™ Shelf slides back
for storage of tall containers.

Slide-Out Freezer Baskets
allow for quick and easy
loading and unloading.

GE Profile™
TPX21PRB
Trimless Dispenser Model
• 20.7 cu. ft. capacity • Premium
Deluxe handles

Beverage Rack offers flexible
tall bottle storage.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 142.

CustomStyle™
Refrigerators

TOP-FREEZER CUSTOMSTYLE™ MODELS: 22 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Beverage Rack • Adjustable spill-proof glass shelves • Adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crispers
• Adjustable modular gallon door bins • Dual up-front temperature control (back-lit) • QuickSpace™ shelf • Slide-out, spill-proof

Water Systems

crisper cover • Quick Store™ bin • Adjustable temperature meat pan • Adjustable dairy compartment

GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Models
TNX22PRC Dispenser Model
• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity • LightTouch! dispenser
delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water
• Rounded doors • Color-matched
Premium Deluxe handles

• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel trimless
rounded doors • Premium Deluxe black
handles

Laundry

Slide-Out, Spill-Proof
Crisper Cover pulls out for easy
access and quick cleanup.

TNS22PRC Dispenser Stainless Steel
Model (not shown)

Cooking Products

TNX22PAC Non-Dispenser Model (not shown)
• 21.9 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker

QuickSpace™ Shelf slides back
to store tall items.

GE Profile Performance Series™
Installed Trim Models
TNS22BRC Dispenser Stainless Steel Model

Modular Door Bins store gallon
containers with ease.

Microwave Ovens

• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity • Factory-installed stainless
steel panels, trim and full-length handles

TNX22BAC Non-Dispenser Model (not shown)
• 21.9 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker • Rounded doors
• Factory-installed trim with optional panels
and full-length color-matched handles
TNX22BRC Dispenser Model (not shown)

Dishwashers

• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity • LightTouch! dispenser
delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water

Room Air

LightTouch! Dispenser
delivers cubes, crushed ice
and chilled water.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 146.

SIDE-BY-SIDE MODELS: 30 TO 28 CU. FT.
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water
• Quick Space™ shelf • Two slide-out, spill-proof glass shelves • Wire Everwhite slide-out freezer baskets
• Smart Storage System • Beverage rack • Premium Deluxe handles

GE Profile Performance Series™
TFX30PBB
• 29.8 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive
Water by Culligan™ • Electronic Monitor
and Diagnostic System • Refreshment
Center • 4 Spacemaker™ extra-deep door
bins (3 with gallon storage, 1 adjustable)
• Rounded doors • Slide-out cantilevered
freezer basket
Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.

Water by Culligan™ provides
cleaner, better-tasting water
and ice instantly from your
LightTouch! dispenser.

Refreshment Center
provides easy access to
frequently-used items.

Smart Storage System offers
maximum storage flexibility.

GE Profile Performance Series™
TFX30PPB

GE Profile Performance Series™
TFS28PBBBS

• 29.8 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• 4 Spacemaker ™ extra-deep door bins with gallon
storage (3 adjustable) • Rounded doors • Slide-out
cantilevered freezer basket

• 28.2 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel model with
trimless rounded doors • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• Electronic Monitor and Diagnostic System
• Refreshment Center • 4 door bins, 3 with
gallon storage, 1 adjustable

TFS28PPBBS (not shown)
• 28.2 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel model
with trimless rounded doors • 4 modular door bins,
2 adjustable with gallon storage
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 148.

TFX28PBB (not shown)
• White on white, Black on black
or Almond on almond model

Side-By-Side
Refrigerators

SIDE-BY-SIDE MODELS: 28 TO 22 CU. FT.
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water
• Quick Space™ shelf • Two slide-out, spill-proof glass shelves • Wire Everwhite slide-out freezer baskets
• Smart Storage System • Beverage rack • Premium Deluxe handles

Water Systems

GE Profile Performance Series™
TFX28PPC
• 28.2 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water
by Culligan™ • 4 door bins, 2 adjustable
with gallon storage • Slide-out cantilevered
freezer baskets

Cooking Products

Laundry

Adjustable Modular Gallon
Door Bins store gallons with
ease and flexibility.

GE Profile Performance Series™
TFS25PPBBS

GE Profile™
TFX27PRB

• 25.2 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel model with
trimless door • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• 4 door shelves, 2 adjustable with gallon storage

• 26.6 cu. ft. capacity • 5 Spacemaker™
door bins (4 adjustable with gallon storage)

• White on white, Black on black
or Almond on almond model

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 148.

TFX25PRB (not shown)
• 25.2 cu. ft. capacity • 4 door shelves,
2 adjustable with gallon storage
TFX25PAB Non-Dispenser Model (not shown)

TFX22PPB (not shown)

• 25.3 cu. ft. capacity

• 21.6 cu. ft. capacity

TFX22PRB (not shown)

TFS22PPBBS (not shown)

• 21.6 cu. ft. capacity

Room Air

TFX25PPB (not shown)

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

LightTouch! dispenser delivers
crushed ice, cubes and chilled
water through the door.

• Stainless steel model with trimless door
23

SIDE-BY-SIDE “Z” SERIES MODELS: 27 TO 22 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Exclusive Water by Culligan™ • LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water
• Quiet Package • Fresh food gallon door storage • Snack pan • Adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crisper • Adjustable temperature
meat pan • Adjustable spill-proof glass shelves • Deluxe handles

Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.

Modular Door Storage provides
maximum door flexibility.

GE
TFX25ZPB
• 25.2 cu. ft. capacity • 4 door bins, 2 adjustable
with gallon storage

TFX22ZPB (not shown)
• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity

TFX27ZPB (not shown)
• 26.6 cu. ft. capacity • 4 door bins, 3 adjustable
with gallon storage

Adjustable Humidity Crisper and
Adjustable Temperature Meat
Pan keep vegetable/ fruits
fresher longer.

Water by Culligan™ provides
cleaner, better tasting water
and ice instantly from your
LightTouch! dispenser.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 149.

Side-By-Side
Refrigerators

SIDE-BY-SIDE “C” BUILDER SERIES MODELS: 25 TO 22 CU. FT.
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water
• 4 door shelves, 2 adjustable with gallon storage • Adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crisper • Adjustable temperature meat pan

Water Systems

• Adjustable spill-proof glass shelves • Snack pan • Premium Deluxe handles

GE
TFX25CRB
• 25.2 cu. ft. capacity

Cooking Products

Laundry

Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.

LightTouch! dispenser delivers
cubes, crushed ice and chilled
water through the door.

GE
TFX22CRB

Microwave Ovens

• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity

Dishwashers

Modular Door Storage provides
maximum door flexibility.

Room Air

Spill-Proof Shelves help
contain spills for ease
of cleaning.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 149.

SIDE-BY-SIDE “J” SERIES MODELS: 22 TO 20 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • Adjustable temperature meat pan • Adjustable glass shelves • Deluxe handles

GE
TFX22JAB
• 21.8 cu. ft. capacity
• Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker
• Adjustable humidity
vegetable/fruit crisper
• 4 door shelves, 2
adjustable door bins with
gallon storage
Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.

Adjustable Humidity
Vegetable/Fruit Crisper
keeps vegetables/fruits
fresher longer.

TFX20JRB (not shown)
• 19.7 cu. ft. capacity
• LightTouch! dispenser
delivers cubes, crushed ice
and chilled water • Sealed
vegetable/fruit crisper
• 4 fixed door bins,
2 with gallon storage

TFX20JAB (not shown)
• 19.7 cu. ft. capacity

LightTouch! dispenser delivers
cubes, crushed ice and chilled
water through the door.

Adjustable Fresh Food
Gallon Door Storage provides
maximum door storage.

SIDE-BY-SIDE “S” SERIES MODEL: 20 CU. FT.
GE
TFX20SAB

Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.

Fixed Fresh Food Gallon Door
Storage provides maximum
storage flexibility.

Classic White Crispers provide
easy storage of vegetable
and fruits.

Wire Everwhite Shelves
minimize shuffling and
restacking of fresh food items.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 149.

• 19.7 cu. ft. capacity
• Quiet Package
• Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker
• Classic white crispers,
1 adjustable and 1 sealed
• 4 fixed fresh food door
bins, 2 with gallon storage
• Wire Everwhite shelves
• Deluxe handles

Bottom-Freezer
Refrigerators

BOTTOM-FREEZER MODELS: 22 TO 18 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crispers • Snack pan • Adjustable spill-proof shelves
• Wire Everwhite sliding freezer basket • 4 modular door bins • Equipped for optional automatic icemaker

Water Systems

GE Profile™
TCX22PAC
• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity
• Wire slide-out can dispenser

Spill-Proof Shelves help
contain spills for ease
of cleaning.

Cooking Products

Laundry

Modular Fresh Food Gallon
Door Storage provides
maximum storage flexibility.

GE Profile™
TCX18PAC
• 17.6 cu. ft. capacity
• Wire slide-out can dispenser

GE
TCX18IAC (not shown)

Microwave Ovens

• 17.6 cu. ft. capacity

Dishwashers

Wire Slide-Out Can Dispenser
for easy dispensing of your
favorite beverage. (Not
available on TCX18IAC)

Room Air

Clear Crispers with Limited
Lifetime Warranty. See page
138 for details.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 150.

TOP-FREEZER MODELS: 25 TO 19 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • Wire slide-out can dispenser • Condiment caddy • Quick Store™ bin (not on TBX19PAB)
• Quick Serve™ storage dishes (not on TBX19PAB) • Slide-out, spill-proof adjustable glass shelves • Adjustable humidity
vegetable/fruit crispers • Adjustable temperature meat pan • Premium Deluxe handles

Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.

GE Profile™
TBX25PRB
• 24.7 cu. ft. capacity • LightTouch! dispenser
delivers cubes, crushed ice and water • 4 modular
gallon door bins, 3 adjustable

TBX22PRB (not shown)
• 21.5 cu. ft. capacity

Slide-Out, Spill-Proof
Cantilevered Shelf help contain
spills for ease of cleaning.

GE Profile™
TBX25PAB
• 24.7 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker • 4 modular
gallon door bins, 3 adjustable

TBX22PAB (not shown)
• 21.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker

TBX22PIB (not shown)
• 21.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped with
factory-installed Nice Cubes™ icemaker
Wire Slide-Out Can Dispenser
for easy dispensing of your
favorite beverage.

Condiment Caddy offers
portable storage from your
refrigerator to the table. Keeps
condiments organized and easy
to access.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 150.

TBX19PAB (not shown)
• 19.0 cu. ft. capacity • 5 modular gallon
door bins, 4 adjustable

Top-Freezer
Refrigerators

TOP-FREEZER “C” BUILDER SERIES MODELS: 21 TO 18 CU. FT.
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • Equipped with factory-installed Nice Cubes™ icemaker
• Adjustable spill-proof glass shelves • Snack pan • Adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crispers

Water Systems

• Premium Deluxe handles

GE
TBX21CIB
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity
• 3 enclosed door shelves,
2 with gallon storage

Adjustable Spill-Proof Glass
Shelves contain spills for ease
of cleaning.

Cooking Products

Laundry

Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.

GE
TBX18CIB

Microwave Ovens

• 18.2 cu. ft. capacity
• 2 enclosed door shelves
with gallon storage

Dishwashers

Adjustable Humidity
Vegetable/Fruit Crispers
keep vegetables/fruits
fresher longer.

Room Air

Fixed Door Storage holds gallons
and tall bottles with ease.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 151.

TOP-FREEZER “J” SERIES MODELS: 24 TO 16 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Adjustable split spill-proof glass shelves • Sealed Snack Pan • Clear vegetable/fruit crispers
• Fixed gallon door storage • Deluxe handles

GE
TBX24JAB
• 23.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker
• 3 enclosed door shelves, 2 with
gallon storage • Adjustable humidity
vegetable/fruit crispers

TBX21JAB (not shown)
Adjustable Spill-Proof Glass
Shelves contain spills for ease
of cleaning.

Enclosed Fresh Food Door
Shelves provide extra storage
protection, keeping small items
secure on the door shelf.

• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker

GE
TBX18JAB
• 18.2 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker • Tall
adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crispers
• 2 enclosed gallon door shelves

TBX16JAB (not shown)
• 15.6 cu. ft. capacity • Fixed fresh food
gallon door storage • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker • Sealed
vegetable/fruit crispers • Only 28" wide

Adjustable Humidity
Vegetable/Fruit Crispers keep
vegetables/fruits fresher longer.

Nice Cubes™ Icemaker
provides rounded shaped ice
for better fit into a glass.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 151.

Top-Freezer
Refrigerators

TOP-FREEZER “I” SERIES MODELS: 21 TO 18 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Snack pan • Clear vegetable/fruit crispers • Adjustable glass shelves • Deluxe handles

Water Systems

GE
TBX21IAB
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped
for optional automatic icemaker
• 2 split, 1 full-width glass cabinet
shelves • 3 door shelves, 2 with
gallon storage • Tall vegetable/fruit
crispers • Full-width freezer shelf

Clear Crispers with limited
lifetime warranty. See page
138 for details.

Cooking Products

Laundry

Fixed Gallon Door Storage offers
gallon and tall bottle storage.

GE
TBX18IIB
• 18.2 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped with
factory-installed Nice Cubes™ icemaker
• 2 split, 1 full-width glass cabinet shelves
• 2 door shelves with gallon storage
• Full-width freezer shelf

TBX18IAB (not shown)

Microwave Ovens

• 18.2 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker

Dishwashers

Nice Cubes™ Icemaker
provides rounded shaped ice
for better fit into a glass.

Room Air

Snack Pan conveniently stores
rewrapped meats, cheeses and
snacks.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 151.

TOP-FREEZER “D” SERIES MODELS: 16 TO 14 CU. FT.
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • Snack pan • Clear vegetable/fruit crispers • 2 fixed gallon door storage shelves
• Adjustable wire Everwhite shelves • Deluxe handles

GE
TBX16DAB
• 15.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker
• Only 28" wide

Fixed Gallon Door Storage
offers gallon and tall
bottle storage.

Clear Crispers with Limited
Lifetime Warranty. See page
138 for details.

GE
TBX14DAB
• 14.4 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker
• Only 28" wide

Wire Everwhite Shelves
minimize shuffling and
restacking of food.

Nice Cubes ™ Icemaker
provides rounded shaped ice
for better fit into a glass.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 152.

Top-Freezer
Refrigerators

TOP-FREEZER “S” SERIES MODELS: 18 TO 10 CU. FT.

Water Systems

ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Wire Everwhite shelves • Classic white vegetable/fruit crispers • Tall bottle storage • Deluxe handles

Laundry

Wire Everwhite Shelves
minimize shuffling and
restacking of food.

GE
TBX16SIB

• 18.2 cu. ft. capacity • Snack pan • Equipped
for optional automatic icemaker • Fixed
gallon door storage • 2 split, 1 full-width fresh
food shelves

• 16.4 cu. ft. capacity
• Equipped with
factory-installed
Nice Cubes™ icemaker

• Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker
• Recessed handles

TBX18SIB (not shown)

TBX16SAB (not shown)

• Equipped with factory-installed Nice Cubes™
icemaker

• Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker

• Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker
• Only 64" high (2-3/4"
shorter than TBX16SAB)

GE
TBX14SYB

GE
TBX12SAX

• 14.4 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker • Recessed handles

• 12.1 cu. ft. capacity • 2 Ice ’N Easy trays
• 2 full-width wire Everwhite cabinet shelves
• Equipped for optional automatic icemaker

TBX16SSB (not shown)

•Equipped with factory-installed Nice Cubes™
icemaker • Color-matched handles

TBX10SNB (not shown)

Room Air

TBX14SIB (not shown)

Dishwashers

Tall Bottle Storage provides
flexible storage for oversized
containers.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 152.

Cooking Products

TBX16SYB (not shown)

Microwave Ovens

Classic White Crispers provide
easy storage for vegetables
and fruits.

GE
TBX18SAB

• 9.8 cu. ft. capacity • Rounded doors

TBX14SAB (not shown)
• Equipped for optional automatic icemaker
• Color-matched handles
33

TOP-FREEZER CYCLE DEFROST REFRIGERATORS
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • Adjustable Wire Everwhite cabinet shelves • Full-width freezer shelf • Tall bottle storage

GE
TDX11SNY
• 11.0 cu. ft. capacity • Fullwidth vegetable/fruit crisper
• 2 modular door bins,
2 stationary shelves
• 3 adjustable cabinet shelves

TDX9SNY (not shown)
Wire Everwhite Shelves
minimize shuffling and
restacking of food.

• 9.0 cu. ft. capacity • 2 mini
Ice ’N Easy trays • 4 modular
door bins, 1 stationary shelf
• 2 adjustable cabinet shelves

Full-Width Freezer Shelves for
maximum storage flexibility.

TOP-FREEZER MANUAL DEFROST REFRIGERATOR
GE
TAX10SNX
• 9.6 cu. ft. capacity
• 2 adjustable wire Everwhite
shelves • Full-width vegetable/
fruit crisper • Tall bottle storage

Wire Everwhite Shelves
minimize shuffling and
restacking of food.

Full-Width Crisper provides easy
access to fruits and vegetables.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 153.

GE
TAX4SNYWH

• 6.0 cu. ft. capacity • 2 adjustable
cabinet shelves • Reversible door
• Optional black panel or custom
wood panel available with TK6 trim
kit • Available in White (WH) or
Woodgrain (WN)

• 3.7 cu. ft. capacity • 2 cabinet shelves
• 1 full-width vegetable/fruit pan
• Rounded door • Reversible door
• Available in White only

Compact
Refrigerators

Microwave Ovens

Cooking Products

GE
TAX6SNXWH/WN

Laundry

Water Systems

COMPACT 6.0 TO 1.7 CU. FT. SPACEMAKER™ REFRIGERATORS

GE
TAX2SNBWH
TAX2SNYWN (not shown)
• Available in Woodgrain only

Dishwashers

• 3.7 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves
• 2 door shelves • Available in Woodgrain only

Room Air

GE
TAX4ANXWN

• 1.7 cu. ft. capacity • 1 cabinet shelf • 1-1/2 door
shelves with retaining rod • Available in White only

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 153.

UPRIGHT FREEZERS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Cabinet shelves
• Adjustable temperature
control • Limited food
loss warranty

Refrigerated Cabinet Shelves
keep items extra cool.

GE Deluxe Upright Models
FUM17DA Manual Defrost

GE Standard Upright Models
FUM12SA Manual Defrost

• 17.1 cu. ft. capacity • Audible temperature alarm
• Lock • Power “ON” light • Slide-out bulk storage
basket • 4 cabinet shelves, 1 adjustable
• 5 door shelves

• 11.6 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves
• 4 door shelves

FUM21DA Manual Defrost (not shown)
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity • 6 door shelves
FUM14DA Manual Defrost (not shown)
Temperature Monitor with
Audible Alarm ensures
temperature control.

• 14.1 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves,
1 adjustable

FUM14SA Manual Defrost (not shown)
• 14.1 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves
• 5 door shelves
FUM17SA Manual Defrost (not shown)
• 17.1 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves
• 5 door shelves
FUM21SA Manual Defrost (not shown)
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity • 4 cabinet shelves
• 6 door shelves

Slide-Out Bulk Storage Basket
for maximum freezer capacity.

Safety Lock provides security.

GE Standard Upright Models
FUM9SA Manual Defrost

GE Deluxe Upright Models
FUF20DA Frost-Free

• 8.7 cu. ft. capacity • 4 cabinet shelves
• 5 door shelves

• 20.3 cu. ft. capacity • Audible temperature alarm
• Lock • Power “ON” light • Slide-out bulk storage basket
• 5 cabinet shelves, 3 adjustable • 6 door shelves

FUM5SA Manual Defrost (not shown)
• 5.0 cu. ft. capacity • Rounded doors
• 2 cabinet shelves • 3 door shelves
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 154.

FUF17DA Frost-Free (not shown)
• 16.7 cu. ft. capacity • 4 cabinet shelves, 3 adjustable
• 5 door shelves

FUF14DA Frost-Free (not shown)
• 13.7 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves, 2 adjustable

Freezers

CHEST FREEZERS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Adjustable temperature
control • Upfront defrost

Water Systems

drain (not on FCM5SA)

GE
FCM20DA

GE
FCM15SA

• 19.7 cu. ft. capacity • 2 lift-out and sliding
bulk storage baskets • Temperature Monitor
with audible alarm • Interior light • Built-in lock
• Power “ON” light

• 14.8 cu. ft. capacity • 1 lift-out and
sliding bulk storage basket

Laundry

Lift-Out and Sliding Wire
Baskets for easy loading
and unloading.

FCM15DA (not shown)
• 14.8 cu. ft. capacity • 2 lift-out and sliding
bulk storage baskets

GE
FCM9SA

GE
FCM5SA

• 8.8 cu. ft. capacity • Adjustable
temperature control

• 5.0 cu. ft. capacity • Adjustable
temperature control

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

Interior Light brightens for
easy access.

Cooking Products

FCM25DA (not shown)
• 24.9 cu. ft. capacity • 3 lift-out and sliding
bulk storage baskets

FCM9DA (not shown)

Room Air

• 8.8 cu. ft. capacity • 1 lift-out and sliding bulk
storage basket • Temperature Monitor with
audible alarm • Interior light • Built-in lock

FCM7DA (not shown)
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 154.

• 7.2 cu. ft. capacity

IMPROVE THE MOST IMPORTANT ELEMENT IN YOUR HOME

Refrigeration
Microwave Ovens

Cooking Products

Laundry

Water Systems

—Water!

INTRODUCING GE’S SMARTWATER™ IMPROVEMENT SYSTEMS

Dishwashers

If you’re among the 75% of Americans concerned about the quality of their water,* here’s some refreshing news. GE now offers
a selection of water filtration and water softening systems. The advantage of a GE SmartWater™ Filtration System is healthy
drinking water. It’s ideal for drinking and cooking, and you will eliminate expensive bottled water costs. GE also recommends
you install a GE SmartWater Softening System at the point the water enters your home. The softener alone offers tremendous
benefits: sinks, tubs and showers are easier to clean; laundered clothes are cleaner, softer and brighter; dishes will have fewer
spots; and after a shower or bath, soft water will feel noticeably smoother to your skin. To top it off, GE SmartWater Softening

Room Air

Systems increase the efficiency of your water heater, saving you money!
*Source: Water Quality Association

GE SMARTWATER™ FILTRATION BENEFITS—HEALTHY WATER
75% of all Americans are concerned about the quality of their water.†† Homeowners are looking for water solutions from a name
they can trust—GE.

GE SMARTWATER ™ FILTRATION SYSTEMS
Dual Carbon Filtration†††
Removes unpleasant tastes and
odors, such as chlorine from your
drinking water.

THIS SYSTEM REDUCES:

Reverse Osmosis
Filtration
This is GE’s best filtration
process. It combines dual
carbon filtration with
reverse osmosis technology.

GE SMARTWATER ™ FILTRATION SYSTEMS VS.
BOTTLED WATER—A COST COMPARISON
A GE SMARTWATER™ FILTRATION SYSTEM SAVES MONEY!

$ 00

$4.10
$4.10

THIS SYSTEM REDUCES:

Cost per Gallon Comparison

$ 00
Sediment

Sediment

Rust

Taste and Odor

Taste and Odor
Lead

$ 00

$1.60
$1.60

$ 00
Inorganic Chemical Contaminants

$.22-$.28

Nitrates/Nitrites
Sodium
Cysts

Premium
Bottled Water*

Delivered
Bottled Water**

$.08-$.13

GE SmartWater™ GE SmartWater™
Reverse Osmosis† Carbon Filtration†

And More!

Saves you money!
Eliminates the expense and inconvenience of purchasing bottled water at a store or
scheduling home delivery of bottled water.

GE SMARTWATER ™ FILTRATION SYSTEMS—QUALITY WATER FOR DRINKING AND COOKING

Healthy water—
Provides added assurance of healthy
drinking water.

Better tasting water—
Healthy water for drinking and making
beverages such as coffee, tea, juice
and baby formula.

Great for cooking—
Cooking with filtered water provides
great tasting foods.

*National average price of “Premium” bottled water.
**Average cost per gallon for delivered bottled water.
†GE SmartWater™ estimate is calculated by dividing the number of gallons by consumer cost of product, installation and replacement filters.
††Source: Water Quality Association
†††Dual carbon filtration will remove lead and cysts on certain models.

Not all features available on all models.

NSF certified—
GE is certified by NSF, the most highly
recognized independent testing
institution for water treatment products.

Refrigeration

MONITORED REVERSE OSMOSIS FILTRATION:
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™ SYSTEM
THESE MODELS INCLUDE

Reverse Osmosis (RO) Process
GE’s best filtration process, which
combines dual carbon filtration with
reverse osmosis technology, reducing
up to 99%* of the following undesirable
elements: Taste and odor, Sediment, Lead,
Inorganic chemical contaminants,
Nitrates/Nitrites, Sodium and Cysts
(such as cryptosporidium/giardia).
See page 43 for a complete list of
undesirable elements reduced.

Water Systems

All-In-One System Space-saving design installs in less space
than conventional models.
Sediment
Rust
Taste and Odor
Lead
Nitrates/Nitrites
Sodium
Cysts
And More!

Laundry

Super Capacity provides up to
18 gallons** of high-quality filtered
water per day.
SmartWater™ Faucet with Electronic Monitor
Conveniently indicates the performance of the unit and when to
replace filters and membrane. Separate faucet is used only when
filtered water is needed, extending filter life.
Note: Batteries are included.

Cooking Products

Microwave Ovens

Designer-Style Faucet Allows you to customize the faucet color
to complement the kitchen (see right for model/color selections).

Optional Accessories See page 156 for optional
accessories available.
NSF Approved NSF is the most highly recognized independent
testing institution in the water treatment industry. NSF inspects,
tests and certifies our product performance.
See page 156 for details.

GE Profile
Performance
Series™
PNRV18ZWW

GE Profile
Performance
Series™
PNRV18ZBB

GE Profile
Performance
Series™
PNRV18ZWH

GE Profile
Performance
Series™
PNRV18ZBL

Reverse Osmosis
Filtration System
with White
on white Faucet
and Monitor

Reverse Osmosis
Filtration System
with Black
on black Faucet
and Monitor

Reverse Osmosis
Filtration System
with Chrome
on white Faucet
and Monitor

Reverse Osmosis
Filtration System
with Chrome
on black Faucet
and Monitor

Dishwashers

Installation Flexibility Can be installed vertically or horizontally
undercounter, in basement or other convenient location.

Room Air

*Elements removed are not necessarily present in your water. See product specification sheet, packed with product,
for specific elements reduced by model, or call the GE Answer Center ® toll-free, 800.626.2000.
**As tested and validated by the Water Quality Association using Standard S-300.
Note: Depends on water pressure, temperature and total dissolved solids.
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 156.

MONITORED REVERSE OSMOSIS FILTRATION:
GE PROFILE™ SYSTEM
THIS MODEL INCLUDES
Reverse Osmosis (RO) Process
GE’s best filtration process, which
combines dual carbon filtration
with reverse osmosis technology,
reducing up to 99%* of the
following undesirable elements:
Taste and odor, Sediment, Lead,
Inorganic chemical contaminants,
Nitrates/Nitrites, Sodium and
Cysts (such as cryptosporidium/
giardia). See page 43 for a
complete list of undesirable
elements reduced.

Sediment
Rust
Taste and Odor
Lead
Nitrates/Nitrites
Sodium
Cysts
And More!

Extra-Large Capacity provides up to 12 gallons**
of high-quality filtered water per day.
SmartWater™ Faucet with Electronic Monitor
Conveniently indicates the performance of the unit and when
to replace filters and membrane. Separate faucet is used only
when filtered water is needed, extending filter life.
Note: Batteries are included.

GE Profile™
PNRV12ZBL
Reverse Osmosis Filtration System (includes tank) with Chrome on black Faucet and Monitor

Amber “Filter” Light: The pre-filter and post-filter cartridges need
replacement. This occurs after 6 months, or 900 gallons
of product water use, whichever occurs first.
Green “OK” Light: The RO system is providing high-quality
drinking water.
Amber “RO” Light: The RO membrane needs replacement.
Simple Installation Can be installed easily undercounter,
in basement or other convenient location.
Optional Accessories
See page 156 for optional accessories available.
NSF Approved NSF is the most highly recognized independent
testing institution in the water treatment industry. NSF inspects,
tests and certifies our product performance.
See page 156 for details.

*Elements removed are not necessarily present in your water. See product
specification sheet, packed with product, for specific elements reduced by model,
or call the GE Answer Center ® toll-free, 800.626.2000.
**As tested and validated by the Water Quality Association using Standard S-300.
Note: Depends on water pressure, temperature and total dissolved solids.
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 156.

Refrigeration

REVERSE OSMOSIS FILTRATION:
GE SYSTEM
THIS MODEL INCLUDES
Sediment

Water Systems

Reverse Osmosis (RO) Process
GE’s best filtration process, which
combines dual carbon filtration
with reverse osmosis technology,
reducing up to 99%* of the
following undesirable elements:
Taste and odor, Sediment, Lead,
Inorganic chemical contaminants,
Nitrates/Nitrites, Sodium and
Cysts (such as cryptosporidium/
giardia). See below for a
complete list of undesirable
elements reduced.

Rust
Taste and Odor
Lead
Nitrates/Nitrites
Sodium
Cysts
And More!

Laundry

Large Capacity provides up to 10 gallons** of high-quality
filtered water per day.
SmartWater™ Faucet
Separate short-reach faucet is used only when filtered water
is needed, extending filter life.
Simple Installation Can be installed easily undercounter,
in basement or other convenient location.

NSF Approved NSF is the most highly recognized independent
testing institution in the water treatment industry. NSF inspects,
tests and certifies our product performance.
See page 156 for details.

Cooking Products

Optional Accessories See page 156 for optional
accessories available.

GE
GXRV10ABL
Reverse Osmosis Filtration System (includes tank) with Chrome on black Faucet

Reverse Osmosis Technology combines dual carbon
filtration with reverse osmosis.

Ammonia
Barium
Bicarbonate
Bromide
Cadmium
Chlorine (residual)
Chromium
Copper

Cysts
Fluoride
Lead
Magnesium
Mercury
Nickel
Nitrate
Sediment

Selenium
Sodium
Sulfate
Tannin
Zinc
Chloride
TDS
Nitrite

*Product water produced and percent rejection will vary with changes in
pressure, temperature and TDS. Feed water over 10 grains of hardness
may effect performance of RO membrane.

GE SMARTWATER™ REVERSE OSMOSIS
FILTRATION SYSTEMS
GE Profile Performance Series™
PNRV18ZWW
PNRV18ZBB

PNRV18ZWH
PNRV18ZBL

FX18M
Thin Film Polyamid (TFP)
FX18P-Act. Carbon Block
FX18P-Gran. Act. Carbon

Filters & Membrane
RO Membrane
Pre-Filter (Sediment)
Post-Filter (Taste/Odor)

GE Profile™

Dishwashers

Reverse Osmosis a process in which water passes
through a semipermeable membrane and automatically
screens out and filters undesirable elements out of the
system. Models PNRV18Z, PNRV12Z and GXRV10ABL
reduce the following undesirable elements:*

Microwave Ovens

Dual Carbon Filtration absorbs many common organic
contaminants that contribute to an unpleasant taste
and odor as well as sediments and dirt.

PNRV12ZBL

GXRV10ABL

FX12M
Thin Film Polyamid (TFP)
FX12P-Carbon Composite
FX12P-Carbon Composite

Filters & Membrane
RO Membrane
Pre-Filter (Sediment)
Post-Filter (Taste/Odor)

Replacement Membranes, Pre- and Post-Filters
Call GE SmartWater Services, toll-free 800.952.5039 for convenient ordering.

Room Air

*Elements removed are not necessarily present in your water.
See product specification sheet, packed with product, for specific elements reduced
by model, or call the GE Answer Center® toll-free, 800.626.2000.
**As tested and validated by the Water Quality Association using Standard S-300.
Note: Depends on water pressure, temperature and total dissolved solids.
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 156.

DUAL CARBON FILTRATION SYSTEMS: GE SYSTEMS
CarbonBlock System
Superior Carbon Block Technology–Cleaner Performance

INTRODUCING THE NEW CARBONBLOCK SYSTEM.
ENGINEERED TO PROVIDE SUPERIOR TECHNOLOGY AND CLEANER PERFORMANCE.
THESE MODELS
INCLUDE
SmartWater™ Faucet
with Electronic Monitor
Indicator light on the faucet
base shows when filters
need replacement.

Amber “Filter” Light:
Indicates when to replace
filters for the highest
quality water.

SmartWater™ Faucet Separate faucet is used only when
filtered water is needed, extending filter life.

Simple Installation Can be easily installed undercounter,
in basement or another convenient location.

Note: Batteries are included.
Filter Cartridges should be changed
every six months, when monitor
indicates replacement, or if faucet
water pressure drops.

Filter Options Model
specific filters are included with
filtration system selected
(see options shown); or model
is available without filters
(Model GXEM01B).
NSF Approved
NSF is the most highly
recognized independent testing
institution in the water
treatment industry. NSF
inspects, tests and certifies our
product performance.
See page 157 for details.

Sediment

Rust

Lead

Sediment

Taste and Odor

Cysts

Rust

Taste and Odor

GE
GNUL30B (filters included)
Lead/Cysts Reduction Model

GE
GNUT05B (filters included)
Taste and Odor Reduction Model

• System rated for 1250 gallons of water
• Long-reach faucet with electronic monitor

• System rated for 6000 gallons of water
• Long-reach faucet with electronic monitor

CarbonBlock System
Filter I
• Reduces unpleasant tastes and odors, dirt,
rust and sediments
Filter II
• Absolute 1 micron • Reduces 95.7% lead • Reduces
99.98% filterable cysts (such as cryptosporidium and
giardia) • Reduces 99.5% chlorine

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 157.

CarbonBlock System
Filter I
• Reduces dirt, rust and sediments
Filter II
• Reduces unpleasant tastes and odors
• Reduces 99.5% chlorine

Refrigeration
Water Systems
Sediment

Laundry

Taste and Odor

Rust

CarbonBlock System
Filter I
• Reduces unpleasant tastes and odors, dirt,
rust and sediments
Filter II
• Reduces unpleasant tastes and odors
• Reduces 99.5% chlorine

Cooking Products

• Short-reach faucet without electronic monitor

GE
GXEM01B (filters sold separately)
• Model is customized based on water quality needs
• Filters must be purchased separately
• Long-reach faucet with electronic monitor

GE SMARTWATER ™ DUAL CARBON FILTRATION SYSTEMS
GE
GNUL30B

GNUT05B

GNUT03B
GXUT03B

FXUSB
Polyspun Depth Filter
FXULB (Lead,Cysts)

FXUSB
Polyspun Depth Filter
FXUTB (Taste/Odor)

Microwave Ovens

GE
GNUT03B/GXUT03B (filters included)
Taste and Odor Reduction Model

Features
Filter I (Sediment)
Filter Cartridge
Filter II (Carbon block)

REFRIGERATOR/ICEMAKER WATER FILTER
Provides healthy, great tasting water and ice through your refrigerator dispenser.

Dishwashers

GE
GXITQ
Taste and Odor Reduction Model
• System rated for 750 gallons of water • Quick connect fittings allow
for easy installation • Filter reduces dirt, rust, sediments and chlorine
• Auto shut-off valve

GXIT (not shown)
Taste and Odor Reduction Model
GXILQ (not shown)
Lead/Cysts Reduction Model
• System rated for 1000 gallons of water • CarbonBlock Filter for cleaner
performance • Quick connect fittings allow for easy installation • Filter reduces
dirt, rust, sediments, chlorine, lead and cysts • Auto shut-off valve

CarbonBlock System
45

Room Air

• System rated for 750 gallons of water • Filter reduces dirt, rust,
sediments and chlorine

GE SMARTWATER™ SOFTENING BENEFITS
85% of the U.S. has hard water.† Homeowners are looking for water solutions from a name they can trust—GE.

GE SMARTWATER ™ SOFTENING SYSTEMS—QUALITY WATER THROUGHOUT THE HOME.

Turn a Smart Purchase
Into a Smart Investment!
Reduces Energy Costs
When used with a
new water heater.*
Improves Water
Heater Efficiency
Helps reduce scale
build-up in water
heater; increases
efficiency by as
much as 29% (gas)
or 22% (electric)**
.

Easier to Clean
Reduces hard water build-up (less soap residue) in tub, shower and sink.

Whiter Towels
Clothes are softer, cleaner, brighter and
last longer. Towels are 45% whiter while
using 1/3 less detergent. Eliminates
hard water-related washer service issues.

Reduces Spotting
Provides cleaner dishes, glassware and
china by reduced spotting. Reduces
detergent use and eliminates hard
water-related dishwasher service issues.

†Source: Water Quality Association
*Assuming a typical energy bill over the life of a new electric water heater.
**Based on a study done by New Mexico State University.
Not all features available on all models.

Smoother Skin
Soft water will feel noticeably smoother
to your skin.

Reduces Energy Costs
Helps reduce build-up in pipes and
water-using appliances, providing cost
savings. Water heater efficiency on
systems using softened water may be
increased up to 22% if heating with
electricity, up to 29% if heating
with gas.**

Refrigeration

WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM: GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™ SYSTEM
THIS MODEL INCLUDES
Super Capacity Means Less Maintenance
A 38,500 grain capacity helps assure an ample supply of soft
water and provides for lifestyle changes.

Water Systems

300 lb. Salt Storage Reduces the need for frequent
salt replacement.
High-Efficiency Super capacity combined with the
salt-efficiency of the unit provides cost savings and convenience.
Reduces the need for frequent salt replacement.
Demand-Initiated Regeneration Softening system monitors
water usage to determine proper amount of salt needed using
demand-initiated regeneration (system will use only as much
salt as needed).

Laundry

Easy Reading Backlit LCD Display Eliminates the need for a
flashlight to see display in difficult or dark locations.
Program and Time Memory Permanent memory maintains
hardness and regeneration time settings even if power is off or
unit is unplugged for extended periods. Maintains time for up
to 72 hours in case of power failure. No batteries needed, unit
recharges itself when power is restored.
24-Volt Electronic System Simplifies installation
and maintenance.

GE Profile Performance Series™
PNSF39Z

Cooking Products

Installation Kit Included For installing convenience, a
complete installation kit with bypass valve, drain tubing and use
& care video is included with product.

Microwave Ovens

Easy-to-Set Electronic Controls No calculations or complicated
programming. Simply turn it on, set time of day and set the
hardness level of your water supply.
Regenerates Only When Needed Memory maintains water
usage pattern reducing salt usage and assuring an ample supply of
soft water.

Room Air

Dishwashers

Systems Monitor Advanced electronic water management
features:
• Capacity Remaining—The data button will indicate
how much capacity is remaining and whether or not to
command an extra regeneration.
• Gallons Used—Indicates how many gallons of water have
been used per day.
• Average Gallons Used—Indicates the average gallons used
over the past seven days.
• Flow Rate—Shows how much water is flowing through
the softener.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 158.

WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM: GE PROFILE™ SYSTEM
THIS MODEL INCLUDES
Extra-Large Capacity Means Less Maintenance
A 30,800 grain capacity helps assure an ample supply of soft
water and provides for lifestyle changes.
300 lb. Salt Storage Reduces the need for frequent
salt replacement.
High-Efficiency Extra-large capacity combined with the
salt-efficiency of the unit provides cost savings and convenience.
Reduces the need for frequent salt replacement.
Demand-Initiated Regeneration Softening system monitors
water usage to determine proper amount of salt needed using
demand-initiated regeneration (system will use only as much
salt as needed).
Program and Time Memory Permanent memory maintains
hardness and regeneration time settings even if power is off or
unit is unplugged for extended periods. Maintains time for up to
6 hours in case of power failure. No batteries needed, unit
recharges itself when power is restored.
24-Volt Electronic System Simplifies installation
and maintenance.
Installation Kit Included For installing convenience, a complete
installation kit with bypass valve, drain tubing and use & care
video is included with product.

GE Profile™
PNSF31Z

Easy-to-Set Electronic Controls No calculations or
complicated programming. Simply turn it on, set time of day and
set the hardness level of your water supply.
Regenerates Only When Needed Memory maintains water
usage pattern reducing salt usage and assuring an ample supply
of soft water.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 158.

Refrigeration

WATER SOFTENING SYSTEMS: GE SYSTEMS
THIS MODEL INCLUDES

Water Systems

Large Capacity Means Less Maintenance
A 23,100 grain capacity helps assure an ample
supply of soft water and provides for lifestyle
changes.
200 lb. Salt Storage Reduces the need for
frequent salt replacement.
High-Efficiency Large capacity combined with
the salt-efficiency of the unit provides cost
savings and convenience. Reduces the need for
frequent salt replacement.

24-Volt Electronic System Simplifies
installation and maintenance.

Laundry

Program and Time Memory Permanent
memory maintains hardness and regeneration
time settings even if power is off or unit is
unplugged for extended periods. Maintains time
for up to 6 hours in case of power failure. No
batteries needed, unit recharges itself when
power is restored.

Installation Kit Included For installing
convenience, a complete installation kit with
bypass valve, drain tubing and use & care video
is included with product.
Easy-to-Set Electronic Controls
No calculations or complicated programming.
Simply turn it on, set time of day and set the
hardness level of your water supply.
Regenerates Only When Needed
Memory maintains water usage pattern reducing
salt usage and assuring an ample supply of
soft water.

GE
GNSF23Z

Cooking Products

Demand-Initiated Regeneration Softening
system monitors water usage to determine
proper amount of salt needed using demandinitiated regeneration (system will use only as
much salt as needed).

THIS MODEL INCLUDES

Microwave Ovens

18,000 Grain Capacity Assures an ample
supply of soft water.
140 lb. Salt Storage Combined with the
compact size means easier salt loading.
High Efficiency The salt-efficiency of the unit
provides cost savings and convenience. Reduces
the need for frequent salt replacement.
Compact Size Means Installation Flexibility
The compact housing provides installation
flexibility; installs in many areas other softeners
may not.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 158.

Installation Kit Included For installing
convenience, a complete installation kit with
bypass valve, drain tubing and use & care video
is included with product.

Dishwashers

24-Volt Electronic System Simplifies
installation and maintenance.

GE
GNSF18Z

Easy-to-Set Electronic Controls
No calculations or complicated programming.
Simply turn it on, set time of day and set the
hardness level of your water supply.

Room Air

Demand-Initiated Regeneration
Softening system monitors water usage to
determine proper amount of salt needed using
demand-initiated regeneration (system will use
only as much salt as needed).

Regenerates Only When Needed
Memory maintains water usage pattern reducing
salt usage and assuring an ample supply of
soft water.

Shhh.

THE GE LAUNDRY IS

With the trend toward open-living homes, today's laundry room is conveniently located near
areas where people live most -- the kitchen and family room, or second-floor bedrooms and
baths. That's why reducing the noise of laundry appliances is so important now. The GE laundry
is specially designed to operate quietly with innovations such as automatic load balancing,
insulated motor operation and systems that reduce the sound of rotating drums. And with
enhanced performance features such as SensorWash™ and Sensor Dry working hard and
keeping very quiet about it, you'll agree this is truly a laundry you can live with.

WPSR4130WWW/
DPSR475EWWW
GE Profile™

Room Air

WPSF5170WWW/DPSF505EWWW
GE Profile Performance Series™

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

Cooking Products

Laundry

Water Systems

“Quiet By Design.”

Refrigeration

GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™ LAUNDRY
Designed to do so much more than simply wash and dry clothes, the GE Profile Performance Series™ Washer and Dryer treat clothing
with the care it deserves. The washer’s unique system of fabric care includes features such as SpotSoak,™ SensorWash,™ GentleWash™ and
a Stain Removal Guide on the lid. All work together to grant a new lease on life for clothes by washing thoroughly but gently. The dryer, with
its QuietDrum,™ Extra Care and Sensor Dry operates efficiently and quietly—and it shuts off as soon as clothes are dry, to prevent the wear
and fading that can result from overdrying. On both the washer and dryer, ColorLogic™ color codes fabric selections to the correct wash
or dry cycles, making it easy for anyone to do the laundry. All of the above combine to deliver GE’s Ultra Fabric Care System.

WPSF5170WWW/DPSF505EWW
GE Profile Performance Series™

Refrigeration

GE ULTRA FABRIC CARE SYSTEM
WASHER FEATURES

Water Systems

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

SpotSoak™ button provides a
7-second spray of cold water to
assist in stain pre-treatments.

ColorLogic™ color-coded cycle
buttons allow you to correctly
select the temperature and
optimum wash/spin speed for
each fabric type.

Ultra Care handles ultra fine
fabrics with exquisite care.

Lid Instructions provide helpful
laundry tips.

Deluxe Dryer Rack is designed
to dry a variety of items and is
easy to insert and remove.

The Exclusive adjustable
Drying Center provides a
convenient place to dry
garments or hang clothes
straight from the dryer,
minimizing wrinkling.

Cooking Products

Laundry

SensorWash™ is an advanced
temperature control that automatically senses and adjusts
incoming water temperature
allowing detergent to work at
maximum effect.

Microwave Ovens

DRYER FEATURES

Sensor Dry dries clothes more
evenly and efficiently. No more
underdrying or overdrying your
clothes!

Room Air

QuietDrum™ is wrapped with
additional sound-deadening
material that muffles buckles
and button noises.

Dishwashers

ColorLogic™ color-coded cycle
buttons take the guesswork out
of doing laundry. Just match
the colors!

GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™ AND GE PROFILE™ LAUNDRY
ALL WASHERS INCLUDE • GentlePower™ Agitator
• PermaTuf II™ Basket • Self-cleaning filter • Bleach
dispenser • Fabric Softener dispenser • Steel drive
transmission • Auto Balance Suspension System
• 100% front serviceable
ALL DRYERS INCLUDE • DuraDrum™ interior
• Removable up-front lint filter • Reverse-A-Door
• End-Of-Cycle Signal • Dryer interior light
• 100% front serviceable

WASHER FEATURES
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

Super Capacity with a 3.2 cu. ft.
basket is one of the largest
capacity washers in the world!

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

100% Front Serviceable for
easy access to operational
parts without moving the unit.

The Auto Balance Suspension
System is designed to virtually
eliminate off-balanced loads.

PermaTuf II ™ Basket resists
peeling, rusting or flaking for
long-term durability.

Sensor Dry dries clothes more
evenly and efficiently. No more
underdrying or overdrying your
clothes!

The Exclusive adjustable
Drying Center provides a
convenient place to dry
garments or hang clothes
straight from the dryer,
minimizing wrinkling.

GE Profile™ QuietPackage
Insulation dramatically reduces
noise and vibration.

DRYER FEATURES

An extra-wide opening provides
easy access to our 7.0 cu. ft. of
total dryer capacity.

GE Profile™ QuietPackage
Insulation dramatically reduces
noise and vibration.

Refrigeration

LUXURY

• Super capacity • 5 automatic fabric care
selections • Variable water levels • 17 wash
cycles • SensorWash™ with indicator light
• SpotSoak™ • ColorLogic™ • Ultra Care
• Quick Wash • Stain Removal Guide
• QuickClean controls • Hush Insulation package

GE Profile Performance Series™
DPSF505EW/DPSF505GW Dryer

Laundry

• Super 7.0 cu. ft. capacity • 10 drying cycles
• 5 heat selections • Sensor Dry with
indicator light • ColorLogic™ • QuietDrum™
• QuickClean controls • Deluxe dryer rack
• Drying Center • Hush Insulation Package

Water Systems

GE Profile Performance Series™
WPSF5170W Washer

MOVE-UP
GE Profile™
WPSR4130W Washer

Cooking Products

• Super capacity • 4 wash/spin speed
combinations • 4 wash/rinse temperatures
• Variable water levels • 13 wash cycles
• SensorWash™ • SpotSoak™ • ColorLogic™
• HandWash® • Deluxe Insulation Package

GE Profile™
DPSR475EW/DPSR475GW Dryer

Microwave Ovens

• Super 7.0 cu. ft. capacity • Sensor Dry
• 7 drying cycles • 4 heat selections
• Deluxe Insulation Package

ENTRY LEVEL
GE Profile™
WPSR3120W Washer

Dishwashers

• Super capacity • 3 wash/spin
speed combinations • 4 wash/rinse
temperatures • 4 water levels • 12 wash
cycles • SensorWash™ • ColorLogic™
• HandWash® • Deluxe Insulation Package

GE Profile™
DPSR473EW/DPSR473GW Dryer

Room Air

• Super 7.0 cu. ft. capacity • Automatic
Dry Control • 7 drying cycles • 4 heat
selections • Deluxe Insulation Package
• Interior light

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 159-160.

GE LAUNDRY: CONTRACT EXCLUSIVE MODELS
ALL WASHERS INCLUDE • Auto Balance
Suspension System • PermaTuf II™ Basket
• Self-cleaning filter • Quiet-By-Design™
• 100% front serviceable
ALL DRYERS INCLUDE • Removable up-front
lint filter • Reverse-A-Door • Quiet-By-Design™
• 100% front serviceable

WASHER FEATURES
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

Super Capacity with a 3.2 cu. ft.
basket is one of the largest
capacity washers in the world!

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

100% Front Serviceable for
easy access to operational
parts without moving the unit.

The GentlePower™ Agitator
adapts to the clothes load
providing gentle and effective
washing action.

The Auto Balance Suspension
System is designed to virtually
eliminate off-balanced loads.

Reverse-A-Door dryers have
doors that can reverse from
right-hand to left-hand swing.

DuraDrum™ interiors provide
long-lasting dependability
and durability.

Up-Front Lint Filter is close at
hand for cleaning, optimizing
dryer performance.

DRYER FEATURES

An extra-wide opening provides
easy access to our 7.0 cu. ft. of
total dryer capacity.

PermaTuf II™ Basket resists
peeling, rusting or flaking, and
is guaranteed for 20 years.

Refrigeration

LUXURY
GE
WCSR4110T Washer

Water Systems

• Super capacity • 5 automatic fabric care selections
• 11 wash cycles • Variable water levels • Optional
Extra Rinse • Super Insulation Package

GE
DCSR473EV/DCSR473GV Dryer
• Super capacity • Automatic Dry Control • 7 cycles
• 4 heat selections • Reverse-A-Door • Optional
Extra Care • Interior light • Quiet-By-Design™

MOVE-UP
Laundry

GE
WCSR2070T Washer
• Super capacity • 2 wash/spin speed combinations
• 7 wash cycles • 3 water levels • 3 wash/rinse
temperatures • Deluxe Insulation Package

GE
DCXR453EV/DCXR453GV Dryer

Cooking Products

• Extra-large capacity • Automatic Dry Control
• 5 cycles • 4 heat selections • Reverse-A-Door
• Interior light • Quiet-By-Design™

ENTRY LEVEL
GE
WCXR1070T Washer

Microwave Ovens

• Extra-large capacity • 1 wash/spin speed
combination • 7 wash cycles • 3 water levels
• 3 wash/rinse temperatures • Quiet-By-Design™

GE
DCLR333ET/DCLR333GT Dryer
• Large capacity • Automatic Dry Control
• 3 cycles • 3 heat selections • Reverse-A-Door
• Quiet-By-Design™

Dishwashers

GE
WWLR3100V Washer
• 24" wide • Large capacity • 3 wash/spin speed
combinations • 10 wash cycles • 4 water levels
• 4 wash/rinse temperatures • Quiet-By-Design™

GE
DCXR453EV/DCXR453GV Dryer

Room Air

• Extra-large capacity • Automatic Dry Control
• 5 cycles • 4 heat selections • Reverse-A-Door
• Interior light • Quiet-By-Design™

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 159-160.

FRONT LOADING LAUNDRY MODELS
The GE Front Loading Laundry Pair offers more than just clean
clothes. They offer Efficiency—typically 22 to 25 gallons of water vs.
35 to 40 gallons in a standard washer. That’s a 40% water savings!
And the water they do use is efficiently removed, with a longer spin
time for better water extraction. They provide Flexibility—both in
installation and use. They can be placed side-by-side to create an
excellent work space for folding clothes and other laundry items.
They were designed to be installed under your counter, or even
stacked for added space savings. And they’re easy to install!

WASHER FEATURES

Automatic Water Fill eliminates
guesswork and water waste.
Automatically adjusts water
level to size and type of load.
Water fill level remains below
the door.

Automatic Dispenser automatically
dispenses detergent, bleach and
fabric softener at just the right time
in the wash cycle.

Stacking kit included with dryer.

DRYER FEATURE

The sturdy Dryer Rack is designed
to dry items such as washable
sneakers and stuffed animals,
and is easy to insert and remove.

Undercounter installation requires mounting kits for washer and dryer.
58

Refrigeration
Water Systems

GE
WSXH208V 120V Washer

Laundry

• Front loading • High efficiency washer • 8 cycles:
Regular (Heavy Soil, Medium Soil), Permanent Press
(Medium Soil, Light Soil), Knits/Delicates, Pre-Wash,
Extra-Rinse Cycle/Auto Option, 3 standard rinse
cycles • 4 wash/rinse temperatures • Automatic
water level adjustment • Fabric Softener dispenser
• Bleach dispenser • Available in White on white

Microwave Ovens

Cooking Products

18285

GE
DSXH43EV/GV 240V Dryer

Room Air

Dishwashers

• Tumble drying • 4 Time Dry cycles (Regular,
Permanent Press, Knits/Delicates, Air Fluff)
• 3 Auto Dry cycles (Regular, Permanent Press,
Knits/Delicates) • 3 temperature options • Air Fluff
(No Heat) • End-of-cycle signal • Drum light
• Available in White on white

For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 162.

SPACEMAKER®: PORTABLE/STATIONARY MODELS
GE
WSKP2060T 120V Washer

GE
DSKP233ET 120V Dryer

• Portable model • 2 wash/spin
speeds • 6 cycles: Regular (Heavy
Soil, Medium Soil), Permanent Press
(Medium Soil, Light Soil) Delicates
and Spin Only • 3 wash/rinse
temperatures • 4 water levels
• Automatic cool down • Lint filter
• Easy-roll rollers • Unicouple
connector quickly attaches to a
faucet adaptor • Available in white
and almond with black control panel

• Portable/Stationary model
• 3 drying cycles: Automatic
Regular–Permanent Press, Timed
Dry up to 105 minutes and Air
Fluff • 2 Heat selections: Normal
and No-Heat Air Fluff (in timer)
• 15-amp dryer cord attached
• Available in white and almond
with black control panel

WSKS2060T 120V Washer (not shown)
• Stationary model

DSR24RT Stack Rack

DSKS433ET

(Available at additional Cost)
• For use with Portable or Stationary
Washers and Stationary Dryer

240V Dryer (not shown)
• Stationary model • 3 drying
cycles: Auto Regular–Permanent
Press, Auto Delicates and Timed
Dry up to 140 minutes • 4 Heat
selections: Regular (High Heat),
Permanent Press (Medium Heat),
Delicates (Low Heat) and Air
Fluff (No-Heat) • Available in
white and almond with black
control panel

DSR24RT shown with
WSKS2060T Washer and
DSKS433ET Dryer

UNITIZED WASHER/DRYER MODELS
GE
WSM2700T Electric
WSM2780T Gas

GE
WSM2420T Electric
WSM2480T Gas

• Full size 27" wide • ExtraLarge capacity Washer features
3 cycles (Regular, Permanent
Press and Delicate), 3 wash
temperature options, 3 water
level selections • Dryer
features Automatic Dry
Control, 4 cycles: Automatic
Dry (Medium Heat), Timed
Dry (High Heat), Delicate
(Low Heat), Air Fluff
(No-Heat) • Available in
white and almond with black
control panel

• 24" wide • Washer features 3 cycles
(Regular, Permanent Press and
Delicates), 3 wash/rinse temperatures,
3 water levels • Dryer features
Automatic Dry Control, 4 cycles:
Automatic Regular, Automatic
Permanent Press, Timed Dry, and
Air Fluff • Available in White on
white • Electric model also available
in Almond on almond

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 166-167.

Refrigeration

COMMERCIAL LAUNDRY
WASHERS INCLUDE • Extra-large capacity • 3 water levels (adjustable) • 3 wash/rinse temperatures • Self-cleaning filter
DRYERS INCLUDE • 100% front serviceable • Quiet-By-Design™ • PermaTuf II™ Basket Dimensions: 27" W x 25-1/2" D x 42" H

Water Systems

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

• 5 wash cycles • 2 wash/spin speed combinations
WCCB1030V (not shown) Single-Speed
• 3 wash cycles • 1 wash/spin speed combination

• Large Capacity • Automatic Dry Control
• 3 cycles • 3 heat selections • Up-front lint filter
• 100% front serviceable • Reverse-A-Door
Dimensions: 27" W x 25" D x 43-1/2" H

Cooking Products

GE
DCCB330EV/GV

Microwave Ovens

GE
WCCB2050V Two-Speed

MODULAR COMMERCIAL DRYERS
The GentlePower™ Agitator
adapts to the clothes load
providing gentle and effective
washing action.

GE
DDC4400S Electric
DDC4500S Gas

Dishwashers

• Stacked pair • Large capacity/
6.2 cu. ft. • 3 cycles • 3 heat selections
• “ON” indicator light • 100% front
serviceable • Shipped preassembled
Dimensions: 77" H x 27" W x 27" D

ArmorGuard Protection provides
a rust-resistant durable finish to
the washer top and lid.

For more details and information on
Commercial Laundry, see Pub. No. 14-S057.
For detailed exhausting information,
see pages 163-165.
Not all features available on all models.

Room Air

Unique Upswept Design provides
a contemporary look and makes
cleaning easy.

Laundry

100% Front Serviceable with
all operational parts in the
washer and dryer serviceable
without moving the unit.

TRUE PERFORMANCE & Flexibility

GE Wall Ovens feature
the TrueTemp™ System,
providing exceptional
cooking performance
through advanced
technology and
innovative design.
TrueTemp™ offers
SmartLogic Electronic
Controls that monitor
and maintain oven
temperature; a Platinum
Oven Sensor senses
sudden heat loss, and
responds with more
power; and a powerful
bake element (our most
powerful ever!), that
delivers 3410 watts of even
heat distribution. But
delivering consistently
even oven temperatures
is only the beginning.

JT950SA Double Oven

Refrigeration
Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

Built-In
Cooking Products

Laundry

Water Systems

T HE M OST V ERSATILE O VEN IN A MERICA I S
A LSO T HE M OST A CCURATE O VEN I N A MERICA!*

These ovens can be installed in a wall or cabinet, or under a counter with a gas or electric cooktop. All GE 30"
built-in ovens fit into common cut-out spaces making it easy to replace an installed oven with an upgrade. And the
flush installation appearance is the final touch!
But there’s still more to tell! Profile Performance Series™ offers professional touches like the Gourmet Shelf, that
features “baking stones” as part of the rack. Dough rises more quickly and efficiently with our innovative “proofing”
feature. Consistent cooking. Versatile placement. Professional features. GE Wall Ovens deliver in both cooking

Room Air

performance and flexibility.
*Includes all 30" and 27" ovens.

A GE WALL OVEN CAN BE FOUR OVENS IN ONE.

1. Conventional Baking

2. Conventional Broil
(variable temp)

3. Convection Bake

4. Convection Roast

The addition of a convection oven gives you a whole new range of possibilities. Especially since it requires no
additional space. With convection cooking, you’ll find roasts turn out beautifully brown on the outside, yet tender
and juicy on the inside. If you enjoy baking, you’ll delight in the way your baked goods maintain their delicate texture
while turning a delicious golden brown. On a practical level, convection cooking saves time and allows you to cook at
lower temperatures.
GE convection ranges use the European or “true” convection system. The difference
between “us and them” is a third dual loop heating element that surrounds the
convection fan in the back wall of the oven. This extra fan at the rear of the oven
gently circulates heated air evenly throughout the entire oven cavity—under and
around the food. The moving air penetrates foods faster than stationary air.

AND ALL OF THEM ARE EASY TO CLEAN.

The joy is in the cooking. Not in cleaning-up afterwards! That’s why GE pays so much attention to “Cleanability.”
GE’s remarkable CleanDesign wall oven is a superb example of this. CleanDesign starts with a clean design, meaning
there are no hard to clean protrusions, corners and crevices. Instead, the surface is smooth. Virtually seamless. There
are no endcaps on the control panel or on the handles. Further, the continuous surface design has no hard edges or
overlaps where dirt and grease can “catch” and accumulate. Consequently, clean-up is a snap. And of course, the oven
itself is self-cleaning.

Not all features available on all models.

Refrigeration

AMAZINGLY EASY TO OPERATE, TOO.

It’s easy to convert from
conventional oven to
convection, and vice versa.
Convection cooking
generally requires less time
and lower temperatures.
But don’t worry about it.
GE’s SmartSet Controls
will automatically make
the corrections for you.

Microwave Ovens

GE Slew Pads make
time and temperature
adjustment easy.
Increase or decrease
temperature or time
with a touch of
the finger.

SEVEN RACK BAKING. A GE EXCLUSIVE!
The oven comes equipped with three racks. But with
the convection oven, you should consider buying up
to four additional racks. You can get superb results
with as many as seven racks. This means you can bake
several sheets of cookies at the same time, with all of
them turning out evenly cooked and browned. If you
have a big crowd coming over, you can actually bake
14 nine-inch pizzas at once.

Dishwashers

Centigrade or
Fahrenheit, it’s
your choice.

Room Air

Setting the time and
temperature is easy.
Digipads are numbered
1 through 0. For example,
if you want to bake at
350°, you press 3…5…0…
then press Bake.

Built-In
Cooking Products

Laundry

Water Systems

GE’s SmartSet
Electronic controls
are simple to
understand, simple
to operate. Just
read and touch.

BUILT-IN DOUBLE OVENS: 30" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE

CONVECTION UPPER/SELF-CLEAN LOWER

• Flush appearance

GE Profile Performance Series™
JT950SA

installation • Fits most
30" cabinets • TrueTemp™

• Stainless steel • CleanDesign oven
interior • Integrated designer handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with
Delay Clean option • Convection Bake
• Convection Roast • Three oven racks
• Gourmet Shelf • Exclusive 7 embossed
rack positions • Roasting rack • Variable
broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with
Delay Clean option • Two oven racks
• 6 embossed rack positions

System • SmartSet
Electronic Controls
• Control lock capability
• Frameless glass oven
doors • Exclusive Big
View windows • Upfront
interior oven lights
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

TrueTemp™ System
”The Most Accurate
Oven in America”

Dough rises more quickly and
efficiently with our new
Proofing option.

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

Exclusive Gourmet Shelf
features “baking stones”
as part of the rack.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 168-169.

GE Profile Performance Series™
JT950WA

GE Profile Performance Series™
JT950BA

• White on white • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Convection Bake • Convection Roast
• Three oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Exclusive
7 embossed rack positions • Roasting rack
• Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Two oven racks • 6 embossed rack positions

• Black on black • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Convection Bake • Convection Roast
• Three oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Exclusive
7 embossed rack positions • Roasting rack
• Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Two oven racks • 6 embossed rack positions

JT950AA (not shown)
• Almond on almond

Refrigeration

CONVECTION UPPER/SELF-CLEAN LOWER
GE Profile™
JTP56WA

True convection ovens provide
even cooking and superior
baking.

Water Systems

• White on white • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer handles • Control lock
capability
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Convection Bake • Convection Roast
• Three oven racks • Exclusive 7 embossed rack
positions • Roasting rack • Variable broil
• Automatic meat thermometer
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Two oven racks • 6 embossed rack positions

JTP56BA (not shown)

Laundry

• Black on black

JTP56AA (not shown)
• Almond on almond

SELF-CLEAN UPPER/STANDARD LOWER

GE
JTP45WA

GE
JTP27BA

• White on white • Extra-large self-cleaning ovens
with Delay Clean option • Sure Grip designer-style
handles • Variable broil • Two oven racks (each
oven) • Six embossed rack positions • Control
lock capability

• Black on black • Sure Grip designer-style handles
• Six embossed rack positions (both ovens)
UPPER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • SmartSet Electronic Controls • Control lock
capability • Variable broil • Two oven racks
LOWER OVEN
• Extra-large standard clean oven • Rotary controls
• Two oven racks

Microwave Ovens

Built-In
Cooking Products

SELF-CLEAN (BOTH OVENS)

CleanDesign wall ovens have a
smooth seamless surface,
making cleanup easier than ever.

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

Exclusive Seven Rack Baking
provides more usable
shelf capacity.

JTP45BA (not shown)
• Black on black

Room Air

JTP27WA (not shown)

Dishwashers

Fast and easy cleanup is made
possible through our new
CleanDesign oven interior.

• White on white
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 168-169.

BUILT-IN DOUBLE OVENS: 30" AND 27" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE

MICROWAVE UPPER/CONVECTION LOWER

• Flush appearance

GE Profile™
JTP95WA

installation • Frameless
glass oven doors

• White on white • Fits most 30" cabinets • SmartSet
Electronic Controls • Exclusive Big View window
• Upfront interior oven lights
MICROWAVE UPPER OVEN
• 1.6 cu. ft. cavity • Sensor Cooking Controls for
Auto Cook and Reheat • Auto Defrost • Turntable
• 1000 watts
CONVECTION LOWER OVEN
• Self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three
oven racks • Exclusive 7 embossed rack positions
• Roasting rack • Variable broil • Automatic meat
thermometer • Integrated designer handle
• Control lock capability

Sensor Microwave Cooking
Controls take the guesswork out
of cooking your favorite foods.

JTP95BA (not shown)
• Black on black

MICROWAVE UPPER/SELF-CLEAN LOWER

True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.

SmartSet Electronic Controls
are simple to understand and
easy to use.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 168-169
and 172-173.

GE
JTP85WA

GE
JKP85BA

• White on white • Fits most 30" cabinets • SmartSet
Electronic Controls • Exclusive Big View window
• Designer-style handle • Upfront interior oven lights
MICROWAVE UPPER OVEN
• 1.6 cu. ft. cavity • Sensor Cooking Controls for
Auto Cook and Reheat • Auto Defrost • Turntable
• 1000 watts
LOWER OVEN
• Self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Variable broil • Two oven racks • Six embossed
rack positions • Control lock capability

• Black on black • Fits most 27" cabinets
MICROWAVE UPPER OVEN
• 1.6 cu. ft. cavity • Auto Roast • Auto Cook
• Auto Defrost • Double Duty™ shelf
LOWER OVEN
• Self-cleaning oven with automatic oven door
lock • Two oven racks • Designer-style handle
• Electronic oven control • Variable broil
• Audible preheat signal • Electronic clock and
kitchen timer • Delay Bake option

JTP85BA (not shown)
• Black on black

JKP85WA (not shown)
• White on white

Refrigeration

BUILT-IN DOUBLE OVENS: 27" ELECTRIC
CONVECTION UPPER/SELF-CLEAN LOWER

• Flush appearance

GE Profile Performance Series™
JK950WA

installation • Fits most

• White on white • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer-style handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three
oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Roasting rack
• Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Two oven racks

27" cabinets • TrueTemp™
System • SmartSet
Electronic Controls
• Control lock capability
• Frameless glass oven
doors • Exclusive Big

Laundry

View windows

Water Systems

ALL MODELS INCLUDE

Built-In
Cooking Products

True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

Exclusive Gourmet Shelf
features “baking stones”
as part of the rack.

GE Profile Performance Series™
JK950AA

GE Profile Performance Series™
JK950BA

• Almond on almond • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer-style handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three
oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Roasting rack
• Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Two oven racks

• Black on black • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer-style handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three
oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Roasting rack
• Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Two oven racks

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 172-173.

Room Air

TrueTemp™ System
”The Most Accurate Oven
in America”

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

BUILT-IN DOUBLE OVENS: 27" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Flush appearance installation • Fits most 27" cabinets • TrueTemp™ System • Frameless glass oven doors
• Exclusive Big View windows
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

CONVECTION UPPER/SELF-CLEAN LOWER
GE Profile™
JKP56BA
• Black on black • CleanDesign oven interior
• SmartSet Electronic Controls • Integrated
designer handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three oven
racks • Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Two oven racks

TrueTemp™ System
”The Most Accurate Oven
in America”

JKP56AA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JKP56WA (not shown)
• White on white

True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.

SELF-CLEAN (BOTH OVENS)

SELF-CLEAN UPPER/STANDARD LOWER

GE
JKP45WA

GE
JKP27WA

• White on white • Two large self-cleaning ovens
with Delay Clean option • SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Sure Grip designer-style handles • Two
oven racks (each oven)

• White on white • Sure Grip designer-style handles
UPPER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• SmartSet Electronic Controls • Control lock
capability • Variable broil • Two oven racks
LOWER OVEN
• Large standard clean oven • Rotary control
• Two oven racks

Flush Installation Appearance
integrates into cabinetry and
makes cleanup easy.

SmartSet Electronic Controls
are simple to understand and
easy to use.

JKP45BA (not shown)
• Black on black
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 172-173.

JKP27BA (not shown)
• Black on black

Refrigeration

BUILT-IN SINGLE OVENS: 30" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Flush appearance installation • Fits most 27" cabinets • TrueTemp™ System • CleanDesign oven interior
• SmartSet Electronic Controls • Control lock capability • Frameless glass oven door • Exclusive Big View window • Upfront interior oven light

SELF-CLEAN CONVECTION

Water Systems

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

GE Profile Performance Series™
JT910SA
• Stainless steel • Integrated designer handle
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay
Clean option • Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three oven racks • Gourmet
Shelf • Exclusive 7 embossed rack positions
• Roasting rack • Variable broil • Automatic
meat thermometer

Built-In
Cooking Products

Laundry

TrueTemp™ System
”The Most Accurate Oven
in America”

True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.

Microwave Ovens

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

Exclusive Seven Rack
Baking provides more usable
shelf capacity.

30" wall ovens can be
installed in a wall or most
30" cabinets, or undercounter installation with
either a gas or electric
cooktop above.
See pages 170 and 171
for approved cooktop use.

GE Profile Performance Series™
JT910WA

GE Profile Performance Series™
JT910BA

• White on white

• Black on black

Dishwashers

INSTALLATION
FLEXIBILITY

JT910AA (not shown)

Room Air

• Almond on almond

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 170-171.

BUILT-IN SINGLE OVENS: 30" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Flush appearance installation • Fits most 30" cabinets • TrueTemp™ System • SmartSet Electronic Controls
• Frameless glass oven door • Exclusive Big View window • Upfront interior oven light • Control lock capability

SELF-CLEAN CONVECTION
GE Profile™
JTP18BA
• Black on black • Integrated designer
handle • Extra-large self-cleaning oven
with Delay Clean option • Convection
Bake • Convection Roast • Three oven
racks • Exclusive 7 embossed rack positions
• Roasting rack • Variable broil • Automatic
meat thermometer

True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.

JTP18WA (not shown)
• White on white
JTP18AA (not shown)

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

• Almond on almond

Exclusive Seven Rack Baking
provides more usable shelf
capacity.

SELF-CLEAN
Fast and easy cleanup is made
possible through our new
CleanDesign oven interior.

INSTALLATION
FLEXIBILITY
30" wall ovens can be
installed in a wall or most
30" cabinets, or undercounter installation with
either a gas or electric
cooktop above.
See pages 170 and 171
for approved cooktop use.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 170-171.

GE
JTP15WA
• White on white • Sure Grip designer-style
handle • Extra-large self-cleaning oven
with Delay Clean option • Two oven racks
• Six embossed rack positions

JTP15BA (not shown)
• Black on black
JTP15AA (not shown)
• Almond on almond

Refrigeration

BUILT-IN SINGLE OVENS: 27" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Flush appearance installation • Fits 27" cabinets • SmartSet Electronic Controls • Frameless glass oven door
• Big View window • Control lock capability (except model JKS05BA)

Water Systems

SELF-CLEAN CONVECTION

• White on white • Integrated designer handle
• TrueTemp™ System • Large self-cleaning oven
with Delay Clean option • CleanDesign oven
interior • Convection Bake • Convection Roast
• Three oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Roasting
rack • Variable broil • Automatic meat
thermometer • Proofing option

• White on white • TrueTemp™ System
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three
oven racks • Variable broil • Automatic meat
thermometer • Sure Grip designer-style handle

JK910AA (not shown)

JK910BA (not shown)

• Almond on almond

• Black on black

JKP18BA (not shown)

JKP18AA (not shown)

• Black on black

• Almond on almond

Microwave Ovens

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

GE Profile™
JKP18WA

SELF-CLEAN

STANDARD CLEAN

GE
JKP15WA

GE
JKS05BA

• White on white • TrueTemp™ System • Sure Grip
designer-style handle • Large self-cleaning oven
with Delay Clean option • Two oven racks

• Black on black • Sure Grip designer-style handle
• Large standard clean oven • Two oven racks

Exclusive Gourmet Shelf
features ”baking stones”
as part of the rack.

INSTALLATION
FLEXIBILITY

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 174-175.

Dishwashers

27" wall ovens can be
installed in a wall or 27"
cabinet, or undercounter
installation with either
a gas or electric cooktop
above. See pages 174
and 175 for approved
cooktop use.

JKP15BA (not shown)

JKP15AA (not shown)

• Black on black

• Almond on almond
73

Room Air

Flush Installation Appearance
integrates into cabinetry and
makes cleanup easy.

GE Profile Performance Series™
JK910WA

Built-In
Cooking Products

Laundry

True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.

BUILT-IN DOUBLE AND SINGLE OVENS: 24" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Fits most 24" cabinets
• SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Frameless glass
oven doors • Designerstyle handles • Two oven
racks (each oven)

SmartSet Electronic Controls
are simple to understand and
easy to use.

Self-Clean Ovens provide easy
clean convenience. Simply set
the controls and the oven
cleans itself.

GE
JRP24BW

GE
JRP15WW

• Black on black
UPPER OVEN
• Self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• SmartSet Electronic Controls • Control lock
capability • Start pad • Delay Bake option with
Cook & Hold • Variable broil
LOWER OVEN
• Standard clean oven • Rotary controls

• White on white • Self-cleaning oven with
Delay Clean option • Variable broil • Control lock
capability • Start pad • Delay Bake option
with Cook & Hold

JRP15BW (not shown)
• Black on black

JRS04BW (not shown)
• Black on black • Standard clean oven
• Variable broil • Start pad • Delay Bake option
with Cook & Hold

BUILT-IN SINGLE OVENS: 24" GAS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Fits most 24" cabinets
• SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Electronic
pilotless ignition
• Frameless glass oven
door • Designer-style
handle

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 172-176.

GE
JGRP17WEW

GE
JGRS14BEW

• White on white • Self-cleaning oven with Delay
Clean option • Control lock capability • In-oven
broiling • Storage drawer

• Black on black • Standard clean oven • Separate
broiler drawer

JGRP17BEW (not shown)
• Black on black

Refrigeration

BUILT-IN WARMING DRAWERS: 30" AND 27" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Flush appearance installation • Frameless drawer front • Integrated designer-style handle
• Removable stainless steel drawer pan

Water Systems

GE Profile Performance Series™
JTD910SB
• Stainless steel • 30" warming drawer
• Temperature control with Proof, Low,
Medium and High settings • Crisp/Moist
humidity control • ON/OFF switch
• “ON” indicator light • One-half rack

JKD910SB (not shown)
• Stainless steel • 27" warming drawer

Laundry

Half Rack provides even heat
distribution and allows extra
space to keep food warm and
tasty before serving.

Warming Drawer keeps plates
warm, ready and waiting to
serve that special meal.

Built-In
Cooking Products

GE Profile Performance Series™
JTD910WB
• White on white • 30" warming drawer
• Temperature control with Proof, Low,
Medium and High settings • Crisp/Moist
humidity control • ON/OFF switch
• “ON” indicator light • One-half rack

JTD910AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond • 30" warming drawer

JTD910BB (not shown)
• Black on black • 30" warming drawer

Microwave Ovens

JKD910WB (not shown)
• White on white • 27" warming drawer

JKD910AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond • 27" warming drawer

JKD910BB (not shown)
• Black on black • 27" warming drawer

Room Air

Dishwashers

Hidden Temperature Control has
Proof, Low, Medium and High
settings for warming flexibility.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 177.

BUILT-IN COOKTOPS: 36" AND 30" ELECTRIC CLEANDESIGN
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Smooth-surface glass-ceramic CleanDesign cooktop
• Fingerprint and scratch resistant patterned glass cooktop

GE Profile Performance Series™
JP960SA
• Stainless steel • 36" frameless cooktop
• Five ribbon heating elements, one 6",
one 7", one dual (6"/9") and two 7" with
connecting bridge burner • Five hot surface
indicator lights

JP960WA (not shown)
Flush Mount Installation creates
a stunning visual effect.
(Not available on stainless steel models)

• White on white • Flush mount
installation capability

JP960AA (not shown) JP960BA (not shown)
• Almond on almond • Black on black
• Flush mount
• Flush mount
installation capability installation capability
GE Profile Performance Series™
JP930BA
• Black on black • 30" frameless cooktop
• Four ribbon heating elements, one 6",
one dual (6"/9") and two 7" with connecting
bridge burner • Four hot surface indicator
lights • Flush mount installation capability

Bridge Element for total
cooking flexibility.

JP930WA (not shown)
• White on white • Flush mount
installation capability

JP930AA (not shown) JP930SA (not shown)
• Almond on almond • Stainless steel
• Flush mount
installation capability
GE Profile™
JP350WA
Ribbon Heating Elements
direct heat straight up to the
pan, providing even heat for
uniform cooking.

• White on white • 30" cooktop • Four
ribbon heating elements: One dual (6"/9"),
two 8" and one 6" • Four hot surface
indicator lights • Flush mount
installation capability

JP350BA (not shown)
• Black on black
JP350AA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
GE
JP340BA
• Black on black • 30" cooktop • Four
ribbon heating elements: Two 6" and two 8"
• Surface “ON” light • Flush mount
installation capability

JP340WA (not shown)
• White on white

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 178.

Refrigeration

BUILT-IN COOKTOPS: 36" AND 30" ELECTRIC COIL
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Porcelain-enameled lift-up cooktop • Two 8" and two 6" plug-in Calrod® heating elements
• Infinite heat rotary controls

Water Systems

GE
JP626WV
• White on white • 36" cooktop • One-piece chrome
drip bowls • Upfront white glass control panel

JP626AV (not shown)
• Almond on almond

Laundry

GE
JP326BV
• Black on black • 30" cooktop • One-piece
porcelain-enameled drip bowls • Black glass
control panel
JP326WV (not shown)
• White on white

JP326AV (not shown)

Built-In
Cooking Products

• Almond on almond

JP326CV (not shown)
• Brushed-chrome

BUILT-IN COOKTOPS: 21" COMPACT

Microwave Ovens

GE
JP201CV
• Stainless steel • 21-1/4" cooktop
• One 8" and one 6" plug-in heating elements
• Infinite heat rotary controls • Removable onepiece chrome drip bowls • Heating element
“ON” indicator light

JP200V (not shown)
• White porcelain-enameled

Room Air

Dishwashers

(Available in White only)

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 179.

BUILT-IN COOKTOPS: 36" AND 30" GAS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Sealed burners (except JGP320EV) • Electronic pilotless ignition

GE Profile Performance Series™
JGP960SEA
• Stainless steel • 36" cooktop • Tempered
glass cooktop • Deluxe cast grates • Five
sealed burners • Two Precise Simmer
burners • Maximum Output burner
Shown with JVB96SA telescopic downdraft vent.

Sealed Burners help contain
spills from dripping beneath
cooktop for easy cleanup.

GE Profile™
JGP636BEV
• Black on black • 36" cooktop • Tempered
glass cooktop • Deluxe cast grates
• Five sealed burners • 2 Precise Simmer
burners • Maximum Output burner

JGP636WEV (not shown)
Precise Simmer Burner provides
more temperature control with
low 700 BTU setting.

• White on white

JGP636AEV (not shown)
• Almond on almond

GE
JGP626WEV
• White on white • 36" cooktop • Porcelainenameled cooktop • Precise Simmer burner
• Standard cast grates
Maximum Output Burners have
high power performance making
cooking convenient.

JGP626BEV (not shown)
• Black on black

JGP626AEV (not shown)
• Almond on almond

GE Profile™
JGP645BEX
• Black on black • 36" downdraft cooktop
• Tempered glass cooktop • Deluxe cast
grates • Automatic re-ignition • 500 CFM
retractable downdraft venting system
• Upfront variable speed fan • Use optional
GE accessory cover (JXBC55) for outdoor
installation of blower • Detached blower for
installation flexibility • JXBA55 Downdraft
Venting Kit required for installation

JGP645WEX (not shown)
• White on white

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 180-181.

Refrigeration
GE Profile™
JGP336AEV
• Almond on almond • 30" cooktop
• Tempered glass cooktop • Precise
Simmer burner • Maximum Output burner

Laundry

• Stainless steel • 30" cooktop • Tempered
glass cooktop • Deluxe cast grates
• Precise Simmer burner • Maximum
Output burner

Water Systems

GE Profile Performance Series™
JGP930SEA

JGP336WEV (not shown)
• White on white

Built-In
Cooking Products

JGP336BEV (not shown)
• Black on black

GE
JGP326BEV

Microwave Ovens

• Black on black • 30" cooktop • Sealed
burners • Precise Simmer burner
• Standard cast grates

JGP326WEV (not shown)
• White on white

JGP326AEV (not shown)
• Almond on almond

Dishwashers

GE
JGP320EV

Room Air

• 30" lift-up cooktop • Glass control panel
• Standard porcelain steel grates
• Available in white or black

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 180.

BUILT-IN COOKTOPS: DOWNDRAFT GAS MODULAR
ALL MODELS INCLUDE

GE Profile™
JGP389WEV

• Powerful downdraft

• White on white • 30" single modular gas
cooktop • Fixed standard gas burners
(right side) • Left side accepts optional
cooking modules

venting • Electronic pilotless
ignition • Up-front controls

Shown with optional Grill module JXGG89.

OPTIONAL MODULES

JGP389BEV (not shown)
• Black on black

(available at additional cost)

TWO-BURNER GAS
MODULE FOR
STANDARD BURNERS
JXGB89W—White on white
JXGB89B—Black on black

GE Profile™
JGP18BEV

GAS GRILL MODULE

• Black on black • 18" single modular
gas cooktop • Accepts optional cooking
modules

JXGG89

GRIDDLE FOR USE

Shown with optional Grill module JXGG89.

WITH OPTIONAL
GRILL MODULE
JXGL89

GRILL COVER
JXGC89W—White on white
JXGC89B—Black on black

BUILT-IN COOKTOPS: PATIO GRILL
GE
JP380BV
• 30" patio grill • Fixed grill elements
each side • Infinite heat rotary controls
• Powerful downdraft venting system
• Heating element “ON” indicator light
• Black porcelain-enameled cooktop
• Optional grill covers (JXDM4)
available at additional cost.
U.L. approved for outdoor use only.

COMMON COOKTOP CUTOUTS

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 182-184.

Common Cutouts—30" Cooktops
Dimensions (W x D)
Model #
28-1/2" x 19-5/8"
JP930
JP350
JP340
JP326
JGP930–Gas
JGP336–Gas
JGP326–Gas
28-7/8" x 20-5/8"
JP389
JP387
JP385
JP380

Description
CleanDesign
CleanDesign
CleanDesign
Calrod®
Sealed Burner
Sealed Burner
Sealed Burner
Modular Downdraft
Modular Downdraft
Modular Downdraft
Patio Grill

Common Cutouts—36" Cooktops
Dimensions (W x D)
Model #
33-7/8" x 19-1/16"
JP960
JP626
JGP960
JGP636–Gas
JGP626–Gas
34-9/16" x 21-1/2"
JGP641–Gas
JGP640–Gas

Description
CleanDesign
Calrod®
Sealed Burner
Sealed Burner
Sealed Burner
Sealed Burner Downdraft
Sealed Burner Downdraft

Refrigeration

BUILT-IN COOKTOPS: DOWNDRAFT ELECTRIC SELECT-TOP™ MODULAR
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Infinite heat rotary controls • Powerful downdraft venting system • Heating element “ON” indicator light

OPTIONAL SELECT-TOP™ MODULES
(AVAILABLE AT ADDITIONAL COST)

GE Profile™
JP389WV

Water Systems

• White on white • 30"
dual modular cooktop
• 3-speed fan • Porcelainenameled cooktop
Shown with optional Ribbon module
JXDR50VW and Grill module JXDL44N.

Laundry

• Black on black • 30"
dual modular cooktop
• 3-speed fan • Porcelainenameled cooktop

(For use with
optional grill
module) Place over
heating element
and reflector pan
from optional grill
module. Griddle
accessory has a
non-stick coating
and is self-draining.

GE
JP385WV
• 30" single modular
cooktop • White porcelainenameled cooktop • Fixed
6" and 8" plug-in Calrod®
heating elements • Left
side accepts optional
cooking modules
Shown with optional Grill module JXDL44N.

RIBBON
MODULE

CALROD ®
MODULE

Patterned glass top
with one 8" and
one 6" ribbon
heating element.

One 8" and one 6"
plug-in Calrod®
heating element
with removable onepiece drip bowls.

GE
JP385BV
• 30" single modular
cooktop • Black porcelainenameled cooktop • Fixed
6" and 8" plug-in Calrod®
heating elements • Left
side accepts optional
cooking modules

GRILL COVER (not shown)
Covers grill area when not in use. Available
in Black on black and White on white.

Shown with optional Grill module JXDL44N.

Built-In
Cooking Products

Shown with optional Ribbon
modules JXDR50VB.

Microwave Ovens

Front and rear
controlled heating
element for more
cooking flexibility
and energy savings.
One-piece grill
grate and porcelainenameled reflector
pan can be removed
for cleaning in sink
or dishwasher.

GE Profile™
JP389BV

GRIDDLE
ACCESSORY

Dishwashers

GRILL MODULE

JP385CV (not shown)
• Brushed-chrome cooktop

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 182-183.

Models
JP389WV

JP389BV

JP385WV

JP385BV

JP385CV

Calrod ® Module

JXDC44RWH JXDC43RBL JXDC44RWH JXDC43RBL JXDC41NBC

Ribbon Module

JXDR50VW

JXDR50VB

JXDR50VW

JXDR50VB

Grill Module

JXDL44N

Griddle Accessory

JXDD44R

JXDM3

JXDM2

JXDM3

JXDM2

Grill Cover

Room Air

Optional Modules
(available at additional cost)

JXDR50VC

SLIDE-IN RANGES: 30" ELECTRIC
THESE MODELS INCLUDE

CLEANDESIGN

• Custom built-in look with simple

GE Profile™
JSP40BW

slide-in installation. Note: All models
have black painted side panels.

• Black on black • SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Two 8", one 6" and one dual
(6"/9") ribbon heating element • 4 hot
surface indicator lights • Fingerprint and
scratch resistant patterned glass-ceramic
CleanDesign cooktop • Self-cleaning oven
with Delay Clean option • Frameless glass
oven door with window • Sure Grip designerstyle handle • Control lock capability

JSP40WW (not shown)
• White on white
JSP40AW (not shown)
• Almond on almond

Ribbon Heating Elements
provide efficient cooking
response.

Model shown with required filler strip provided.

THESE MODELS INCLUDE • Lift-up overhanging porcelain-enameled cooktop • Two 8" and two 6" plug-in Calrod ® heating elements
• Electronic clock and kitchen timer • Custom built-in look with simple slide-in installation. Note: All models have black painted side panels.

COIL

GE
JSP34AW

GE
JSP26BW

GE
JSS26BW

• Almond on almond • SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Self-cleaning oven with Delay
Clean option • Frameless glass oven door
with designer-style handle • Control lock
capability

• SmartSet Electronic Controls • Selfcleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Frameless glass oven door with designerstyle handle • Control lock capability
• Available in white or almond

• Black on black • Standard clean oven
• Frameless glass oven door with designerstyle handle

JSP34WW (not shown)
• White on white

JSP34BW (not shown)
• Black on black

Models shown with required filler strip provided.
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 190.

JSS16PW (not shown)
• Standard clean oven • Color-matched
oven door • Visor handle • Available in
white or almond

Refrigeration

SLIDE-IN RANGES: 30" GAS
THESE MODELS

GE Profile™
JGSP44WEY

INCLUDE • Electronic
cleaning oven with Delay
Clean option • Sure Grip

Water Systems

• White on white • SmartSet Electronic Controls
• Sealed burners • Standard simmer burner
• Maximum output burner • Deluxe cast grates

pilotless ignition • Self-

JGSP44BEY (not shown)
• Black on black

designer-style handle

JGSP44AEY (not shown)
• Almond on almond

• Glass cooktop • Storage
drawer • Control lock

Laundry

capability

Model shown with required filler strip provided.

THESE MODELS INCLUDE • Electronic pilotless ignition • Frameless glass oven door

Built-In
Cooking Products

• Designer-style handle • Interior oven light • Broiler pan with grid

OPTIONAL ACCESSORY
TRIM KITS

GE
JGSP23WEY

GE
JGSS05BEA

• White on white • SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Sealed burners • Standard
Simmer burner • Self-cleaning oven with
Delay Clean option • Control lock capability
• White porcelain-enameled cooktop
• Standard cast grates • Storage drawer

• Black on black • Extra-large standard
clean oven • Black porcelain-enameled
lift-up cooktop • Twin rod supports
• Separate broiler drawer with extra-large
broiler pan and grid • Standard porcelain
steel grates

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

Enhance the built-in look
of these Slide-In Gas ranges
with optional accessory trim
kits (all models except
JGSS05BEA), see page 188.

JGSP23BEY (not shown)
• Black on black

Room Air

Models shown with required filler strip provided.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 188-189.

SLIDE-IN RANGES: 30" DOWNDRAFT ELECTRIC
BOTH MODELS

The modular cooktop on these models allows you to
customize the range to suit your convenience and
food preparation needs. Downdraft venting allows you
to fry, griddle or even grill without an overhead vent
hood. These ranges are equipped with a grill module,
other modules shown are available at additional cost.

INCLUDE • Powerful
downdraft venting system
• Two-speed fan • Selfcleaning oven • Glass
oven door with window
• Designer-style handle
• Electronic clock and
minute timer • Delay Bake
option • Dual modular
porcelain-enameled
cooktop • Storage drawer
(half depth)

RADIANT MODULE

GRIDDLE ACCESSORY

JXGR63B—Frameless
module has patterned
glass top with two 7"
radiant heating elements.

JXGL90—(For use with
grill module) Place over
heating element from
grill module. Griddle
accessory has a non-stick
coating.

COIL MODULES

GRILL MODULE
JXGG50—Has two-piece,
non-stick coated grates
for cooking and cleaning
convenience.
(One included with
each range.)

GE
JSP69WV
• White on white

JSP69BV (not shown)
• Black on black

JXGC53W—White on
white, JXGC53B—Black
on black. One 8" and
one 6" plug-in heating
element with removable
one-piece drip bowls.

DROP-IN RANGES: 30" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Lift-up
overhanging porcelainenameled cooktop
• Two 8" and two 6"
plug-in heating elements
• Removable one-piece
drip bowls • Lift-off oven
door • Frameless glass
oven door • Designer-style
handle

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 184 and 191.

GE
JDP39BW

GE
JDP36BW

• Black on black • Self-cleaning oven with
Delay Clean option • Control lock capability

• Self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Control lock capability • Available with white
or almond cooktop

JDP39WW (not shown)
• White on white

JDS26BW (not shown)
• Standard clean oven • Available with white or
almond cooktop

Refrigeration

DROP-IN SPACEMAKER™ RANGES: 27" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Lift-up overhanging porcelain-enameled cooktop • One 8" and three 6" plug-in
Calrod ® heating elements • Frameless glass oven door • Big View window • Chrome drip bowls

Water Systems

GE Profile™
JMP31WA
• White on white • Self-cleaning
oven with automatic oven door
lock • Electronic clock and
kitchen timer • Auto oven shut-off
• Sure Grip designer-style handle

Laundry

Electronic Oven Control provides
convenient cooking functions.

Microwave Ovens

Built-In
Cooking Products

Lift-Up Cooktop stays up for
easy access to clean the
subtop quickly.

Calrod ® Heating Elements unplug
for easy removal of one-piece
drip bowls for cleaning and
access to the subtop.

OPTIONAL
BACKGUARDS

GE
JMP28BA

GE
JMS08BA

• Self-cleaning oven with automatic oven door lock
• White or almond cooktop • Electronic clock and
minute timer • Auto oven shut-off

• Standard clean oven • White or
almond cooktop • Rotary oven controls

Room Air

Dishwashers

White, black or almond
painted finish is available
at additional cost for
all models.
JX27RWH – White,
JX27RBK – Black,
JX27RAD – Almond

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 192.

VENTING OPTIONS
SLIDE-OUT HOODS
THESE MODELS

GE Profile Performance Series™
JV960SA

INCLUDE • See-through

• Stainless steel • 36" vented hood
with cooktop light

glass visor slides in and out
• 300 CFM performance

JV930SA (not shown)

with variable speed fan

• Stainless steel • 30" vented hood
with cooktop light

control • Auto heat sensor

GE Profile™
JV695S (not shown)

• Compact housing leaves
ample shelf space behind

• White on white • 36" vented hood
with cooktop light

cabinet doors • Vertical
exhaust with 3-1/4" x 10"

JV694S (not shown)

rectangular duct

• Black on black

JV394S (not shown)
• Black on black • 30" vented hood
with cooktop light

JV395S (not shown)
• White on white

HOODS

GE High Performance
and Performance Hoods
are designed with an
easy-to-clean continuous
surface and two large filters that can be cleaned
at the sink or dishwasher.
The High Performance
hoods are recommended
for use with gas cooktops
and grill/griddle
cooktops. Powerful
CFM performance draws
smoke and odors up and
out of the kitchen.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 185-186.

GE
JV376V High Performance

GE
JV356V Performance

• 30" vented hood • Available in White on white or
Black on black • Rotary controls • 2 cooktop lights
• Night Light setting • Variable speed fan control
• Vertical or rear exhaust (410/380 CFM)
• 3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct

• 30" width • Available in White on white, Black on
black or Almond on almond • Rotary controls
• Variable speed fan control • 250 CFM (max.)
• 2 cooktop lights • Night Light setting • Convertible
exhaust options (rectangular or non-vented)
• Rectangular damper included

JV656V (not shown)
• 36" width

GE
JV347X Deluxe

GE
JV327X Standard

• 30" width • Available in White on white, Black on
black or Almond on almond • Rotary control
• Three-speed fan • Cooktop light with Night Light
setting • Light cover • Convertible exhaust
(Shipped in non-vented configuration, convertible
to round or rectangular exhaust.) • Rectangular
damper included

• 30" width • 7" round duct • Easy-to-use rocker
switches • Two-speed fan • Cooktop light • Available
in white or almond

JXDA22 round damper accessory, available at additional cost.

JV337X (not shown)
JN327X (not shown)
• 3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct • Non-vented
• Rectangular damper included

Refrigeration

TELESCOPIC DOWNDRAFT SYSTEMS
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • 500 CFM performance • Upfront variable speed fan with slide control • Raises to 8-3/4" over cooktop
surface • Retracts when not in use • Ideal for island or peninsula installations • Use optional GE accessory cover (JXBC57) for outdoor

Water Systems

installation of blower or the indoor blower mounting kit (JXRB57) for indoor remote mounting of the blower.

GE Profile™
JVB67AWW
• 36" White on white
telescopic downdraft system
• Separate remote switch to
raise/lower vent

Separate remote switch to
raise/lower vent provides
installation flexibility and
convenience of operation.
(only available on JVB67)

Laundry

JVB67ABB (not shown)
• Black on black

GE Profile™
JVB37ABB
• 30" Black on black
telescopic downdraft system

JVB37AWW (not shown)

Built-In
Cooking Products

• White on white

Note: Approved for use with all GE Profile Performance™, GE Profile™ and GE electric and sealed burner
gas cooktops. Not approved for use with standard burner gas cooktops.

Microwave Ovens

THESE MODELS INCLUDE • 500 CFM performance • Variable speed fan control • Raises to 7" over
cooktop surface • Retracts when not in use • Ideal for island or peninsula installations • 3-1/4" x 10"
rectangular duct

GE Profile Performance
Series™
JVB96SA
• 36" stainless steel
telescopic downdraft system

JVB93SA (not shown)

Dishwashers

• 30" stainless steel

Raise/lower vent switch provides
convenience of operation.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 186-187.

Room Air

Note: Approved for use with all GE Profile Performance™, GE Profile™ and GE electric and sealed burner
gas cooktops. Not approved for use with standard burner gas cooktops.

Cooktop Sold Separately
87

has 26% more usable space than Whirlpool’s largest
oven, 28% more than Maytag’s and 36% more than
Frigidaire’s. It also features GE’s exclusive six rack
capability to accommodate a variety of cookware.

TRUETEMP™ IS STILL THE MOST ACCURATE
OVEN IN AMERICA!

+30°
+20°
+10°
Baking
Temperature

-10°

TrueTemp™ electric ranges have the most advanced
temperature management system in the industry.
Less temperature variance means better oven

-20°
-30°

accuracy which delivers consistent cooking results.
-40°
Not all features available on all models.

daire
Frigi

na
Ama

d
enAi

rlpoo
l

May
ta

Kitch

+40°

large quantity of food for those special occasions. It

Whi

This 5.0 cubic foot oven is big enough to handle a

YOU WON’T FIND A LARGER OVEN IN AMERICA!
JUST IMAGINE, A FULL 5.0 CUBIC FEET!

GE PROUDLY INTRODUCES THE NEXT GENERATION
OF ELECTRIC RANGES.

Refrigeration
Bridge Burner

6"/9" Dual Element

Keeps soups, sauces, breads and

GE’s exclusive bridge burner, when

The dual ring element is a small and a

pancakes warm, or melts butter and

used with either one or both single

large element all in one. It lets you heat

chocolate. Or use this new burner as you

elements, allows you to create larger

the element area that’s needed for

would any other cooktop element.

cooking zones for any size cookware.

either a six- or nine-inch pan.

Free-Standing
Cooking Products

Warming Option

Laundry

Water Systems

INCREDIBLY VERSATILE COOKTOP PUTS YOU IN CONTROL WITH MORE CHOICES
THAN EVER BEFORE!

Microwave Ovens

DESIGNED WITH THE CONSUMER’S CONVENIENCE IN MIND;
EASY-TO-USE AND EASY-TO-CLEAN!

Exclusive CleanDesign

Dishwashers

As for cleanability, the CleanDesign
oven interior conceals the lower oven
element under a porcelain-coated steel
surface. All you see and clean is a flat,
smooth oven surface.
Seamless Backguard
The seamless backguard design
provides a sleek appearance and makes
cleaning fast and easy. The easy-to-use

Room Air

glass touch controls bring elegance and
style to your range.

ONLY GE MAKES RANGES THIS EASY TO OPERATE.
RESPONSIVE. GE’s
Prompt Response System
makes the heating
elements come on fast,
and then directs the heat
straight up to the pan
or cookware.
UNIFORM HEAT.
Elements are designed
to distribute heat
uniformly, pulsing on
and off to maintain the
selected heat level.

The oven is self-cleaning, of course. But for most families, 80 percent of the cooking is done on the cooktop.
You can see in a glance just how easy it is to wipe the smooth ceramic glass cooktop clean.

STYLISH. Please note
the designer handle,
frameless, full-width glass
oven door, sleek control
panel and overall
appearance.

ATTRACTIVE. The
decorator pattern won’t
wear off under normal
use and also helps
camouflage any smudges
that might occur.

PROTECTIVE. Heating
elements have a “hot
surface” indicator light
to let you know when
the element is too hot
to touch (it continues to
work even if the element
has been turned off).
DURABLE. The cooktop
is made with a specially
engineered ceramic glass
that has an amazing
resistance to both stains
and impact.

DON’T SETTLE FOR LESS THAN TRUE CONVECTION.
GE convection ranges use
the European or “true”
convection system. The
difference between “us
and them” is a third dual
loop heating element that
surrounds the convection
fan in the back wall of the
oven. This extra fan at the
rear of the oven gently circulates heated air
evenly throughout the entire oven cavity—
under and around the food. The moving air
penetrates foods faster than stationary air.

Not all features available on all models.

Convection cooking has
long been acclaimed as
superior by professional
chefs and bakers. And
no wonder. Roasting
time is reduced with
more “even” results.
Roasts are beautifully
browned on the outside,
tender and juicy inside.

GE convection ovens
deliver exceptional
baking results with
reduced temperatures
(up to 25° less than a
conventional oven).
Expect your baked
goods to maintain their
delicate texture while
turning a golden brown.

Refrigeration

AND THIS EASY TO CLEAN.

Laundry

Water Systems

EXCLUSIVE DESIGN.
Only GE has the
Clean-Well™ Cooktop.
This closer look shows
you why clean-up is so
simple. First, the high
spill rims around the
Calrod® elements help
contain the spills on top.
Second, the plug-in
Calrod® elements and
the simple one-piece drip
bowls are easily removed.

The porcelain-enameled subtop is designed with special containment wells for easy clean-up.
Wires have all been thoughtfully positioned under the edge of the cooktop so they never interfere with cleaning

CONTAINMENT. GE’s Clean-Well™
cooktops are designed to contain most
spills before they reach the subtop.

Free-Standing
Cooking Products

STURDY. Don’t worry
about it falling. The
torsion bar and dual
support rods make it easy
to lift-up and lock. It’s
just as easy to reverse
the procedure.
LIFT-UP. Just lift-up and
lock the top into place for
easy access to the recessed
spill containment subtop.

Microwave Ovens

A SIMPLE GUIDE TO GE’S QUICKSET OVEN CONTROLS
QUICKSET II
• Dual Element Bake • Digital temperature display with recall • Oven
Preheat light • Electronic digital clock • Electronic reminder timer, up to
12 hours • Audible Preheat signal • 12-Hour automatic oven shut-off
• Self-clean countdown digital display, includes cool down • Auto self-clean

QUICKSET III

Dishwashers

Same as QuickSet II, plus:
• Automatic oven control • Delay Bake • Delay Self-Clean
• Adjustable self-clean cycle time

QUICKSET IV
Same as QuickSet III, plus:
• Auto self-clean • All touchpad control • Large digital
temperature display • Variable broil

QUICKSET V

Room Air

Same as QuickSet IV, plus:
• Convection bake/roast • Temperature probe
• Extra-large graphics and extra-large touchpads
• Digital glass touchpad control (0-9) entry • Oven function icons

CLEANDESIGN: CONVECTION
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • TrueTemp™ System • Warming option • Dual element bake • Six-pass power bake element
• SmartLogic™ electronic control • Patterned glass-ceramic cooktop • One-piece upswept cooktop • Storage drawer
• Electronic digital clock and oven controls • Big View window

+40°

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

+30°
+20°
+10°
Baking
Temp.

Other
Manufacturers'
Average

TrueTemp

-10°
-20°
-30°
-40°

SmartLogic™ Electronic Control
delivers more consistent oven
temperatures for exceptional
cooking results.

Bridge Element for total
cooking flexibility.

Convection Ovens provide even
cooking and superior baking.

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

CleanDesign oven interiors have
a smooth seamless surface,
making cleanup easier than ever.

*Among leading manufacturers
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 193.

GE Profile Performance Series™
JB970SB
• Stainless steel • Self-cleaning convection oven
with dedicated third, dual-loop heating element
• Large 3.7 cu. ft. capacity oven • QuickSet V oven
controls (refer to page 91) • Two 7" ribbon heating
elements with connecting bridge element
• One dual 6"/9" and one 6" ribbon heating
element • Easy-view hot lights • Stainless steel oven
door with stainless tubular handle • Fluorescent
night light • Three oven shelves • Automatic
meat thermometer

GE Profile Performance Series™
JB960AB
• Almond on almond • Largest oven in America*
• Self-cleaning convection oven with dedicated
third, dual-loop heating element • Super large
4.5 cu. ft. capacity oven • CleanDesign oven
interior • Right rear 6" burner with warming
function • QuickSet V oven controls (refer to
page 91) • Two 7" ribbon heating elements with
connecting bridge element • One dual 6"/9" and
one 6" ribbon heating element • Easy-view hot
lights • One-piece upswept cooktop • Frameless
glass oven door with Sure Grip handle • Automatic
self-clean oven latch • Big View window
• Fluorescent night light • Three oven shelves,
one off-set • Automatic meat thermometer

Refrigeration
Water Systems

GE Profile Performance Series™
JB960WB

Laundry

• White on white • Largest oven in America*
• Self-cleaning convection oven with dedicated
third, dual-loop heating element • Super large
4.5 cu. ft. capacity oven • CleanDesign oven interior
• Right rear 6" burner with warming function
• QuickSet V oven controls (refer to page 91)
• Two 7" ribbon heating elements with connecting
bridge element • One dual 6"/9" and one 6" ribbon
heating element • Easy-view hot lights • One-piece
upswept cooktop • Frameless glass oven door with
Sure Grip handle • Automatic self-clean oven latch
• Big View window • Fluorescent night light
• Three oven shelves, one off-set • Automatic
meat thermometer

JB960BB (not shown)

Free-Standing
Cooking Products

• Black on black

GE Profile Performance Series™
JB940BB

Microwave Ovens

• Black on black • Largest oven in America*
• Self-cleaning convection oven with dedicated
third, dual-loop heating element • Super large
4.5 cu. ft. capacity oven • CleanDesign oven interior
• Right rear 6" burner with warming function
• QuickSet V oven controls (refer to page 91)
• One dual 6"/9", one 8", and two 6" ribbon
heating elements • Easy-view hot lights • One-piece
upswept cooktop • Frameless glass oven door with
Sure Grip handle • Automatic self-clean oven latch
• Big View window • Fluorescent night light
• Three oven shelves, one off-set • Automatic
meat thermometer

JB940WB (not shown)
• White on white
JB940AB (not shown)

Room Air

Dishwashers

• Almond on almond

*Among leading manufacturers
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 193.

CLEANDESIGN
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Largest oven in America* • Super large 5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven • TrueTemp™ System • Self-cleaning oven
• Right rear 6" burner with warming option • Dual element bake • Six-pass power bake element • SmartLogic™ electronic control
• Easy-view hot lights • Patterned glass-ceramic cooktop • One-piece upswept cooktop • Storage drawer • Electronic digital clock and
oven controls • Big View window

GE Profile™
JBP79AB
• Almond on almond • QuickSet IV oven controls
(refer to page 91) • Glass backguard • One 8", two
6" and one dual 6"/9" ribbon heating elements
• Frameless glass oven door with Sure Grip handle
• Fluorescent night light

JBP79WB (not shown)
• White on white
Six-Pass Power Bake provides
more power, total coverage
and even cooking.

JBP79BB (not shown)
• Black on black

Dual Element Bake for even
baking and roasting.

GE
JBP78WB
• White on white • QuickSet III oven controls (refer
to page 91) • One 8" and two 6", and one dual 6"/9"
ribbon heating elements • Frameless glass oven door
with designer-style handle
6"/9” Dual Element saves
energy and provides more
efficient cooking.

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.

*Among leading manufacturers
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 193.

JBP78AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JBP78BB (not shown)
• Black on black

Refrigeration

CLEANDESIGN
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Self-cleaning oven • Dual element bake • Frameless glass oven door

+40°

Water Systems

• Designer-style handle • Two 8" and two 6" ribbon heating elements

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

+30°
+20°
+10°

Other
Manufacturers'
Average

TrueTemp

-10°

GE
JBP66WB

-20°
-30°

• White on white • Largest oven in America*
• Super large 5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven
• TrueTemp™ System • SmartLogic™ electronic
controls • Standard window • QuickSet III oven
control (refer to page 91) • Six-pass power bake
element • Easy-view hot lights

-40°

SmartLogic™ Electronic Control
delivers more consistent oven
temperatures for exceptional
cooking results.

Laundry

Baking
Temp.

JBP66AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond

Free-Standing
Cooking Products

JBP66BB (not shown)
• Available in white or almond with
black glass door

Six-Pass Power Bake provides
more power, total coverage and
even cooking.

Microwave Ovens

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

GE
JBP63BB

• Largest oven in America* • Super large
5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven • QuickSet II oven
controls (refer to page 91) • Easy-view
hot lights

• QuickSet II oven controls (refer to
page 91) • Easy-view hot lights

*Among leading manufacturers
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 193.

ACCESSORY INFORMATION
For easy cleaning of the cooktop, GE provides
one scraper and one 2.5-oz. bottle of cleaning
creme with each range. For additional supply,
call toll-free 1-800-626-2002.

Room Air

Ribbon Elements direct heat
directly to the pan and provide
even heat for uniform cooking.

GE
JBP64BB

Dishwashers

Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.

QUICKCLEAN™ SELF-CLEAN
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Self-cleaning oven • Dual Element Bake • Frameless glass oven door • Designer-style handle
• CleanWell™ cooktop system • Lift-up Cooktop • Plug-in Calrod® heating elements, two 8" and two 6" • Heating element “ON”
indicator lights • Removable full-width storage drawer • Four leveling legs with Easy Level System • Removable one-piece drip bowls

+40°

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

GE Profile™
JBP48AB

+30°

• Almond on almond • Largest oven in America*
• Super 5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven • TrueTemp™
System • Warming option • SmartLogic™
electronic controls • Six-pass power bake element
• Right rear 6" burner with warming function
• Big View window • QuickSet IV oven controls
(refer to page 91) • Sure Grip handle

+20°
+10°
Baking
Temp.

Other
Manufacturers'
Average

TrueTemp

-10°
-20°
-30°
-40°

JBP48WB (not shown)
• White on white

SmartLogic™ Electronic Control
delivers more consistent oven
temperatures for exceptional
cooking results.

JBP48BB (not shown)
• Black on black

Six Pass Power Bake provides
more power, total coverage
and even cooking.

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.

GE
JBP35BB

GE
JBP30WB

• Largest oven in America* • Super 5.0 cu. ft.
capacity oven • TrueTemp™ System
• SmartLogic™ electronic controls • Six-pass
power bake element • Big View window
• QuickSet III oven controls (refer to page 91)

• White on white • Largest oven in America* • Super
5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven • TrueTemp™ System
• SmartLogic™ electronic controls • Six-pass power
bake element • QuickSet III oven controls (refer
to page 91)

JBP30AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond
*Among leading manufacturers
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 194.

JBP30BB (not shown)
• Available in white or almond with black glass door

Refrigeration
Water Systems

GE
JBP26WB
Lift-up cooktop locks into
place for easy cleaning.

Laundry

• White on white • Largest oven in America* • Super
5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven • TrueTemp™ System
• SmartLogic™ electronic controls • Six-pass power
bake element • Standard window • QuickSet III oven
controls (refer to page 91)

JBP26AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond

JBP26BB (not shown)

Free-Standing
Cooking Products

• Available in white or almond
with black glass door

Microwave Ovens

Calrod® Heating Elements
provide even heat distribution
for better cooking performance.

GE
JBP24BB

GE
JBP21WB

• Largest oven in America*
• Super 5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven
• Standard window • QuickSet II oven
controls (refer to page 91)

• White on white • QuickSet II oven
controls (refer to page 91)

Dishwashers

Clean-Well™ Cooktop System
contains spills so clean-up
is simple.

JBP21BB (not shown)

Room Air

• Available in white or almond
with black glass door

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 194.

QUICKCLEAN™ STANDARD CLEAN
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Clean-Well™ Cooktop System • Heating element “ON” indicator light • Removable full-width
storage drawer • Four leveling legs with Easy Level System • Removable one-piece chrome drip bowls

GE
JBS27BY
• Standard clean oven • Lift-up cooktop
• Plug-in Calrod ® heating elements, two 8"
and two 6" • Electronic clock and minute
timer • Frameless black glass oven door
with window • Designer-style handle

Lift-up cooktop locks into
place for easy cleaning.

JBS27WY (not shown)
• White on white
JBS27AY (not shown)
• Almond on almond

Clean-Well™ Cooktop System
contains spills so clean-up
is simple.

Calrod ® Heating Elements
provide even heat distribution
for better cooking performance.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 194.

GE
JBS26W

GE
JBS07V

• Standard clean oven • Plug-in Calrod ®
heating elements, one 8" and three 6"
• Electronic clock and minute timer
• Color-matched oven door with window
• Chrome visor handle

• White on white • Standard clean oven
• Plug-in Calrod ® heating elements, one
8" and three 6" • Oven door with window
• Chrome visor handle

Refrigeration
Water Systems
Laundry
™

Cooktop System)

• Standard clean oven • Up-front controls
• Plug-in heating elements, one 8" and three
6" • Color-matched oven door with window
• Chrome visor handle • Storage drawer

GE
JBS03GV

Free-Standing
Cooking Products

GE
JBS05Y(Does not have Clean-Well

• Standard clean oven • Plug-in Calrod ® heating
elements, one 8" and three 6" • Frameless solid
black glass oven door • Designer-style handle

JBS03V (not shown)
• Solid color-matched oven door
• Chrome visor handle

Microwave Ovens

40" SELF-CLEANING & STANDARD CLEAN
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • Storage drawer • Lift-off oven door with window • Interior oven light • Two 6" and two 8" heating elements

Easy-to-use Electronic Controls
provide cooking convenience.

Dishwashers

GE
JCP67Y
• White on white • Self-cleaning master
oven • Standard clean companion oven
• Electronic clock and automatic master
oven timer

JCS57Y (not shown)

Room Air

• White on white • Standard clean oven
• Companion storage compartment
with shelf • Electronic clock and timer

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 194-195.

W H E N I T C O M E S T O ACCURACY ,
GE T RUE T EMP™ I S R IGHT O N T HE M ARK

✓

GE TRUETEMP,™
THE MOST
ACCURATE OVEN
IN AMERICA!
The guesswork is gone. The
temperamental oven is a thing
of the past. GE’s exclusive
TrueTemp™ system manages and
maintains the oven temperature
you select. It’s more accurate than
any other leading manufacturers’
brand. The SmartLogic™
electronic control, with a platinum
sensor, constantly monitors the
oven’s performance to ensure
more precise temperature
management. (Even if you open
COMPARISON
-40°

-30°

-20°

the door when the oven is on,

OVEN TEMPERATURE VARIATION
-10°

SmartLogic™ senses variations in

Baking
Temp.

+10°

+20°

GE TrueTemp

™

Look how it out-performs
the other leading brands.

+30°

+40°

temperature and responds to
regain the selected setting.) The
TrueTemp™ system also includes a
new enhanced broil system, which

Other Leading Manufacturers’ Average
Amana, Magic Chef, Whirlpool,
Maytag, KitchenAid, Tappan

distributes heat broadly and
evenly for improved cooking
performance. QuickSet electronic

Maytag

controls make it easy for you to set
the oven temperature and the
time for baking or broiling. And

Whirlpool

the extra-large oven, broiler pan
and grid provide the capacity you
need when cooking for a crowd.

100

Refrigeration
Water Systems
Laundry
Free-Standing
Cooking Products

Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers

COMPLETING THE RECIPE FOR QUALITY COOKING
Advanced temperature control is only one of the features that GE gas ranges offer. They also have an amazingly versatile
cooktop—you can choose the burner that best suits the job: the Maximum Output burner for fast heating and rapid boiling;
the Precise Simmer burner for gentle heating; or any of the burners for cooking over medium heat. The cooktop’s seamless
design and porcelain-enameled surface help make clean-up smooth and swift. Meanwhile, your TrueTemp™ oven is
super-sized with the largest usable oven capacity* available in 30" free-standing ranges.

Room Air

*Among leading manufacturers’ brands.

101

XL44™ SELF-CLEANING: SEALED BURNERS
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • TrueTemp™ System • SmartLogic™ electronic control • Extra-large self-cleaning oven • Electronic
clock and automatic oven timer • Sealed burners • Precise Simmer burner • Maximum Output burners • Three oven racks
• Six embossed rack positions • In-oven broiling • Extra-large broiler pan with grid • Interior oven light • Electronic pilotless ignition
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

GE Profile™
JGBP90MEA Commercial-Style Gas Range

O VEN T EMPERATURE V ARIATION
-30° -20° -10°

Baking
Temp

+10° +20° +30°

• Brushed chrome styling • Mirrored glass
backguard • QuickSet V oven controls
with digipad entry; auto oven shut-off with
override; start pad; delay clean option
and self-clean cool down time display
• Fluorescent cooktop night light
• Mirrored glass oven door with Big View
window • Professional-style handle and
control knobs • One-piece upswept
brushed-chrome cooktop • Professional
cooktop grates with rubber feet
• Continuous grate surface

GE
TrueTemp™
Other Leading
Manufacturers’ Average
Amana, Magic Chef,
Whirlpool, Maytag,
KitchenAid, Tappan

TrueTemp™ System.
“The Most Accurate
Oven in America.”

Enhanced Broil System provides
improved broil performance.

GE Profile™
JGBP86WEA

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

• White on white • Scratch resistant glass
backguard • QuickSet V oven controls
with digipad entry; auto oven shut-off with
override; start pad; delay clean option
and self-clean cool down time display
• Fluorescent cooktop night light
• Frameless glass oven door with Big View
window • Sure Grip handle • Designer-style
control knobs • One-piece upswept
porcelain-enameled cooktop • Professional
extra-large cast iron grates • Continuous
grate surface • One-piece drip pans

Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.

JGBP86AEA (not shown)
• Almond on almond

JGBP86BEA (not shown)
• Black on black

Digipad Entry provides
digital precision with
easy-to-set controls.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 196.

102

*Among leading manufacturers’ brands.

Water Systems

Refrigeration
Sealed Burner Design helps
contain spills from dripping
beneath cooktop for easy
clean-up.

GE Profile™
JGBP85BEA
• Black on black • Scratch resistant glass
backguard • QuickSet V oven controls
with digipad entry; auto oven shut-off with
override; start pad; delay clean option
and self-clean cool down time display
• Fluorescent cooktop night light
• Frameless glass oven door with Big View
window • Sure Grip handle • Designerstyle control knobs • One-piece upswept
porcelain-enameled cooktop • Square
deluxe cast grates with rubber feet
• One-piece drip pans

Laundry

14955

JGBP85AEA (not shown)
• Almond on almond

JGBP85WEA (not shown)

Maximum Output Burners,
with 12,000 BTUs, provide
maximum output for fast
heat-up and boiling.

GE Profile™
JGBP79AEA
• Almond on almond • QuickSet IV oven
controls with digital temperature display;
auto oven shut-off with override; start pad;
delay clean option; self-clean cool down
time display and control lock capability
• Scratch-resistant porcelain-enameled
backguard • Glass oven door with
Big View window • Sure Grip handle
• Designer-style control knobs • One-piece
upswept porcelain-enameled cooktop
• Square deluxe cast grates with rubber
feet • One-piece drip pans

Microwave Ovens

Precise Simmer Burner with
600 BTUs allows for low, even
heat distribution for delicate
foods and sauces.

Free-Standing
Cooking Products

• White on white

JGBP79WEA (not shown)
• White on white

JGBP79BEA (not shown)

Room Air

Dishwashers

• Black on black

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 196.

103

XL44™ SELF-CLEANING: SEALED BURNERS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Extra-large
self-cleaning oven • Six embossed rack
positions • QuickSet oven controls
• Sealed burners • Electronic pilotless
ignition • One-piece, upswept porcelain-

GE
JGBP35BEA

enameled cooktop • Frameless glass oven

• Black on black • TrueTemp™ System
• SmartLogic™ electronic control
• QuickSet IV oven controls with digital
temperature display; auto oven shut-off with
override; start pad; delay clean option; self-clean
cool down time display; and control lock
capability • Precise Simmer burner • Maximum
Output burner • Big View window • Storage
drawer • Black standard cast square grates
• Black porcelain-enameled drip pans

door • Designer-style handle • In-oven
broiling • Extra-large broiler pan
• Two oven racks • Interior oven light

JGBP35AEA (not shown)
• Almond on almond

JGBP35WEA (not shown)
• White on white

GE
JGBP30BEA

GE
JGBP28BEA

GE
JGBP27BEA

• TrueTemp™ System • SmartLogic™
electronic control • QuickSet III oven
controls with digital temperature display;
auto oven shut-off and audible preheat
signal • Precise Simmer burner • Maximum
Output burner • Big View window • Storage
drawer • Black deluxe porcelain steel square
grates • Black porcelain-enameled drip pans

• QuickSet II oven controls with digital
temperature display; auto oven shut-off
and audible preheat signal • Storage
drawer • Black standard porcelain
steel square grates

• QuickSet II oven controls with digital
temperature display; auto oven shut-off
and audible preheat signal • Black
standard porcelain steel square grates

JGBP30AEA (not shown)
• Almond on almond

JGBP30WEA (not shown)
• White on white

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 196.

104

Refrigeration

XL44™ SELF-CLEANING: STANDARD BURNERS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Extra-large
self-cleaning oven • Six embossed rack
positions • Electronic pilotless ignition
glass oven door with designer-style handle
• Lift-up cooktop • Square, standard
porcelain steel grates • One-piece,
porcelain-enameled cooktop and subtop
• In-oven broiling • Extra-large broiler
pan with grid • Two oven racks
• Interior oven light

Water Systems

• QuickSet oven controls • Frameless

GE
JGBP26BEA
• TrueTemp™ System • SmartLogic™
electronic control • QuickSet III oven
controls with digital temperature
display; delay bake option; auto oven
shut-off and audible preheat signal
• Black porcelain-enameled drip pans
• Storage drawer

JGBP26AEA (not shown)
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

• Almond on almond

Laundry

JGBP26WEA (not shown)
• White on white

Free-Standing
Cooking Products

Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.

GE
JGBP24BEA

Microwave Ovens

• QuickSet II oven controls
with digital temperature display;
auto oven shut-off and audible
preheat signal

Room Air

Dishwashers

Sixth Embossed Rack Position
increases cooking flexibility.

*Among leading manufacturers’ brands.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 196.

105

XL44™ STANDARD CLEAN: SEALED BURNERS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Extra-large standard clean oven • Six embossed rack positions • Electronic clock and timer
• Sealed burners • Porcelain steel square grates • Electronic pilotless ignition • One-piece, upswept porcelain-enameled cooktop
• Slide-out broiler drawer • Extra-large broiler pan with grid
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

GE
JGBS23AEA
• Almond on almond • Frameless almond
glass oven door with Big View window
• Designer-style handle • Precise Simmer
burner • Maximum Output burner
• Taupe porcelain-enameled drip pans
• Interior oven light

Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.

JGBS23WEA (not shown)
• White on white
• Grey porcelain-enameled drip pans

JGBS23BEA (not shown)
• Black glass door
• Black porcelain-enameled drip pans

Sealed Burner Design helps
contain spills from dripping
beneath cooktop for easy
clean-up.

Sixth Embossed Rack Position
increases cooking flexibility.

*Among manufacturers’ brands.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 197.

106

GE
JGBS22BEA

GE
JGBS21PEA

• Frameless black glass oven door
with window • Interior oven light

• Solid porcelain-enameled oven door
• Chrome visor handle

Refrigeration

XL44™ CONTINUOUS & STANDARD CLEAN: STANDARD BURNERS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Six embossed rack positions • Electronic pilotless ignition • Lift-up cooktop • Square, standard porcelain steel
grates • Porcelain-enameled cooktop • Easy-clean porcelain-enameled subtop • Slide-out broiler drawer • Extra-large broiler pan with grid

GE
JGBC20BEA

GE
JGBC17PEA

GE
JGBS15PEA

• Extra-large continuous clean oven
• Electronic clock and timer • Frameless
black glass oven door with designer-style
handle • One-piece upswept cooktop

• Extra-large continuous clean oven
• Electronic clock and timer
• Color-matched porcelain-enameled
oven door with designer-style handle
• One-piece upswept cooktop

• Extra-large standard clean oven
• Color-matched porcelain-enameled oven
door with window • Chrome visor handle
• Electronic pilotless ignition • Square
standard porcelain steel grates • Interior
oven light • Drop-down broiler drawer

JGBC20WEA (not shown)
• White on white
JGBS20BEA (not shown)

JGBS17PEA (not shown)

Free-Standing
Cooking Products

Laundry

Water Systems

• Two oven racks • Interior oven light

• Extra-large standard clean oven

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

JGBS20WEA (not shown)
• White on white

GE
JGBS07PEA

GE
JGBS04BEA

GE
JGBS03PPA

• White on white • Extra-large standard
clean oven • White porcelain-enameled
oven door with designer-style handle
• Interior oven light

• Frameless solid black glass oven door
with designer-style handle • Extra-large
standard clean oven

• Solid porcelain-enameled oven door with
chrome visor handle • Standing pilot ignition

JGBS04BPA (not shown)

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 197.

Room Air

• Standing pilot ignition

JGBS04PEA (not shown)
• Solid porcelain-enameled oven door
with chrome visor handle
JGBS04PPA (not shown)
• Standing pilot ignition

107

C OMBINING Style, Flexibility

JE1640WB

BEFORE

GE—THE ORIGINAL SPACEMAKER™
In 1979, GE invented the Spacemaker™ over-the-range microwave. With so many features and the
20 years that go behind the GE Spacemaker™ it is easy to see why many people are making this their
microwave of choice. When combined with a GE range, you now have a cooking center that gives even
more flexibility. The GE Spacemaker™ 1600 still reigns as the largest over-the-range microwave ever!
A powerful, two-speed exhaust fan, with 300 CFM and cooktop light are integrated into the base of the
microwave oven, eliminating the need for a range hood. The Easy Mount system makes GE over-the-range
microwave ovens simple to install. When installed above a GE range, you’ve increased valuable
countertop space in the kitchen. Experience combined with space-saving design, exactly what you’ve
come to expect from GE.

108

AFTER

JVM1660WB

Room Air

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

Cooking Products

Laundry

Water Systems

AND GREAT FEATURES!

109

Refrigeration

BUILT-IN MICROWAVE OVENS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • 1.0 cu. ft. oven cavity • 800 watts* • Sensor Cooking Controls
for Popcorn, Cook, Reheat and Beverage pads • Express Cook

The new built-in

MICROWAVE/CONVECTION

microwave oven, JEB1095

GE Profile Performance Series™
JEB1095SB

and JEB1055, now fits a
27" or 30" configuration.

• Stainless steel • Combination Roast
(probe) • Combination Cooking

A trim kit (included with

30" width. The models are

JEB1095BB (not shown)
• Black on black • Convection Cooking
• Combination Roast (probe)
• Combination Cooking

available in classic white

JEB1095WB (not shown)

and black. There is also a

• White on white

all models) enables the
unit to be adapted to a

new GE Profile
Performance™ stainless
steel model available.

Shown in 30" width

MICROWAVE ONLY
GE Profile™
JEB1055WB

Sensor Controls take the
guesswork out of cooking.

• White on white • Auto Roast (probe)

JEB1055BB (not shown)
• Black on black

The Built-In Microwave/
Convection Oven provides
a true built-in appearance.

Shown in 27" width

Convection cooking produces
brown exteriors
and moist interiors.
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 200.

110

JEB1055 control panel shown

Refrigeration

SPACEMAKERPLUS™: COMBINATION MICROWAVE/CONVECTION
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • 1.1 cu. ft. oven cavity • 825 watts* • Sensor Cooking Controls for Popcorn, Beverage, Canned Vegetables,
Fresh Vegetables and Frozen Vegetables and Reheat Pads • Combination Microwave/Convection Oven • Sensor Combination (Chicken,
Fish, Potato) • Combination Roast (probe) • Combination Bake Hi/Lo • Convection Bake • Auto Defrost/Time Defrost • SmartControl

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

Water Systems

System with Interactive Display • Convection Rack/Broil Pan • Temp Cook (probe) • Programmable Nite Light

GE Profile Performance Series™
JVM1190WY
• White on white

JVM1190BY (not shown)
• Black on black

Cooking Products

Laundry

The Sensor Combination
pads take the guesswork
out of cooking.

The Combination Bake/Hi
uses 30% microwave power,
combined with convection
cooking for faster cooking
results.

GE Profile
Performance Series™
JVM1190AY

• Stainless steel

• Almond on almond

Room Air

This powerful 300 CFM venting
system quickly removes smoke
and steam from your cooktop.

GE Profile
Performance Series™
JVM1190SY

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

Convection Cooking
provides a browned crisp
exterior and moist interior.

*IEC-705 Test Procedure
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 198.

111

SPACEMAKER: SENSOR COOKING CONTROLS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • 1.6 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1000 watts* • Sensor Cooking Controls for Popcorn, Beverage, Reheat, Ground Meats, Fish
Fillets, Chicken Pieces, Potatoes and Vegetable Pads • Audio Message Center • Appointment Scheduler • Two Custom Pads • CircuWave™ 1000
Cooking System • Turntable On/Off • SmartControl System with Interactive Display • Help Pad • 2 Removable Dual Racks • Timer On/Off
• Full-View Cooktop Lighting • Programmable Nite Light • Time Cook I & II • Temp Cook/Roast (probe) • Auto Defrost/Time Defrost
• Add 30 Seconds • Instant On Controls • Beeper Volume Control • Child Lock-Out • Powerful 300CFM Two-Speed, High-Capacity Exhaust
Fan • Easy Mount Installation • Clock Saver • Cookbook

GE Profile™
JVM1660SB
• Stainless steel

Sensor Controls automatically
eliminate guesswork.

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

Message Center allows you
to leave audio messages for
your family.

GE Profile™
JVM1660WB
• White on white

JVM1660BB (not shown)
• Black on black

JVM1660AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond

Appointment Scheduler Pad
allows you to schedule and input
future appointments and will
remind you as well.

This powerful 300 CFM venting
system quickly removes smoke
and steam from your cooktop.
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 199.

112

*IEC-705 Test Procedure

Refrigeration

SPACEMAKER: SENSOR/CONVENIENCE COOKING CONTROLS
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • 1.6 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1000 watts* • Convenience Cooking Controls for Beverage Pad • CircuWave™ 1000
Cooking System • Time Cook I & II • Delay Start • Reminder • Auto/Time Defrost • Express Cook • Add 30 Seconds • 10 power levels

JVM1651BB
(not shown)
• Non-vented model

JVM1650AB
(not shown)
• Almond on almond

JVM1651AB

Water Systems

• Instant On Controls • Timer On/Off • Child Lock-Out • Cooking Complete Reminder

(not shown)
• Non-vented model
Auto Defrost/Time Defrost
automatically sets defrosting
time and power level.

JVM1650WB

Laundry

(not shown)
• White on white

JVM1651WB
GE
JVM1650BB

(not shown)
• Non-vented model

JVM1640BB
(not shown)
• Black on black

Convenience Cooking Controls
allow you to defrost, cook or
reheat at the touch of a pad.

(not shown)
• Almond on almond

Microwave Ovens

Add 30 Seconds extends
cooking time without the hassle
of reprogramming.

JVM1640AB

Cooking Products

• Black on black • Sensor Cooking Controls for Popcorn, Beverage, Potato, Vegetables
and Reheat pads • Convenience Controls for Cook and Snack pads • Turntable
On/Off • Removable Dual Rack • Programmable Nite Light • Beeper Volume Control

GE
JVM1640WB
• White on white • Convenience Cooking Controls for Popcorn, Reheat and Cook pads
• Turntable On/Off • Beeper Volume Control • Removable dual rack

JVM1631BB
JVM1630WB
(not shown)
• White on white

JVM1631WB
(not shown)
• Non-vented model

Dishwashers

(not shown)
• Non-vented model

This powerful 300 CFM venting
system quickly removes smoke
and steam from your cooktop.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 199.

Room Air

*IEC-705 Test Procedure

GE
JVM1630BB
• Black on black • Convenience Cooking Controls for Popcorn
and Reheat pads • Turntable
113

COUNTERTOP: MICROWAVE/CONVECTION
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • 1.3 cu. ft. oven cavity • 850 watts* • Sensor Cooking Controls for Beverage,
Popcorn, Cook and Reheat pads • Turntable • Time Cook I & II • Convection Cook • Combination Cook
• Combination Roast • 10 power levels • SmartRack • Auto Defrost • Kitchen Timer • Delay Start
• Express Cook • Deluxe Cookbook • Built-in kit (available at additional cost)

Convection Cooking produces
golden brown exteriors and
moist interiors.

GE Profile Performance Series™
JE1390GA
• Black with greystone case
Combination Cooking
combines microwave and
convection cooking.

The SmartRack provides two
levels of convection cooking.

GE Profile Performance Series™
JE1390WA
• White on white

BUILT-IN ACCESSORY TRIM KITS
Built-in accessory trim kits allow installation in a wall or cabinet alone, or over a
GE 30" or 27" single electric wall oven. Use a convection wall oven under these
convection microwave ovens for a complete convection cooking center.
(See page 203 for dimensional data. Kit available at additional cost.)
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 201.

114

Refrigeration

COUNTERTOP: SENSOR CONTROLS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Scrolling Display • Sensor Cooking Controls for Beverage, Popcorn, Potato, Vegetable, Chicken/Fish
and Reheat pads • Time Cook I & II • Auto Defrost/Time Defrost • Express Cook • Add 30 Seconds • 10 power levels • Instant On
Controls • Timer On/Off • Child Lock-Out • Delay Start • Reminder • Cooking Complete Reminder • Variable Beeper Volume

Water Systems

JE1860GB
(not shown)
• Black with
greystone case

JE1860WB
(not shown)
• White on white

Laundry

Sensor Controls take the
guesswork out of cooking.

GE Profile™
JE1860SB
• Stainless steel • Extra-large 1.8 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1100 watts*
• Turntable On/Off • Built-in kit available at additional cost

Cooking Products

JE1660GB

Microwave Ovens

(not shown)
• Black with
greystone case

The Scrolling Display is easy
to read and a helpful
cooking guide.

GE Profile™
JE1660WB
• White on white • Full-size 1.6 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1100 watts*
• Turntable • Built-in kit available at additional cost

JE1360WB

*IEC-705 Test Procedure
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 201.

Room Air

Dishwashers

(not shown)
• White on white

GE Profile™
JE1360GB
• Black with greystone case • Family-size 1.3 cu. ft. oven cavity
• 1100 watts* • Turntable
115

COUNTERTOP: SENSOR CONTROLS (CONTINUED)
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Scrolling Display • Sensor Cooking Controls for Beverage, Popcorn, Potato, Vegetable, Chicken/Fish
and Reheat pads • Time Cook I & II • Auto Defrost/Time Defrost • Express Cook • Add 30 Seconds • 10 power levels • Instant On
Controls • Timer On/Off • Child Lock-Out • Delay Start • Reminder • Cooking Complete Reminder • Variable Beeper Volume

JE1060WB
(not shown)
• White on white

Sensor Controls take the
guesswork out of cooking.

GE Profile™
JE1060GB
• Black with greystone case • Family-size 1.0 cu. ft. oven cavity
• 1100 watts* • Turntable

JEM31GA
(not shown)
• Black with
greystone case

The Scrolling Display is easy to
read and a helpful cooking guide.

JEM31SA
(not shown)
• Stainless steel

GE Profile™
JEM31WA
• White on white • Mid-size .9 cu. ft. oven cavity • 800 watts*

*IEC-705 Test Procedure
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 201-202.

116

Refrigeration

COUNTERTOP: CONVENIENCE CONTROLS
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • Convenience Cooking Controls for Popcorn, Reheat, Snacks, Cook and Beverage Pads
• Time Cook I & II • Auto Defrost • Time Defrost • Express Cook • Kitchen Timer • Child Lock-Out

Water Systems

GE
JE1840WB
• White on white • Extra-large 1.8 cu. ft.
oven cavity • 1100 watts* • Built-in kit
available at additional cost

GE
JE1340GB

• White on white • Full-size 1.6 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1100 watts*
• Built-in kit available at additional cost

• Black with greystone case • Family-size 1.3 cu. ft. oven cavity
• 1100 watts*

JE1640GB (not shown)

JE1340WB (not shown)

• Black with greystone case

Microwave Ovens

GE
JE1640WB

Cooking Products

Laundry

JE1840GB (not shown)
• Black with greystone case

• White on white

JE1640AB (not shown)

Dishwashers

• Almond on almond

GE
JE1040WB

GE
JE740WY

• White on white • Mid-size 1.0 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1100 watts*

• White on white • Compact .7 cu. ft. oven cavity • 700 watts*
• Undercabinet hanging kit available at additional cost

• Black with greystone case

JE740GY (not shown)
• Black with greystone case

Room Air

JE1040GB (not shown)
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 201.

117

COUNTERTOP

GE
JE835WW

GE
JE520BW

• White on white • Mid-size .8 cu. ft. oven cavity • 800 watts*
• Convenience Controls for Beverage, Popcorn, Frozen Pizza, Dinner
Plate, Baked Potato, Vegetables and Soup Pads • Time Preference

• Black with greystone case • Subcompact .5 cu. ft. oven cavity • 600
watts* • Turntable • Electronic touch controls with electronic digital
display and clock • Time Cook • Time Defrost • Cooking Complete
Reminder • 10 power levels • Undercabinet hanging kit (at additional cost)

GE
JE710BA

GE
JE510BW

• Black with greystone case • Compact .7 cu. ft. oven cavity
• 600 watts* • Turntable • Mechanical dial • Undercabinet
hanging kit (at additional cost)

• Black with greystone case • Subcompact .5 cu. ft. oven cavity
• 600 watts* • Turntable • 15-minute timer

GE
JE635WW
• White on white • Compact .6 cu. ft. oven cavity • 600 watts*
• Convenience Cooking Controls for Beverage, Popcorn, Frozen
Pizza, Dinner Plate, Baked Potato and Vegetables Pads • Instant On
controls • Auto Defrost • Auto Start • Electronic Digital Display
with Clock • Child Lock-Out
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 202.

118

Refrigeration

GE
JEM25WY
• White on white • Mid-size
.9 cu. ft. oven cavity • 800 watts*
• Convenience Cooking Controls
for Popcorn, Beverage, Reheat,
Snacks and Cook Pads • Delay
Start/Reminder • Time Defrost
• Auto Defrost • Time Cook I & II
• Express Cook • Instant On
Controls • Sound On/Off • Built-in
or Undercabinet Hanging Kit
(available at additional cost)

Easy Under Cabinet Installation
leaves counter space free for
food preparation.

JEM25GY (not shown)

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 202.

Water Systems

SPACEMAKER II™

• Black with greystone case

Laundry

COUNTERTOP MICROWAVE OVEN TRIM KITS
BUILT-IN ACCESSORY TRIM KIT FOR 1.8 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS
This trim kit allows for built-in installation of the 1.8 countertop microwave oven in a wall or cabinet
alone, or over a GE 30" single electric wall oven as shown. In addition, this deluxe trim kit is designed
to integrate handsomely for a built-in one-piece appearance.

27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For models JE1860 and JE1840: JX1827SB —Stainless Steel, JX1827BB —Black, JX1827WB —White

BUILT-IN ACCESSORY TRIM KIT FOR 1.6 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS
This trim kit allows for built-in installation of the 1.6 countertop microwave oven in a wall or cabinet
alone, or over a GE 30" single electric wall oven as shown. In addition, this deluxe trim kit has smooth
rounded corners and is designed to integrate handsomely for a built-in one-piece appearance.
30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For models JE1660 and JE1640: JX1530MAW—Almond, JX1530MBW—Black, JX1530MWW—White

27" DELUXE ACCESSORY TRIM KIT FOR 1.6 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS (not shown)
The 27" deluxe trim kit allows a 1.6 countertop microwave oven to be built into a wall or cabinet alone,
or over a GE 27" single electric wall oven for a complete one-piece built-in integrated appearance.
27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For models JE1660 and JE1640: JX1527MAW—Almond, JX1527MBW—Black, JX1527MWW—White

GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™ BUILT-IN ACCESSORY TRIM KITS
FOR 1.3 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS

30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For model JE1390: JX1330BV—Black, JX1330WV—White

Dishwashers

Built-in accessory trim kits allow installation in a wall or cabinet alone, or over a GE 30" single
electric wall oven. Use a convection wall oven under these convection microwave ovens for a
complete convection cooking center.

Microwave Ovens

27" DELUXE ACCESSORY TRIM KIT FOR 1.8 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS (not shown)
The 27" deluxe trim kit allows a 1.8 countertop microwave oven to be built into a wall or cabinet alone,
or over a GE 27" single electric wall oven for a complete one-piece built-in integrated appearance.

Cooking Products

30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For models JE1860 and JE1840: JX1830SB —Stainless Steel, JX1830BB —Black, JX1830WB —White

27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For JE1390: JX1327BV—Black, JX1327WV—White

BUILT-IN ACCESSORY TRIM KIT FOR .9 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS
For a custom built-in appearance, this kit allows built-in installation of the Spacemaker II™
microwave oven into a wall or cabinet alone.
Accessory Trim Kits
For models JEM31 and JEM25:
JX827BN—Black Trim Kits
JX827WN—White Trim Kits
JX827SS—Stainless Steel Trim Kits

Room Air

HANGING KIT FOR .5, .7 AND .9 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS
This hanging kit allows installation under a cabinet.
Hanging Kit
4-A019—JE510, JE520, JE710, JEM25, JEM31

119

#1 QUIETEST

GSD4940CSS

120

Refrigeration
Microwave Ovens

Cooking Products

Laundry

Water Systems

AMONG LEADING BRANDS!

Dishwashers

GSD4320ZBB shown with custom wood panels and 1/4" wood panel trim kit GPF425B
As more homes feature “Open” Plans, it is important that you provide dishwashers that clean quietly and efficiently. We are
very pleased to point out that GE Profile™ and Profile Performance™ dishwashers have been rated by consumers as the
quietest among leading brands!
How did we make it so quiet? We started out with GE QuietMotor, that’s been designed to operate with less noise. Then we
added thicker tub and door insulation, which reduces vibration and overall sound levels. Next, the ActiveVent keeps the
dishwasher even quieter by closing during fill, wash and drain cycles and opening during the drying portion for silent

Room Air

convection drying. Finally, a Quiet Water Valve was designed to minimize water inlet noise by reducing the flow rate.
So what does all all that mean? It means that these dishwashers keep the sounds of its great wash action where it belongs—
inside the dishwasher.

121

GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • CleanSensor II • Electronic Controls • SureClean™ Wash System • Piranha™ Anti-Jamming Hard Food
Disposer • Glasses Cycle • China/Crystal Cycle* • 8-Hour Delay Start • Triple Filtration • SmartBasket • SmartBasket Plus • GE Profile
Performance™ Quiet Package • GE Profile™ QuietMotor • ActiveVent • Quiet Water Valve • Trimless appearance • Child lock
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

GE Profile Performance Series™
GSD4940CSS
• Variable cycles/options • Power Pre-Soak
option • Super (nylon) upper rack
• SmartShelf with StemSafe • Super12 (nylon)
lower rack with 4 rows of fold-down tines

GSD4930ZWW (not shown)
• White on white
SureClean™ Wash System
cleans dishes completely.

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

GSD4920ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black
GSD4910ZAA (not shown)
• Almond on almond

Piranha™ Anti-Jamming Hard
Food Disposer eliminates the
need for pre-rinse dishes.

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

GE Profile Performance Series™
GSD4620ZBB
Stemsafe System eliminates
hand-washing by safely holding
stemware securely without fear
of breaking.

• Variable cycles/options • Super upper rack
• SmartShelf • Super12 lower rack with 2 rows
of fold-down tines

GSD4630ZWW (not shown)
• White on white

GSD4610ZAA (not shown)
• Almond on almond

CleanSensor II adjusts water
usage preventing under-washing
or over-washing of dishes.

*Developed in consultation with Lenox,®
the leading manufacturer of fine china.
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 204.

122

Refrigeration

BUILT-IN: GE PROFILE™ QUIETPOWER™ SERIES
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • SureClean™ Wash System • Electronic Controls • SmartShelf • Piranha™ Anti-Jamming
Hard Food Disposer • POTSCRUBBER Cycle • Hi-Temp Rinse option • Hi-Temp Wash option • Delay Start • GE Profile™

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

Water Systems

QuietMotor • Trimless appearance

GE Profile™
GSD4330ZWW
• 5 cycles/34 options • China/Crystal cycle*
• Dual filtration • Super12 racks • SmartBasket
• SmartBasket Plus • 8-hour Delay Start option
• QuietPower™ III package • ActiveVent

GSD4320ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black
GSD4310ZAA (not shown)
• Almond on almond

Cooking Products

Laundry

SureClean™ Wash System
cleans dishes completely.

Especially for fine china and
crystal (GSD4300 series only).*

GE Profile™ QuietMotor is
quieter and more energy efficient.

Microwave Ovens

GE Profile™
GSD4010ZAA
• 4 cycles/26 options • Dual filtration
• Super upper rack • Deluxe lower rack
• Super silverware basket • QuietPower™ II
package • 6-hour Delay Start option

GSD4030ZWW (not shown)
• White on white

Dishwashers

GSD4020ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black

Room Air

Electronic Controls provide
reliability and cleanability.

123

GE BUILT-IN
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • SureClean™ Wash System • Normal Wash cycle
• Short Wash cycle (on dial) • Heated Dry On/Off option • Trimless appearance
• Rinse Only/Hold (on dial)
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

GE
GSD3630ZWW

GSD3830ZWW (not shown)

GSD3810ZAA (not shown)

• White on white

• Almond on almond

SureClean™ Wash System
cleans dishes completely.

(HPS exclusive model)
• 7 cycles/23 options • 3 wash
levels • POTSCRUBBER
Cycle • Plate Warmer cycle
(on dial) • Hi-Temp Wash
option • 6-hour Delay Start
option (on dial) • Dual
Filtration • Super upper rack
• Light Wash cycle • Energy
Saver • Super silverware
basket • QuickClean controls

GE
GSD3630ZWW

Dual Filtration System eliminates
the need to pre-rinse dishes.

GSD3620ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black

GSD3610ZAA (not shown)
• Almond on almond

(HPS exclusive model)
• 6 cycles/18 options • 3 wash
levels • POTSCRUBBER
Cycle • Plate Warmer cycle
(on dial) • Hi-Temp Wash
option • Deluxe rack system
• Deluxe silverware basket
• QuickClean controls

GE
GSD3210ZAA

GSD3230ZWW (not shown)
PermaTuf® Tub won’t chip, peel,
crack or rust under normal use.

• White on white

GSD3220ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black

• 5 cycles/14 options
• 3 wash levels
• POTSCRUBBER Cycle
• Plate Warmer cycle
• Hi-Temp Wash option
• Deluxe rack system
• Deluxe silverware basket
• PermaTuf® Tub

GE
GSD2230ZWW

GSD2220ZBB (not shown) GSD2200ZWH (not shown) GSD2200ZAD (not shown)
• Black on black
• White front panels/
• Almond front panels/
black control panel
black control panel

(HPS exclusive model)
• 5 cycles/8 options
• 2 wash levels
• POTSCRUBBER Cycle
• Plate Warmer cycle (on
dial) • Heated Dry On/Off
• Deluxe silverware basket
• Deluxe lower rack

GE
GSD2030ZWW
• 4 cycles/7 options
• 2 wash levels • Heavy Wash
cycle (on dial) • Standard
upper rack • Deluxe lower
rack • Deluxe silverware
basket • PermaTuf ® Tub
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 205.

124

GSD2020ZBB (not shown) GSD2000ZWH (not shown) GSD2000ZAD (not shown)
• Black on black

• White front panels/
black control panel

• Almond front panels/
black control panel

Refrigeration

GE CONVERTIBLE
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • SureClean™ Wash System • POTSCRUBBER Cycle • Normal Wash cycle • Short Wash cycle (on dial)
• Plate Warmer cycle (on dial) • Rinse Only/Hold cycle (on dial) • Heated Dry On/Off option • Hi-Temp Wash option
• 3 wash levels • Deluxe rack system • Trimless appearance

Water Systems

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

SureClean™ Wash System
cleans dishes completely.

BUILT-IN LATER

Cooking Products

PORTABLE NOW

Microwave Ovens

Piranha™ Anti-Jamming Hard
Food Disposer eliminates the
need for pre-rinse dishes.

Laundry

INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE

GE
GSC3430ZWW/GSC3400ZBL
• 6 cycles/19 options • 3 wash levels • Light Wash cycle • Dual Filtration • 6-hour Delay
Start Option (on dial) • Piranha™ Anti-Jamming Hard Food Disposer • GE QuietMotor
Super silverware basket • QuietPower™ I Package • Rinse Aid dispenser with indicator

Dishwashers

POTSCRUBBER Cycle

Hi-Temp Wash Option

GE
GSC3200ZBL/GSC3230ZWW

Room Air

• 5 cycles/14 options • 3 wash levels • Deluxe silverware basket • Standard Quiet Package

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 206.

125

GE SPACEMAKER®: UNDERSINK

SINGLE SINK BOWL

OFFSET INSTALLATION FOR USE WITH DISPOSER

GE
GSM2100ZAD/WH
• 5 cycles/8 options • POTSCRUBBER Cycle • Normal Wash cycle • Short Wash
cycle (on dial) • Plate Warmer cycle (on dial) • Rinse Only/Hold cycle (on dial)
• 2 wash levels • Spacemaker® upper rack • Deluxe lower rack • Deluxe silverware
basket • PermaTuf ® Tub
Note: Undersink dishwashers can only be installed under sinks and not under any appliance.

GE SPACEMAKER®: 18" BUILT-IN

GE
GSS1800Z
• 4 cycles/6 options • 2 wash levels • Pots & Pans cycle • Normal
Wash cycle (on dial) • Light Wash cycle (on dial) • Standard
silverware basket • Heated Dry On/Off option • Reversible color
panels Black/Harvest, Almond/White

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 206-207.

126

Refrigeration

DISPOSERS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Dishwasher drain connector • Polyester
drain housing • Stainless steel flange • Sink stopper • Manual reset

GE Continuous Feed Models
GFC1000Y

GFC800Y
• 1/2-horsepower motor • 8000 RPM grinding action
• Deluxe sound insulation • Fast Mount installation
• Removable splash guard

GFC700Y
• 1/2-horsepower motor • 8000 RPM grinding action • Standard
sound insulation • Fast Mount installation • Removable
splash guard

Water Systems

• Rugged 3/4-horsepower motor • 8000 RPM grinding action
• Super Deluxe sound insulation • Power Boost feature for
heavy loads • Fast Mount installation • Removable splash guard

protector • Dual swivel impellers • Precutter

GFC705Y
Similar to GFC700Y but has attached line cord.

GFC300Y
GFC1000Y

GFC800Y

GFC700Y/GFC705Y

Laundry

• 1/2-horsepower motor • 8000 RPM grinding action
• Fast Mount installation • Removable splash guard

GFC305Y
Similar to GFC300Y but has attached line cord.

GFC290Y
• 1/3-horsepower motor • 8000 RPM grinding action
• Fast Mount installation • Removable splash guard

GFC295Y

Cooking Products

Similar to GFC290Y but has attached line cord.

GE Batch Feed Model
GFB1050V
• Rugged 3/4-horsepower motor • 2700 RPM grinding action
• Super Deluxe sound insulation • Twist Mount installation
Where local codes permit, any GE Dishwasher and any
GE Disposer may be connected to a single 20-amp circuit.
White and Almond flanges are available: GPF71 (White) and GPF72 (Almond).

GFC290Y/GFC295Y

GFB1050V

Microwave Ovens

GFC300Y/GFC305Y

COMPACTORS

GE
GCG1530ZWW

GE
GCG950T

• White on white • Optional
toe pedal opener kit • Rear
wheels allow easy movement
and installation • Heavygauge steel construction

• Lock/start control with
removable key • Bag
storage compartment
above compactor drawer
• Replaces standard 12-inch
base cabinet

GCG1520ZBB

Dishwashers

ALL MODELS INCLUDE • 1/3-horsepower • Removable key lock

Room Air

• Black on black

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 208.

127

COOL OPTIONS For Your Comfort

128

Refrigeration
Water Systems
Laundry
Cooking Products

Microwave Ovens

GE has room air conditioners for nearly every application.
From new construction and remodeling, to renovation
and replacement, GE units offer you and your customers
plenty of choices.

Dishwashers

The unique GE full-line provides the features your customers
look for and you demand. Choose from window or throughthe-wall installation models. Pick from heat pump, electric
resistance heat or choose the cooling only models. Plus, most
units come with the reliability of microprocessor or solid-state
controls. All units offer contemporary styling and are easy to
install and maintain.
So, regardless of type or scope of your project, GE delivers

Room Air

dependable, quality units that meet your specifications—
and exceed your customer’s expectations.

129

BUILT-IN “J” SERIES: SLOPE-TOP CHASSIS ONLY MODELS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Variable setting thermostat
• Fan Cycle switch • Four-way air direction • Up-front,
washable air filter • “Fan Only” setting for air circulation

COOL ONLY UNITS
Offer a variety of capacities to cool
many applications.

HEAT/COOL UNITS
Provide a variety of capacities for
summer cooling, plus supplemental
heat for cold weather—units
combine air conditioning with
electric resistance heat.

E.E.R. (Energy Efficiency Ratio)
shown on the tag of each new
unit, compares the air conditioner’s cooling output with the
electricity it requires for power.
The higher the E.E.R. number,
the more efficient the unit, and
the less costly to operate.

HEAT PUMP UNITS
Heat pump units offer efficient
summer cooling with reverse cycle
heating and back-up resistance
heat for cold weather.
Units include attractive room-side grille of high-impact
polystyrene.
These units are chassis-only models and require a
separately purchased solid-sided wall case (RAB46,
RAB47 or RAB48) and exterior grille (RAG13 or RAG14)
for installation.

Fan Cycle Switch helps reduce
power consumption and
operating costs.

COOL ONLY UNITS
Models
AJCS06LC
AJCS08AC
AJCS10AC
AJCS09DC
AJCS10DC
AJCS12DC

BTUH
Cooling
6000
8000
9900
8900/8700
9900/9700
11,600/11,400

Volts
115
115
115
230/208
230/208
230/208

EER
9.5
9.2
9.2
9.5/9.5
9.2/9.2
9.0/9.0

BTUH
Electric
Resistance
Heating
–
–
–
–
–
–

Wall
Case
RAB46/47/48
RAB46/47/48
RAB46/47/48
RAB46/47/48
RAB46/47/48
RAB46/47/48

HEAT/COOL UNITS
Models
AJES09DC
AJES10DC
AJES12DC

BTUH
Cooling
8900/8700
9900/9700
11,600/11,400

Volts
230/208
230/208
230/208

EER
9.5
9.2/9.2
9.0/9.0

BTUH
Electric
Resistance
Wall
Heating
Case
11,600/9,500 RAB46/47/48
11,600/9,500 RAB46/47/48
11,600/9,500 RAB46/47/48

HEAT PUMP UNITS
BTUH
BTUH
Electric
Reverse
BTUH
Resistance
Cycle
Wall
Models
Cooling
Volts
EER
Heating
Heating†
Case
AJHS08DC* 8000/7800 230/208 9.2/9.2 11,600/9500 7700/7500 RAB46/47/48
AJHS10DC* 9800/9600 230/208 9.2/9.2 11,600/9500 9700/9500 RAB46/47/48
*Model includes two-stage heating thermostat.
†At 47°F.

Note: If any “J” Series unit is a replacement unit the existing rear grille should
be replaced for better performance with either stamped aluminum (RAG13)
grille or architectural louvered extruded aluminum (RAG14).

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 210.

130

Refrigeration

BUILT-IN “J” SERIES: HI-MOUNT CHASSIS ONLY MODELS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Variable setting thermostat

COOL ONLY UNITS

• Fan Cycle switch • Four-way air direction • Up-front,

Models
AJCH08AC
AJCH10AC
AJCH10DC
AJCH12DC

BTUH
Cooling
8000
9900
9900/9700
11,600/11,400

Volts
115
115
230/208
230/208

EER
9.2
9.2
9.2/9.2
9.0/9.0

BTUH Electric
Resistance
Heating
–
–
–
–

Wall
Case
RAB46/47/48
RAB46/47/48
RAB46/47/48
RAB46/47/48

EER
9.0/9.0

BTUH Electric
Resistance
Heating
11,600/9500

Wall
Case
RAB46/47/48

Water Systems

washable air filter • Multiple fan speeds

HEAT/COOL UNIT

Model
AJEH12DC

BTUH
Cooling
11,600/11,400

Volts
230/208

Cooking Products

Units include attractive room-side grille of high-impact polystyrene.
Each unit requires a solid-sided wall case (RAB46, RAB47 or RAB48) and exterior
grille (RAG13 or RAG14) for installation.

Laundry

For high-mount installations where control
accessibility is difficult, GE offers five “J” Series
models with controls located in the lower corner of
the room-side cabinet. There are two 115V and two
230V cooling only models, and one 230V model
with electric heat.

BUILT-IN “J” SERIES: WINDOW/WALL MOUNT MODELS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Multiple Cooling/Heating speeds • Vent/Exhaust • Multi-position thermostat

Microwave Ovens

• Fan Cycle switch • Easy access filter • Slide-out chassis • EZ Mount window kit (for Cooling Only models)

HEAT/COOL UNITS
Model
AJES10DS
AJES08AS
AJES06LS

BTU
9,900/9,700
8,000
6,000

EER
9.2/9.2
9.2
9.5

Volts
230/208
115
115

Cools (sq. ft.)
425-525
250-350
170-210

Heater
Wattage
3.4/2.8 (kw)
1.2 (kw)
1.2 (kw)

Volts
115

Cools (sq. ft.)
250-350

Heater
Wattage
1.2 (kw)

HEAT PUMP UNIT
Model
AJHSO8AS

BTU
8,000

EER
9.2

COOLING ONLY UNITS

Cooling Only

For convenience and efficiency, GE offers a unique
line of units that provide cooling only, cooling with
electric heat, and cooling with heat pumps, for use
in window or through-the-wall application.
All units include solid-sided sleeve with a slide-out chassis.

EER
9.2
9.2
9.5

Volts
115
115
115

Cools (sq. ft.)
425-525
250-350
170-210

Dishwashers

BTU
9,900
8,000
6,000

Heat/Cool, Heat Pump

Room Air

Model
AJCS10AZ
AJCS08AZ
AJCS06LZ

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 210-211.

131

ZONELINE®: HEAT PUMP AND HEAT/COOL MODELS
Versatile Zoneline units provide year-round comfort with individual
heating and cooling temperature control for economy and
convenience.
Designed to blend with most architectural styles and interior decors,
Zoneline units are adaptable to a wide variety of applications,
including hotels and motels, office buildings, schools and apartments.
Zoneline’s design and easy installation also make it ideal for remodeling and room additions.
The two-tier Zoneline lines, Deluxe and Premium, offer a wide
selection of features, heating and cooling capacities, and voltages to
meet each zonal application. All Zonelines come with microcomputer
controls, each with its own special features. Whether it’s the Deluxe
line with solid-state controls, high efficiency, and deluxe features, or
the Premium line with higher efficiencies and sophisticated features,
Zoneline quality and ease of maintenance will serve its owner or users
well for years to come.

RESISTANCE HEAT MODELS
GE Zoneline packaged terminal units with resistance heat
are especially suited for installations where heating demands are
moderate.

2200 SERIES DELUXE RESISTANCE HEAT
STANDARD MICROCOMPUTER CONTROLS

HEAT PUMP MODELS
Zoneline units with heat pump operation offer economical
year-round comfort for zonal comfort conditioning, for most
temperatures. Heating is provided by a high efficiency heat pump.
The heat pump operation is backed up with resistance heat for
those times when outdoor temperatures fall below the heat
pump capacity.
DELUXE LINE
The Deluxe Line is a high efficiency, two fan motors, microcomputer
controlled line of cooling with resistance heat, and cooling with heat
pump operation and resistance heat back up. Energy savings, plus
standard features make these units an excellent value.

DRY AIR 25 SERIES DELUXE RESISTANCE HEAT
STANDARD MICROCOMPUTER CONTROLS

DRY AIR 25
The Dry Air 25 Series centers around GE’s exclusive use of the patented
Dinh® Dehumidifier Heat Pipe from Heat Pipe Technology, Inc. This
innovative NASA spin-off technology enables the Dry Air 25 to remove
25% more moisture from the air than other packaged terminal air
conditioners. The Dry Air 25 is perfect for high-humidity climates.
Available on 7000, 9000 and 12,000 BTU models.
Note: Use of drain kit RAD10 is recommended.

3200 SERIES DELUXE HEAT PUMPS
STANDARD MICROCOMPUTER CONTROLS

PREMIUM LINE
The Premium Line is a high efficiency, two fan motors, full featured,
microcomputer controlled line, in both cooling with resistance heat,
and cooling with heat pump and resistance heat back up. The
microprocessor, with solid state sensors, offers a variety of features
for energy savings and reliable operation.

EASY INSTALLATION
Zoneline models are designed for easy installation, whether in new
construction, renovation or for replacement of old units. Unless
specified by code, they require no sub-base and may be installed
flush with the finished floor.
All models are adaptable to remote and central desk control.
Zoneline units may even be placed in unusual locations, such as
transom or common area installations.
Compatibility with existing Zoneline wall cases simplifies retrofit
installations. A new chassis simply slides into the already installed
wall case. A new matching rear grille should be used.
And the exclusive, Quick Connect power supply kit for Premium Line
models, allows the unit to be installed on various amperage circuits.
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 212-214.

132

5200 SERIES PREMIUM HEAT PUMPS
HIGHLY-FEATURED MICROCOMPUTER CONTROLS

(PREMIUM LINE
CHASSIS SHOWN)

Refrigeration
Water Systems

The Dry Air 25 features innovative technology from
HPT, an addition which enables this unit to remove 25%
more moisture from the air than all other models. The
Dry Air 25 system, Heat Pipe, is a hermetically sealed
heat transfer surface that is saddle-bagged around the
indoor coil (evaporator) of the Zoneline. This coil
arrangement will transfer heat from one coil to another
without power consumption. This assembly uses R-22 as
the refrigerant and is isolated from the regular Zoneline
refrigerant circuit.
As warm humid air is pulled through the pre-cool section
of the Heat Pipe, the heat removed from the air is
absorbed by the refrigerant, causing the refrigerant to
boil. As the pre-cooled air passes through the Zoneline
evaporator, the air is further cooled (colder than it would
be normally), removing 25% more moisture than other
packaged terminal units.
As the cold air passes through the re-heat section of the
Heat Pipe, the refrigerant condenses and the liquid flows
back to the pre-cool section to be re-heated again. The
air discharged into the room by this process is much
drier, creating a more comfortable room condition.

Laundry

THE NEWEST INNOVATION FROM GE:
THE DRY AIR 25

Standard
—
Standard
—
—
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
2
Standard
Standard
Hi/Low
—
Standard
Mechanical

Standard
—
Standard
—
—
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Optional
Standard
2
Standard
Standard
Hi/Low
—
Standard
Mechanical

—
Standard
—
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
N/A
Standard
2
Standard
Standard
Hi/Low/Auto
Standard
Standard
Electronic 7 step

Standard

Standard
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Standard

Standard
—
Standard
—
Standard
Standard
Passive
Optional
Standard
—
Standard

Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Reverse Cycle
Optional
Standard
Standard
Standard

SPECIAL CORROSION PROTECTED UNITS
To help extend the life of the Zoneline in seacoast areas,
some Deluxe Zonelines may be ordered with a special
corrosion protection treatment on outdoor components
and uses stainless steel hardware. Zonelines with optional
Corrosion Protection have a ‘C’ in the 10th character of
the model number.
INTERNAL CONDENSATE REMOVAL
Available on the 3200 and
5200 heat pumps, this feature
drips the heat pump condensate over the warm indoor
coil to help dissipate water
from heat pump operation
and associated defrost cycles.
The installation of an internal or external drain system
is recommended if no dripping of condensate to the outdoors is desired. ICR must not be installed in seacoast or
corrosive applications.
COIL DISTRIBUTOR

-C

ONDITIONE

STA

G WITH

CONDENSATE
PUMP

WEATHER
BARRIER

NDARD

AT PUMPS

STA

NDARD

Room Air

T
IFIED O ARI A
S

OUTDOOR
COIL

YIN

INDOOR
COIL

PAC

CONDENSATE TUBE

YIN

MA NUFA

T
IFIED O ARI A
S

PAC

Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories

Air leakage into living space wastes energy and creates an
uncomfortable environment. All Zoneline units meet
the rigid air infiltration specifications of ASTME283-91
which requires 7 CFM infiltration or less with a 25 mile
per hour wind velocity. With optional ICR the
specification is 10 CFM.
Water infiltration into a room could cause serious
structural or furnishing damage.
All Zoneline units are tested to ASTME331-86
specifications which requires no water infiltration when
exposed to 8" per hour rainfall at 63 mile per hour wind
velocity for 15 minutes. Superseal means room comfort
and energy saving.

Microwave Ovens

Standard
—
Standard
—
—
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Optional
Standard
2
Standard
Standard
Hi/Low
—
Standard
Mechanical

Standard Microcomputer Controls
Highly Featured Microcomputer Controls
Rotary Control Knobs
Tactile Touch Pad Controls with LED
Universal Heaters/Power Connection Kit
Solid State Thermostat
Concealed Manual Vent Control
Upfront Filter
Automatic Indoor Frost Control
Corrosion Treated Chassis
2 Position Discharge Grille
Fan Motors
Fan Cycle Switch
Fan Only Setting - 2 Speed
Indoor Fan Speed
Staged Heating
Freeze Sentinel™
Temperature Limiting
Remote Control Compatibility
(Requires RAKOIM)
Central Desk Control Compatibility
(Requires RAKOIM)
Service Indicator LED
Heat Pump with resistance heat back-up
Heat Pump with supplemental resistance heat
Automatic Emergency heat
Electric Resistance heat lock-out
Heat Pump Defrost system
Internal Condensate Removal (ICR)
Quick Heat Recovery
Self-Diagnostics
Auto Power Recovery

MA NUFA

Features

Heat Pump
Deluxe
Premuim
3200 Series 5200 Series

Dishwashers

Resistance Heat
Deluxe
Deluxe
2200 Series Dry Air 25

Cooking Products

ALL ZONELINE UNITS FEATURE SUPERSEAL

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 212-214.

133

ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS: DELUXE SERIES
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Energy Saver feature • Multiple cooling speeds • Vent/Exhaust • Adjustable thermostat
• Four-way adjustable air discharge • Easy access filter • Slide-out chassis • EZ Mount window kit

High CFMs (Cubic Feet per
Minute) for more air circulation
speed in a room. A high CFM
means faster air flow and
more comfort.

Model
AVM24DD
AVM22DB
AVM18DC
AVM15DC
AVM14AB

BTU
23,500/23,000
22,000/21,300
18,000/17,500
15,000/14,500
14,000

EER
8.7/8.7
8.2/8.2
9.5/9.5
9.0/9.0
10.0

Volts
230/208
230/208
230/208
230/208
115

Cools (sq. ft.)
1480-1620
1330-1450
1050-1150
850-950
750-850

Model
AMD12DB

Model
BTU
AGH08FA
7,800
Energy Star compliant

EER
10.0

Volts
115

Cools (sq. ft.)
250-350

Model
AMH12AC
AMH10AA

Model
BTU
AMH06LA
5,800
Energy Star compliant

EER
10.0

Volts
115

Cools (sq. ft.)
170-210

BTU
12,000/11,800

EER
9.1/9.1

Volts
230/208

Cools (sq. ft.)
575-650

• Electronic controls • 12 hour timer • Circulaire
oscillating air flow • Concealed controls

• Concealed controls

Energy Saver feature allows
the cooling fan to continue to
run while the compressor shuts
down. This feature allows cool
air to continue to circulate but
at a lower energy level therefore reducing your energy cost.

Energy Efficiency Ratio (E.E.R.) Higher E.E.R. numbers indicate
greater efficiency and lower
operating costs. An E.E.R. of
10.0 (AGH08FA) compared to
an E.E.R. of 9.0 (ASV08AC) can
provide an annual energy
savings of more than 10%
while still providing the same
amount of cooling BTU’s.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 209.

134

BTU
11,500
10,000

EER
10.0
10.0

Volts
115
115

Cools (sq. ft.)
550-625
425-525

Refrigeration

VALUE SERIES
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Multiple cooling speeds • 8-Position thermostat

Model
AGV18DB
AGV12DA

BTU
17,800/17,400
12,000

EER
8.8
9.0/9.0

Volts
230/208
230/208

Cools (sq. ft.)
1,000-1,100
575-650

Model
AGV12AA
AGV10AA

BTU
12,000
10,000

EER
9.0
9.2

Volts
115
115

Cools (sq. ft.)
575-650
425-525

Volts
115

Cools (sq. ft.)
250-350

Model
AQV06LA
AQV05LA

BTU
6,000
5,000

EER
9.0
9.0

Volts
115
115

Cools (sq. ft.)
170-210
100-150

• Circulaire oscillating air flow

Model
ASV08AC

BTU
8,000

EER
9.0

Microwave Ovens

Easy Mount Installation
designed for ease of placement,
this unit can be installed by
anyone and requires no prior
experience or special tools.

Cooking Products

Quick Clean Filters keep unit
running efficiently and save
money. Simply slide out the
filter, wash and replace.

Laundry

Water Systems

• Easy access filter • EZ Mount window kit

HEAT/COOL SERIES
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Multiple cooling/heating speeds • Vent/Exhaust • 10-Position thermostat

Dishwashers

• Four-way adjustable air discharge • Easy access filter • Slide-out chassis • Rigid panel window kit

Concealed Controls are hidden
from view to provide a clean,
contemporary appearance.

Model
AVE22DA
AVE18DA
AVE15DA

BTU
22,000/21,300
18,000/17,500
15,000/14,500

EER
8.2/8.2
9.5/9.5
9.0/9.0

Volts
230/208
230/208
230/208

Cools
(sq. ft.)
1,330-1,450
1,050-1,150
850-950

Heater
Wattage
4.7/3.9 (kw)
3.0/2.6 (kw)
3.0/2.6 (kw)

Room Air

Cooling and Electric Heat along
with comfortable cooling
capabilities, our new series
also provides supplemental
heat during winter months and
can even be used as the primary
heat source in temperate zones.

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 209 and 211.

135

ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS: SPLIT SYSTEM
The GE Split System Air Conditioner provides virtually
silent cooling comfort. With a design that includes outside air compressor placement, disturbing sounds are
kept out of doors and out of earshot. This design also
eliminates annoyances like rattling windows. So rest easily
and peacefully. Available in heat pump and cooling
only models in 9,000, 12,000 and 18,000 BTU sizes.

INDOOR UNIT

OUTDOOR UNIT
For more information, see Pub. No. 20-S008, or call the GE Answer Center® at 800.626.2000.

ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS: SLIDE-AIRE
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • 10-Position thermostat
• Vertical Slider Kit Panel • Multiple Cooling and Fan
speeds • Two-way adjustable air discharge

Slide-Aire models accommodate
the special installation needs of
sliding and casement windows
(those with side hinges that
open in or out).

Sleek New Contemporary Styling
blends quietly with most decor.

Model
AVX10AC
AVX07FB

BTU
10,000
7,000

EER
9.0
8.5

Volts
115
115

Cools (sq. ft.)
425-525
210-280

DEHUMIDIFIERS

Model
AHG20LA

Pints Per Day
19

• Electronic Micro Computer
Control • Overflow protection
• Water Full indicator
• Automatic defrost • 6-Pint
bucket capacity • External
drain connector

Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 209, 212 and 214.

136

Model
AHG50LA
AHG40LA
AHG25LA

Pints Per Day
50
40
25

• Compact and contemporary
design • Automatic Humidistat
control • Automatic Shut-Off
system with Bucket Full
indicator • Easy roll casters
• External drain connector
• Automatic defrost control
• Removable condensate
container • Washable air filter

GE QUICKSPECS
1-800-432-3729
THIS AUTOMATED FAX-ON-DEMAND SYSTEM PROVIDES
A QUICK REFERENCE TO PRODUCT DIMENSIONS FOR

MONOGRAM,® GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES,™
GE PROFILE,™ GE AND HOTPOINT APPLIANCES.
• TOUCHTONE ACTIVATED
Simply follow the voice prompts to make your selection from
any touchtone phone.

• MODEL SPECIFIC INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS
Select accurate installation dimensions by individual model
numbers for virtually every model. Make your selection from the
List of Available Documents (available by fax from GE QuickSpecs).
Select up to fifteen documents per call.

• FEATURE AND APPEARANCES
Feature information and product illustrations are included
for most models.

• FAX INFORMATION TO ANY FAX TELEPHONE NUMBER
Once you make your selection, you will be asked to enter the fax
telephone number where you wish your request to be faxed
(your office, job site, customer). It will be faxed to the specified
fax number within 15 minutes.

• AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK

137

Refrigeration
Water Systems
Laundry

ORDER INSTALLATION INFORMATION TO BE
DELIVERED THROUGH YOUR FAX MACHINE.

Cooking Products

CONTENTS
Warranty Information .........................................................138-141
CustomStyle™ Refrigerators ................................................142-147
Side-By-Side Refrigerators...................................................148-149
Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators ....................................................150
Top-Freezer No-Frost Refrigerators ...................................150-152
Cycle and Manual Defrost Refrigerators ..................................153
Spacemaker™ Compact Refrigerators .......................................153
Upright and Chest Freezers .......................................................154
Optional Refrigerator Panels and Trim Kits ............................155
Water Systems.......................................................................156-158
Washers ........................................................................................159
Dryers ....................................................................................160-161
Front Loading Washer and Dryer .............................................162
Dryer Exhausting and Installation Information ...............163-165
Spacemaker ® Washers and Dryers.............................................166
Unitized Spacemaker ® Washers and Dryers.............................167
30" Built-In Double Ovens ..................................................168-169
30" Built-In Single Ovens ....................................................170-171
27" and 24" Built-In Double Ovens....................................172-173
27" and 24" Built-In Single Ovens ......................................174-175
24" Built-In Gas Ovens................................................................176
30" and 27" Warming Drawers...................................................177
Built-In CleanDesign Cooktops .................................................178
Built-In Electric Cooktops..........................................................179
Built-in Gas Cooktops .................................................................180
Downdraft Gas Cooktops ...........................................................181
Select-Top™ Modular Downdraft Cooktops
and Patio Grill ......................................................................182-183
Built-In Downdraft Gas Modular Cooktops .............................184
30" Slide-In Downdraft Ranges..................................................184
High Performance, Performance,
Deluxe and Standard Hoods .....................................................185
Slide-Out Hoods..........................................................................186
Telescopic Downdraft System.............................................186-187
30" Slide-In Gas Ranges.......................................................188-189
30" Slide-In Electric Ranges .......................................................190
30" Drop-In Electric Ranges.......................................................191
Spacemaker™ 27" Drop-In Electric Ranges...............................192
30" Free-Standing CleanDesign Electric Ranges ..............192-193
30" Free-Standing QuickClean™ Electric Ranges.....................194
40" Free-Standing Electric Ranges ............................................195
30" Free-Standing Gas Ranges ............................................196-197
SpacemakerPlus™ Microwave/Convection Ovens ...................198
Spacemaker XL Over-The-Range Microwave Ovens...............199
Built-In Microwave Ovens ..........................................................200
Countertop Microwave Ovens ...................................................201
Spacemaker II ™ Microwave Ovens ............................................202
Countertop/Compact/Subcompact Microwave Ovens .........202
Microwave Oven Accessory Trim Kits .......................................203
Built-In Dishwashers ............................................................204-205
Convertible/Portable Dishwashers ...........................................206
Spacemaker ® Built-In 18" & Undersink Dishwashers.......206-207
Disposers and Compactors.........................................................208
Deluxe/Value and Slide-Aire Room Air Conditioners ...........209
Built-In “J” Series Units and Heat Pumps.................................210
Heat/Cool and Window/Built-In “J” Series Units
and Heat Pumps..........................................................................211
Split System Room Air Conditioners/Heat Pumps.................212
Zoneline® ..............................................................................212-214
Dehumidifiers..............................................................................214
Nomenclatures.....................................................................215-219

Microwave Ovens

FROM THE SPEED OF A TOUCHTONE PHONE,

Dishwashers

SPECIFICATIONS AND
INSTALLATION INFORMATION

Room Air

INSTANT DIMENSIONAL &
INSTALLATION INFORMATION

WARRANTY INFORMATION
The condensed list below is a convenient overview of the written warranties offered on various GE appliances described in this catalog. For complete warranty
details on a specific GE appliance model, contact your nearest GE supplier, or call GE Factory Service, toll-free, 800-GE-CARES (800-432-2737).

Refrigerators (All models except TAX2SNBWH, TAX2SNYWN, TAX4ANXWN, TAX4SNYWH)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the refrigerator which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service costs to replace the defective part free of charge.

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Sealed Refrigeration System or Compressor, if either of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this
full five-year warranty, GE will also provide all labor and in-home service costs to replace the defective part free of charge.

Lifetime
From the date of the original purchase

See-Thru Vegetable/Fruit Pans, if any of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this lifetime limited
warranty, you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.

Refrigerators (Models TAX2SNBWH, TAX2SNYWN, TAX4ANXWN, TAX4SNYWH)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the refrigerator which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited one-year warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip charges.

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Compressor, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited five-year warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.

Freezers
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the freezer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will also provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Sealed Refrigeration System, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full five-year warranty,
GE will also provide all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

One Year/Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Food Spoilage, Cumulative limits: $100—14.9 and smaller, $150—15.0 and larger. One-year on spoilage from any part failure.
Five-year on spoilage from sealed refrigeration system failure.

Icemakers
For The Period Of
One Year
From the date of the original purchase

GE Will Replace
Any part in the icemaker which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will also provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

GE SmartWater™ Filtration Systems (Models PNRV18ZWW, PNRV18ZBB, PNRV18ZWH, PNRV18ZBL, PNRV12ZBL)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship (excludes membrane and/or filters). During this full one-year
warranty, GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.

GE SmartWater™ Filtration Systems (Model GXRV10ABL)
For The Period Of
One Year
From the date of the original purchase

GE Will Replace
Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship (excludes membrane and/or filters). During this limited
one-year warranty, GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part. You will be responsible
for service trip costs.

GE SmartWater™ Filtration Systems (Models GNUL30Z, GNUV10Z, GNUT05Z, GNUT03A)
For The Period Of
One Year
From the date of the original purchase

GE Will Replace
Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship (excludes filters). During this full one-year warranty,
GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.

GE SmartWater™ Filtration Systems (Models GXUT03A, GXEM01Z)
For The Period Of
One Year
From the date of the original purchase

GE Will Replace
Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship (excludes filters). During this one-year limited warranty,
GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part. You will be responsible for the service trip costs.

GE SmartWater™ Softening Systems (Models PNSF39Z, PNSF31Z, GNSF23Z, GNSF18Z)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.

Three Years
From the date of the original purchase

Electronic Monitor, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this three-year limited warranty,
GE will provide the part and you will be responsible for labor and service trip charges.

Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase

A replacement cabinet (brine tank) and resin tank, if either of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship.
During this ten-year limited warranty, GE will repair or replace the defective part free of charge, you will be responsible for the service trip
and labor charges.

Note: See written warranty for details.
This warranty is extended to the original purchaser and any succeeding owner for products purchased for home use within the USA. In Alaska, the One Year Warranty excludes the cost of shipping, or service calls
to your home. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state
to state. To know what your legal rights are, consult your local or state consumer affairs office or your state’s Attorney General.

138

GE Profile Performance Series™ and GE Profile™ Washers
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the washer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

Two Years
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the washer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited two-year warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

ArmorGuard Lid & Cover Protection and Auto Balance Suspension System, if any of these parts should fail due to a defect in
materials or workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.

Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase

Steel Drive Transmission, Outer Tub, if either of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this
ten-year limited warranty, you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.

Lifetime
From the date of the original purchase

PermaTuf II™ Basket, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this lifetime limited warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.

GE Washers
For The Period Of
One Year
From the date of the original purchase

GE Will Replace
Any part in the washer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Auto Balance Suspension System, ArmorGuard Lid & Cover Protection and Steel Drive Transmission, if any of these parts
should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, you will be responsible for service trip
and labor charges.

Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase

Outer Tub, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this ten-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.

Twenty Years
From the date of the original purchase

PermaTuf II™ Basket, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this twenty-year limited warranty,
you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.

GE Spacemaker ® Washers
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Transmission, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.

GE Front Loading Washer
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Five Years
From the third year to fifth year from
the original purchase

Replacement parts for the suspension, outer tub, motor, driven pulley or motor controller, which prove to be defective in materials or
workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.

Twenty Years
From the date of the original purchase

The inner wash basket, that breaks due to defective materials or workmanship. During this twenty-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.

GE Profile Performance Series™, GE Profile™ and GE Super Capacity and Extra-Large Capacity Dryers
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the dryer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide all labor
and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Dryer Drum, if this should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, you will be responsible
for service trip and labor charges.

GE Large Capacity, Spacemaker® and Front Loading Dryers
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the dryer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

GE Commercial Laundry
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

Two Years
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the washer or dryer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited two-year warranty,
you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.

GE Commercial Stacked Dryers
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the dryer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited one-year warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.

139

WARRANTY INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Ranges/Cooktops/Built-In Ovens/Warming Drawers/Hoods (Excluding CleanDesign Ranges and Cooktops)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the cooking product which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

Ranges (CleanDesign)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Glass-Ceramic Cooktop, Ribbon Heating Elements and Rubber Seal, if any of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or
workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, GE will replace the defective part free of charge, you will be responsible for service
trips and labor charges.

Cooktops (CleanDesign)
For The Period Of
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

GE Will Replace
Any part in the cooking product which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Glass-Ceramic Cooktop, Ribbon Heating Elements and Rubber Seal, if any of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or
workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, GE will replace the defective part free of charge, you will be responsible for
service trips and labor charges.

Hoods
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the hood which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

Microwave Ovens (Over-The-Range models, Built-In models, JEM31SA/GA/WA, JE1860SB/GB/WB, JE1840GB/WB, JE1660GB/WB, JE1640AB/GB/WB, JE1390GA/WA)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the microwave which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide all
labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase

Magnetron Tube, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this nine-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for any labor or in-home service costs.

Microwave Ovens (Models JE1360GB/WB, JE1340GB/WB, JE1060GB/WB, JE1040GB/WB, JEM25GY/WY, JE740GY/WY)
For The Period Of
One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the microwave which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited one-year
warranty, GE will provide labor and you will be responsible for service trip charges.

GE Will Replace

Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase

Magnetron Tube, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this nine-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for any labor or in-home service costs.

Microwave Ovens (Models JE835WW, JE710BA, JE635WW, JE520BW, JE510BW)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the microwave which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited one-year
warranty, GE will provide labor and you will be responsible for service trip charges.

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Magnetron Tube, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this four-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for any labor or in-home service costs.

Dishwashers (Models GSD4010Z, GSD4020Z, GSD4030Z, GSD4310Z, GSD4320Z, GSD4330Z, GSD4610Z, GSD4620Z, GSD4630Z, GSD4910Z, GSD4920Z, GSD4930Z, GSD4940C)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the dishwasher which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.

Two Years
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the dishwasher which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this two-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Racks or Electronic Control Board, if either of these part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this five-year
limited warranty, you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.

Twenty Years
From the date of the original purchase

PermaTuf ® Tub or Door Liner, if either of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full twenty-year
warranty, GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to repair or replace the defective part.

What GE Will Not Cover:
■
■
■
■

Service trips to your home to teach you how to use the product.
Improper installation.
Replacement of house fuses or resetting of circuit breakers.
Failure of the product if it is abused, misused, or used for other than the
intended purpose or used commercially.

140

■ Damage to product caused by accident, fire, floods or acts of God.
■ Incidental or consequential damage to personal property caused by
possible defects with this appliance.

Dishwashers (Models GSM2100Z, GSC3200Z, GSC3230Z, GSC3400Z, GSC3430Z, GSD2200Z, GSD2220Z, GSD2230Z, GSD3210Z, GSD3220Z, GSD3230Z,
GSD3610Z, GSD3620Z, GSD3630Z, GSD3810Z, GSD3820Z, GSD3830Z)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Two Years
From the date of the original purchase

Any part of the Water Distribution System, which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. Associated inlet & drain plumbing parts
are not covered by this warranty. During this second-year limited warranty, you will be responsible for any labor or in-home service costs.

Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase

PermaTuf ® Tub or Door Liner, if either of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full ten-year
warranty, GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.

Dishwashers (Models GSD2000Z, GSD2020Z, GSD2030Z, GSS1800Z)
For The Period Of
One Year
From the date of the original purchase

GE Will Replace

Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase

Compactors
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the compactor which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.

Disposers (Models GFC305Y, GFC300Y, GFC295Y, GFC290Y)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the disposer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.

Disposers (Models GFC705Y, GFC700Y)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

Two Years
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the disposer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full two-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.

Disposers (Model GFC800Y)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

Four Years
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the disposer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full four-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.

Disposers (Models GFB1050V, GFC1000Y)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the disposer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full five-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.

Room Air Conditioners (Window, Window Built-In, Built-In Units and Split System Units)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide all labor
and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Sealed Refrigeration System, if any of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full five-year
warranty, GE will provide all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.

Room Air Conditioners (Zoneline)
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide all labor
and in-home service to repair or replace or the defective part free of charge.

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Compressor, if this should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full five-year warranty, GE will provide labor and
in-home service to repair or replace any part of the sealed refrigerating system (the compressor, condenser, evaporator, and all connecting tubing)
free of charge.

Second through Fifth Years
From the date of the original purchase

Fan motors, switches, thermostat, heater, heater protectors, compressor overload, solenoids, circuit boards, auxiliary controls,
thermistors, Freeze Sentinel, frost controls, ICR pump, capacitors, varistors and indoor blower bearing, if these should fail due to a
defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited second through fifth year warranty, GE will repair or replace the defective part
free of charge, you will be responsible for labor and service trip charges.*
*Except in Alaska. See warranty for details.

Dehumidifiers
For The Period Of

GE Will Replace

One Year
From the date of the original purchase

Any part in the dehumidifier which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited one-year warranty,
GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.*

Five Years
From the date of the original purchase

Sealed Refrigeration System (compressor, condenser, dehumidifying coil and all connecting tubing), if this should fail due to a
defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited five-year warranty, GE will provide all labor and in-home service to replace the
defective part.*
*Full one- and five-year warranty for model AHG20 and GE will provide labor and you will be responsible for service trip charges.

141

CUSTOMSTYLE™ NO-FROST SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATORS
GE Profile Performance Series™

Stainless steel model
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.)
Fresh food (cu. ft.)
Freezer (cu. ft.)
Shelf area (sq. ft.)

TPS24PBB
TPS24PPB

TPS24BPC

●

23.5
14.48
9.05
23.2

TPX24PBB

23.5
14.48
9.05
23.2

GE Profile™
TPX24PPB

23.5
14.48
9.05
23.2

TPX24BPB

23.5
14.48
9.05
23.2

TPS24PIB

TPS24BIC

●

23.7
14.48
9.25
24.0

TPX24PRB

TPX24BRB

TPX24BIB

TPX21PRB
TPX21BRB

23.5
14.48
9.05
23.2

23.7
14.48
9.25
24.0

20.7
13.00
7.65
23.0

Cubes,
Crushed Ice
& Chilled Water

Features
Refreshment Center
Electronic Monitor System
Exclusive Water by Culligan™

LightTouch! dispenser
Auto. factory-installed icemaker & ice bin
Cabinet shelves
(adjustable)
(slide-out, spill-proof)
Quick Space™ shelf
Smart Storage System (w/spill-proof cover)
Snack pan (top)
Vegetable/fruit crisper (middle)
Meat pan (lower)
Spacemaker™ door bins w/gallon storage
Modular door bins
Snugger™ Clip(s)
Dairy compartment w/glass butter dish
Beverage rack
Egg bin
Interior light(s)
Freezer slide-out basket(s)
Freezer storage bin(s) (wire Everwhite)
Cantilevered freezer shelf
Freezer door shelves
Adjustable rollers

●/ –

●

●/ –

●

Cubes,
Crushed Ice
& Chilled Water

●

3 Glass
3
2 Glass

●

Adj. Humidity
Adj. Humidity
Adj. Temp.
2
2 Adj.
4
2

Adj. Humidity
Adj. Humidity
Adj. Temp.

2 Adj.
4
2

2
4
2

2 Adj.
4
2

●

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 2 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 3 Wire Everwhite
1 Sliding
1 Sliding
1 Sliding
1 Sliding
1 Sliding
1 Sliding
1 Sliding
1 Sliding
1 Sliding
1 Sliding
1 Sliding
3 (2 Adj.)
3 (2 Adj.)
3 (2 Adj.)
3 (2 Adj.)
3 (2 Adj.)
3 (2 Adj.)
3 (2 Adj.)
3 (2 Adj.)
1
3 (2 Adj.)
4 (2 Adj.)
4 (2 Adj.)
4 (2 Adj.)
4 (2 Adj.)
4 (2 Adj.)
5 (2 Adj.)
4 (2 Adj.)
4 (2 Adj.)
4 (2 Adj.)
5 (2 Adj.)
4
●

●

Foam

●

WW, AA, BB

Trimless

WW, BB
Installed
Trim

Trimless

WW, AA, BB
Installed
Trim

WW, BB
Installed
Trim

Black

N/A
Stainless Steel
Appearance
Squared Doors

Color-Matched

N/A

Black

N/A

N/A
Rounded Doors

Color-Matched
Squared Doors

N/A
Rounded Doors

N/A
Stainless Steel
Appearance
Squared Doors

Color-Matched

N/A
Rounded Doors

Rounded Doors

Color-Matched
Squared Doors

WW, AA, BB
WW, BB
Trimless
Installed Trim
Color-Matched
–
–
Color-Matched
Squared Doors

●

69-3/4
68-3/4
23-7/8
26-3/8

28-7/16

28-15/16

28-7/16

28-15/16

28-7/16

69-3/4
68-3/4
23-3/4
26
28-1/2
27-5/8

45-5/8
35-3/4
40-7/8
1/8**
1
1/2
350

45-1/4
35-3/4
40-7/8
1/8**
1
1/2
350

45-5/8
35-3/4
40-7/8
1/8**
1
1/2
350

45-5/8
35-3/4
40-7/8
1/8**
1
1/2
376

45-5/8
35-3/4
40-7/8
1/8**
1
1/2
350

45-5/8
35-3/4
40
1/8**
1
1/2
336

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
TRMBISSS

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

●

TKP24RBBB
TKP24RBWW
TKP24RBAA
TKP24RBSS
TRMBISBB
TRMBISWW
TRMBISAA
N/A

TKP24IBBB
TKP24IBWW
N/A
TKP24IBSS
TRMBISBB
TRMBISWW
N/A
N/A

N/A/ ●
N/A/TKP21LS
N/A/TKPW21LS
N/A
N/A/TKP21RXSS
N/A/TRMBISBB
N/A/TRMBISWW
N/A
N/A

Economical/Quiet
Quiet Package
Auto Energy Saver (condenser loop)
Insulation (cabinet and door)
Cabinet liner–Baked Enamel-on-Steel
Door liner–ABS

Appearance
Color(s) available*
Built-in configuration
Premium Deluxe door handle(s)
Full-length handles
Exterior design
Textured steel

N/A
Rounded Doors

Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.)
Height to top of case (in.)
Case depth without door (in.)
Case depth less door handle (in.)
Case depth with door handle (in.)
Depth w/fresh food door open 90° (in.)
Width (in.)
Width w/door open 90° w/door handle (in.)
Air clearances Each side (in.)
Top (in.)
Back (in.)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

69-3/4
68-3/4
23-7/8
26-3/8
28-15/16
28-7/16
45-1/4
45-5/8
35-3/4
40-7/8
1/8**
1
1/2
376

Accessories
Factory trim kit attached
N/A
N/A
Black acrylic panels (optional)
N/A
N/A
White acrylic panels (optional)
N/A
N/A
Almond acrylic panels (optional)
N/A
N/A
Stainless steel panels (optional)
N/A
N/A
Black collar trim (optional)
N/A
N/A
White collar trim (optional)
N/A
N/A
Almond collar trim (optional)
N/A
N/A
Stainless steel collar trim (optional)
N/A
TRMBISSS
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black,
**If installed against a wall, allow clearance of 11-1/4" on freezer side to remove bin.
Clearance required to remove fresh food full size pan without disassembling is 14".
ALL MODELS AVAILABLE IN U.S. AND CANADA.

See page 138 for warranty information.

142

N/A
N/A
●
N/A
N/A
TKP24RBBB
N/A
N/A
TKP24RBWW
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
TKP24RBSS
N/A
N/A
TRMBISBB
N/A
N/A
TRMBISWW
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BS = Black case with stainless steel doors.

Refrigeration

GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™ AND GE PROFILE™ SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™
INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND SPECIFICATIONS
Rough-In Dimensions
8' Ceiling

Standard, New Construction
and Replacement Installation

Water

Electrical

12"
Soffit
13" to 14"
Cabinet

• All wall/floor moulding
should be removed prior
to installation.
• Water recess on rear wall
recommended to prevent
water line damage. 48"
minimum length 1/4"
diameter water line tubing
recommended.
• When possible, recess
both copper water line
and electrical outlet.
(See local codes)
• Front and rear leveling
legs are adjustable for
the built-in look.
(See owner’s manual)
• If optional collar trim kit is
to be used or anticipated,
see collar trim installation
on next page for different
rough-in dimensions.

3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)

24"
Cabinet

Water Systems

Installation Tips to
Maximize the Built-In Look

25"
Counter
Top

24"* Side panels

For 24 cu. ft. models only.
Electrical

3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)

24"
Cabinet

24"

Water

Laundry

70-1/4"*

25"
Counter
Top

24"* Side panels

Cooking Products

36"
*The rough-in dimension of 70-1/4" is minimum and is measured from the
finished floor to top of opening (or the underside of the overhead cabinets).
For Models with Trim Kit: If frameless style cabinets are planned for above the
refrigerator, you may need to consider adding a maximum of 1/4" (70-1/2") to
height of opening to allow additional clearance between cabinet doors and
top of refrigerator trim when cabinet doors are in open position.

For 21 cu. ft. models only.
*24" depth applies to the refrigerator opening, not the actual cabinet depth.

Door Panel Dimensions
Order your own custom wood panels to match cabinetry or other decor.
Freezer Panel
Without Dispenser

C-18-3/4" E-32-3/8"
D-14-5/16" F-14-5/16"
G-67-1/8"
C-18-13/16" E-34-5/16" A-67-1/8"
24 cu. ft. H-19-5/16"
D-14-1/2" F-14-1/2"
B-14-1/2"
Panels up to 1/4" thick will fit door frame with no special preparation.
Add filler behind material thinner than 1/4" for proper fit.
Note: Panels up to 3/4" will require special routing area around handles.
Dimensions may vary depending on depth of panel.
Freezer Panel
Without Dispenser
B

Detail C

Freezer Panel
With Dispenser

Detail C

Fresh Food Panel
H

Detail C

Weight Limits*
Fresh Food = 38 lbs.
Freezer = 28 lbs.
Fresh Food = 35 lbs.
Freezer = 25 lbs.
*Total weight of panels
(ie: both freezer panels)

Detail C
1/8"

11-1/4"*
1-1/8"
37-5/8"*

11-1/4"*

11-1/4"*
5/16"

1-1/8"
37-5/8"*

2-3/8"

2-3/8"
F

G
4-13/16"*
E

For 24 cu. ft. models only.
All other dotted lines indicate
areas that must be routed out
about 5/32" (4 mm) on the back
side of panels 1/4" (6 mm) thick
or more. For panels less than
1/4" (6 mm) thick, these areas
can be cut out of the filler panel.

(Fresh Food panel shown)
Notch required at top
corner as noted.
For 21 and 24 cu. ft. models

Depth of
material to be
routed out

Panels 1/4" thick
or less

1/4"

5/32"

2"*

2"*
1"*

Microwave Ovens

G-65-3/16"

21 cu. ft. H-20-1/16"

Dishwashers

Freezer Panel
With Dispenser

1"*

Front

1"*
*For 24 cu. ft. models only

1/4" Max.

Room Air

Fresh Food
Panels

IMPORTANT: Before finalizing specifications for your GE Profile Performace™
and GE Profile™ CustomStyle™ Refrigerator, Please NOTE:
• A minimum of 36" is required for refrigerator installation
• Be sure to allow for 1/2" or 3/4" side panels in addition to the 36" minimum
See page 138 for warranty information.

143

GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™ AND GE PROFILE™ SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™
INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND SPECIFICATIONS
Installation of Water and Electrical Outlets
For 21 cu. ft. models only.
Water hook-up
on the refrigerator

Recommended single loop
of 1/4" copper water line

1/2"
Allow 48" minimum water
line to enable refrigerator 24"
to be pulled forward.

Alternate
water
line location
through floor

18"
Recommended water line
location using recess
in rear wall

Water hook-up
on the refrigerator

Rear Wall View

Top View

Collar Trim Installation
An enclosure is required to
match up to the trim, see
Typical Installation. To obtain
the most integrated look, the
cabinet or soffit above the
refrigerator should extend out
to the same depth as the side
panels. The refrigerator
opening must have minimum
dimensions of 70-1/4" high x
36-1/8" wide x 24-1/2" deep as
shown at right. If there is an
overhead cabinet, allow 1" for
cabinet door clearance with
the top trim piece so the
cabinet doors can be opened
without hitting the top trim. If
1/2" side panels are used, then
side trim and panel will be
even. If 3/4" side panels are
used, then some of the side
panel will extend beyond the
trim and must be finished.

For 24 cu. ft. models only.
1/2" minimum
Refrigerator
Case

1/2" Cabinet
Side Panel

70-1/4"*

Case

Refrigerator
Case

36-1/8"

Water

Overhead
Cabinet

Cabinet
Door
1"

Case

MagneticTape

*The rough-in dimension of 70-1/4" is minimum and is measured from the
finished floor to top of opening (or the underside of the overhead cabinets).
For Models with Trim Kit: If frameless style cabinets are planned for above the
refrigerator, you may need to consider adding a maximum of 1/4" (70-1/2") to
height of opening to allow additional clearance between cabinet doors and
top of refrigerator trim when cabinet doors are in open position.

Water

3/4" Cabinet
Side Panel
1/2" Cabinet
Side Panel

24-1/2"*

25"
Counter
Top

Side Trim
Side trim must be installed
flush with the gasket contact
surface on the case.

For 21 cu. ft. models only.

Top Trim
Ridge

Side Trim

Electrical

3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)

24"
Cabinet

24-1/2"* Side panels

Trim

For 21 cu. ft. models only.

Cabinet
Door

Top Trim
Door Gasket

3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)
24-1/2"* Side panels

Overhead
Cabinet

1"
Magnetic
Tape

Electrical

24"
Cabinet

3/4" Cabinet
Side Panel

25"
Counter
Top

Trim

For 24 cu. ft. models only.

*24-1/2" depth applies only to the refrigerator opening, not the actual cabinet depth.
IMPORTANT: Before finalizing specifications for your GE Profile Performace™
and GE Profile™ CustomStyle™ Refrigerator, Please NOTE:
• A minimum of 36-1/8" is required for refrigerator installation with collar
• Be sure to allow for 1/2" or 3/4" side panels in addition to the 36-1/8" minimum
See page 138 for warranty information.

144

Typical Installation
Shaded areas represent front surfaces of side panels
and overhead cabinet or soffit that contacts trim.

Refrigeration

CREATE A CUSTOM LOOK FOR YOUR SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™ REFRIGERATOR

Side
Trim

Water Systems

Still another advantage offered by
GE Profile Performance™ and GE Profile™
CustomStyle™ Refrigerators is the ease with
which it can be installed. For a refrigerator that
does so much to enhance the beauty of your
kitchen, the “behind-the-scenes” preparation
and installation are surprisingly simple.

W3624

Laundry

Route
hand slot
before
installing
panel.

Select appropriate
size door panel from
cabinet line.

1/2" to 3/4" PANEL

1/8"

19-5/16

18-3/8"*

Detail C

1"
1"

Detail A

14-5/8"

14-5/8"*

14-1/2
67-1/8

67-1/8

34-5/16

2"
1"

Detail A

1"
*For 24 cu. ft. models only

Water

24"
Cabinet

Electrical

3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)
24"* Side panels

25"
Counter
Top

*For 24 cu. ft. models only

Fabricating the Enclosure
• The drawing shows an 84" cabinet elevation. Adjust dimensions accordingly
for other cabinet elevations.
• Cabinet pieces to order: (2) side panels and (1) wall cabinet.
• Side panels will typically be attached to adjacent cabinets and/or cleated to
rear wall and floor.
• Refer to GE refrigerator installation instructions for proper plumbing, and
electrical and air clearances.
• (1) Some framed cabinet lines will make a refrigerator enclosure with a cabinet
12" high x 39" wide with sides and 1-1/2" face frame extended down to floor to
create the refrigerator space. This will replace the above construction.
(2) A tall cabinet on either side of the refrigerator can replace a side panel!
• Counter overhangs on either side of the refrigerator should have clipped
corners to allow for full door swing.
• If the refrigerator has a wall returning beyond the front of the refrigerator on
either side, a 2" tall filler will help to allow for movement of the door.
Door Panels
• See drawings for exact dimensions of the fresh-food and freezer door panels.
• Refrigerator door fronts from stock and most semi-custom cabinet manufacturers
will be supplied as 1/4" thick panels cut to dimensions, with closest available
standard door sizes applied to front.
– This will leave a “reveal” at top/bottom and sides.
Width of “reveal” will depend on manufacturer’s standard door sizes.
– Door will be affixed on the 1/4" panels at factory or in the field by the local
supplier, depending on manufacturer.
• Local shop-built or custom cabinet supplier may fabricate custom 3/4" panels.
In this case, edges must be routed.
• Follow notes on drawing to assure room for fingers/hands to open handles.
• Detail A: Dotted line indicates areas that must be routed out about 3/16" (5mm)
on the back of side panels 1/4" (6mm) thick or more.
See page 138 for warranty information.

145

Cooking Products

1/2"

18-13/16

5/16"

Detail C

Microwave Ovens

Detail C

18-3/8"

Fresh Food Panel

14-1/2

Dishwashers

Detail C

14-1/2

Freezer Panel
With Dispenser

Room Air

Freezer Panel
Without Dispenser

CUSTOMSTYLE™ NO-FROST TOP-FREEZER REFRIGERATORS
GE Profile Performance Series™
TNX22PRC

TNX22PAC

TNS22PRC

Stainless steel model
Capacity

TNX22BRC

TNX22BAC

●

Total (cu. ft.)
Fresh food (cu. ft.)
Freezer (cu. ft.)
Shelf area (sq. ft.)

21.7
15.4
6.3
20.0

21.9
15.4
6.5
22.4

TNS22BRC
●

21.7
15.4
6.3
20.0

Cubes, Crushed Ice
& Chilled Water
Factory-Installed

21.9
15.4
6.5
22.4

21.7
15.4
6.3
20.0

Features
LightTouch! dispenser
Automatic icemaker & ice bin
Ice ”N Easy trays
Ice storage bin
Cabinet shelves
(adjustable)
(slide-out)
(spill-proof)
Quick Space™ shelf
Quick Store™ bin
Beverage rack
Window vegetable/fruit crisper
Slide-out, spill-proof crisper cover
Meat pan
Modular door bins
Door shelf
Slide-out, slide-over pans
Snugger™Clip(s)
Modular dairy compartment
Glass butter dish
Dual upfront temperature control (backlit)
Fresh food upfront lighting
Freezer interior light
Freezer compartment shelf(s)
(wire Everwhite)

Cubes, Crushed Ice
& Chilled Water
Factory-Installed

Opt. (IM3)
4
●

Opt. (IM3)
4

Cubes, Crushed Ice
& Chilled Water
Factory-Installed

●

4 Glass
4
3
3

●

2 Adj. Humidity

●

Adj. Temperature
3 Adj. w/Gallon Storage
1 Fixed

●

2
1

●

1 Adj.

2 Fixed

2 Adj.
3 (2 Adj./ 1 Fixed
w/Gallon Storage)

1 Adj.

2 Fixed

2 Adj.
3 (2 Adj./ 1 Fixed
w/Gallon Storage)

2 Fixed

●

Foam
ABS

WW, AA, BB
Color-Matched
Premium Deluxe

BS
Black
Premium Deluxe

WW, BB
Color-Matched
Full-Length

BS
Stainless Steel
Full-Length

Freezer door bins
Adjustable rollers

Economical/Quiet
Cabinet/door insulation
Cabinet/door liner

Appearance
Color(s) available*
Door handle(s)
Textured steel doors & case
Built-in configuration
Exterior design
Choose right or left door opening
Reversible doors

●

Trimless
Rounded Doors

Installed Trim

Factory-Installed Trim &
Stainless Steel Panels

●

69-7/8
68-3/4
23-3/4
26-3/4
28-5/8
61
35-3/4
36-1/4
1/8
1
1/2
325

69-7/8
70-7/16
23-3/4
26-3/4
28-3/8
61
35-3/4
36-5/8
1/8
1
1/2
325

69-7/8
70-7/16
23-3/4
26-3/4
28-3/8
61
35-3/4
36-5/8
1/8
1
1/2
300

69-7/8
70-7/16
23-3/4
26-3/4
28-5/8
61
35-3/4
36-5/8
1/8
1
1/2
325

TKP22RCBB
TKP22RCWW
TKP22RCSS
TRMBISBB
TRMBISWW
TRMBISSS

TKP22ACBB
TKP22ACWW
TKP22ACSS
TRMBISBB
TRMBISWW
TRMBISSS

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
TRMBISSS

●

Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A
Height to top of case (in.) B
Case depth without door (in.) C
Case depth less door handle (in.) D
Case depth with door handle (in.) E
Depth w/fresh food door open 90° (in.) F
Width (in.) G
Width w/door open 90° w/door handle (in.) H
Air clearances Each side (in.)
Top (in.)
Back (in.)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

69-7/8
68-3/4
23-3/4
26-3/4
28-5/8
61
35-3/4
36-1/4
1/8
1
1/2
325

69-7/8
68-3/4
23-3/4
26-3/4
28-3/8
61
35-3/4
36-1/4
1/8
1
1/2
300

Accessories
Black acrylic panels (optional)
N/A
N/A
N/A
White acrylic panels (optional)
N/A
N/A
N/A
Stainless steel panels (optional)
N/A
N/A
N/A
Black collar trim (optional)
N/A
N/A
N/A
White collar trim (optional)
N/A
N/A
N/A
Stainless steel collar trim (optional)
N/A
N/A
N/A
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, BS = Black case with stainless steel doors.
ALL MODELS AVAILABLE IN U.S. AND CANADA.

Top-Freezer No-Frost Refrigerator
H
G

A B

E
F

See page 138 for warranty information.

146

Front View

Top View

Refrigeration

GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™ TOP-FREEZER CUSTOMSTYLE™
INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND SPECIFICATIONS
Rough-In Dimensions

8' Ceiling

12"
Soffit

Installation
without collar trim

• All wall/floor moulding should be
removed prior to installation.
• Water recess on rear wall recommended to prevent water line
damage. 48" minimum length 1/4"
diameter water line tubing
recommended.
• When possible, recess both copper water line and electrical outlet.
(See local codes)
• Front and rear leveling legs are
adjustable for the built-in look.
(See owner’s manual)

Installation
with collar trim

13" to 14"
Cabinet

70-1/4"*

Laundry

70-1/4"*

Collar Trim Installation
An enclosure is required to match up to
the trim, see Typical Installation. To
obtain the most integrated look, the cabinet or soffit above the refrigerator should
extend out to the same depth as the side
panels. The refrigeratoropening must
have minimum dimensions of
70-1/4" high x 36-1/8" wide x 24-1/2"
deep as shown at right. If there is an
overhead cabinet, allow 1" for cabinet
door clearance with the top trim piece so
the cabinet doors can be opened without
hitting the top trim. If 1/2" side panels
are used, then side trim and panel will be
even. If 3/4" side panels are used, then
some of the side panel will extend
beyond the trim and must be finished.

24"

24-1/2"

36"

36-1/8"

Water

*The rough-in dimension of 70-1/4" is minimum and is measured from the finished floor to top of opening (or the underside of the overhead cabinets).
For Models with Trim Kit: If frameless style cabinets are planned for above the
refrigerator, you may need to consider adding a maximum of 1/4" (70-1/2") to
height of opening to allow additional clearance between cabinet doors and top
of refrigerator trim when cabinet doors are in open position.

Electrical

3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)

24"
Cabinet

25"
Counter
Top

24-1/2"* Side panels

For 22 cu. ft.
models only.
*22" depth applies to the refrigerator opening,
not the actual cabinet depth.

Door Panel Dimensions
Order your own custom wood panels to match cabinetry or other decor.
Detail B

Freezer Panel
Without Dispenser

3/16

Freezer Panel
With Dispenser

3/16

Hinge Side
Clearance
(See Notes)

B-42-1/4"

22 cu. ft. C-35-3/4"

Handle Side Clearance
–At least 2" (51 mm) on the handle side for fingertip clearances.
Top and Bottom Clearance
–At least 3/16" (4.75 mm) at the top and bottom edges to allow for trim flange.
Hinge Side Clearance
• A 3/4" (19 mm) thick door panel may strike the adjacent countertops when the
door is fully opened. Therefore, the hinge side clearance to raised panel will
vary according to the installation situation.
–Allow 1-3/4" (44 mm) clearance when installation does not include side panels.
–The installation of 3/4" (19 mm) thick side panels requires less clearance
because the space between the door and adjacent countertop is wider.
• To avoid door contact to countertop consider:
–Miter the corner of the adjacent countertops 45°, or
–pull the refrigerator forward enough to avoid contact.
Stability Leg
• The top-freezer refrigerator is the first cabinet depth top-freezer. This means
depth is more shallow than conventional models and the width is larger. The
stability leg gives the unit extra support.

2-5/8
Clearance
Handle Side
(Detail A)

3/16
3/16

3/16

14-7/8

3-15/16

3/16

15-7/16

C
Fresh Food Panel

B
2-5/8
Clearance
Handle Side
(Detail A)

Hinge Side
Clearance
(See Notes)

Detail B
1/8

3/16

5/16

Detail A
IMPORTANT: Before finalizing specifications for your GE Profile Performance™
CustomStyle™ Refrigerator, Please NOTE:
• A minimum of 36" is required for refrigerator installation
• Be sure to allow for 1/2" or 3/4" side panels in addition to the 36" minimum

2-5/8
Clearance
Handle Side
(Detail A)

Detail B

1/8

Room Air

A-24-1/16"
D-24-1/16"
C-35-3/4"
C-35-3/4"
Panels up to 1/4" thick will fit door frame with no special preparation.
Add filler behind material thinner than 1/4" for proper fit.
Note: Panels up to 3/4" will require special routing area around handles.
Dimensions may vary depending on depth of panel.

Freezer Panel
With Dispenser

Detail B

Dishwashers

Fresh Food
Panels

Water Systems

12"
Soffit

Cooking Products

Installation Tips to
Maximize the Built-In Look

Collar Trim Installation
8' Ceiling

Standard, New Construction
and Replacement Installation

Microwave Ovens

Rough-In Dimensions

Area to be routed out
on handle side of panel

1-3/4

1/4

See page 138 for warranty information.

147

SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATORS
GE Profile Performance Series™
TFS28PBB
TFS28PPB
Stainless steel model
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.)
Fresh food (cu. ft.)
Freezer (cu. ft.)
Shelf area (sq. ft.)

GE Profile™
TFX30PBB
TFX30PPB

TFX28PBB

TFX28PPC

TFX25PPB

TFX22PPB

TFX27PRB

TFX25PRB
TFX25PAB

TFX22PRB

29.8
18.15
11.65
29.8

28.2
17.23
10.94
27.5

28.2
17.23
10.94
27.7

25.2
15.92
9.32
25.2

21.6
14.85
6.75
23.4

26.6
16.83
9.72
27.6

25.2/25.3
15.92
9.32/9.41
25.2/25.6

21.6
14.85
6.75
23.4

● /–

●

● /–

●

28.2
17.23
10.94
27.5/27.7

TFS25PPB
●

25.2
15.92
9.32
25.2

TFS22PPB
●

21.6
14.85
6.75
23.4

Features
Refreshment Center
Electronic Monitor/Diagnostic System
Exclusive Water by Culligan™

LightTouch! dispenser
Automatic icemaker and ice bin
Cabinet shelves
(adjustable)
(slide-out)
(spill-proof)
Quick Space™ shelf(s)
Smart Storage System (w/spill-proof cover)
Snack pan (top)
Vegetable/fruit crispers (middle)
Meat pan (lower)
Spacemaker™ door bins

Modular door bins
Snugger™ Clip(s)
Dairy compartment w/glass butter dish
Beverage rack
Egg bin (clear)
Interior light(s)
Freezer compartment shelves
(Wire Everwhite)
Freezer slide-out baskets (wire Everwhite)
Freezer storage bin(s) (wire Everwhite)
Freezer door shelves
Adjustable rollers

●

Cubes,
Crushed Ice &
Chilled Water

●

3 Glass
3
2 Glass

Cubes,
Crushed Ice &
Chilled Water
–
●/Opt. (IM3)
3 Glass
3
2 Glass

●

Adj. Humid.
Adj. Humid.
Adj. Temp.

4 (2 Adj. w/
gal. storage)
2

●

Adj. Humid.
Adj. Humid.
Adj. Humid.
Adj. Humid.
Adj. Temp.
Adj. Temp.
Extra-Deep
●
4 (3 w/gal.
storage, 1 Adj.)
4 w/gal.
4 (3 w/gal.
storage (3 Adj.) storage, 1 Adj.)
2
2

4 (3 w/gal.
storage, 1 Adj.)
4 (2 Adj. w/
gal. storage)
2

4 (2 Adj. w/
gal. storage)
2

●

3
1 Clear Sliding

3 (2 Adj.)
1 Adj.
1 Sliding
4 (2 Adj.)
4 Adj.
●

●

Cubes,
Crushed Ice &
Chilled Water

Cubes,
Crushed Ice &
Chilled Water
●

3 Glass
3
2 Glass

●

4 (2 Adj. w/
gal. storage)
2

5 (4 Adj. w/
gal. storage)
2

4 (2 Adj. w/
gal. storage)
2

●

3 (2 Adj.)
1 Adj.
1 Sliding

3
1 Clear Sliding

4 (2 Adj.)

2
–
1 Adj.
3
1 Clear Sliding
5
6

●

3 (2 Adj.)
1 Adj.
1 Sliding
4 Extra-Deep
(2 Adj.)

●

3
1 Clear Sliding
5
●

Economical/Quiet
Quiet Package
Automatic Energy Saver (condenser loop)
Cabinet and door insulation
Cabinet liner–Baked enamel-on-steel
Door liner–ABS

●

Foam

●

BS
Black
Rounded Doors

BS
Black

Appearance
Color(s) available*
Premium deluxe door handle(s)
Exterior design
Textured steel doors and case

WW, AA, BB
WW, AA, BB
WW, AA, BB
WW, AA, BB
WW, AA, BB
WW, AA, BB
WW, AA, BB
WW, AA, BB
Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched
Rounded Doors Rounded Doors Rounded Doors
●

●

69-3/4
68 -3/4
28**
32-1/4**
34-1/2**
49-1/4**
35-3/4
40-5/8
40
1/8†
1
1/2
395

69-3/4
68 -3/4
28
30-1/2
32 -5/8
49-3/8
35-3/4

69-3/4
68 -3/4
28
30 -1/4
32 -1/2
49-3/4
35 -3/4

67-5/8
66 -5/8
28
30 -1/4
32 -1/2
49-3/8
33 -1/2

69-3/4
68 -3/4
28
31 -5/8
33 -7/8
50 -1/4
35 -3/4

69-3/4
68 -3/4
28
30 -1/4
32 -1/2
49-3/4
35 -3/4

67-5/8
66 -5/8
28
30 -1/4
32 -1/2
49-3/8
33 -1/2

38
1/8†
1
1/2
395

36-1/8
3/4†
1
1
335

34-1/4
3/4†
1
1
310

38-1/4
3/4†
1
1
386

36-1/8
3/4†
1
1
335

34-1/4
3/4†
1
1
310

TK28FBAL
TKP28FB
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

TK25RBAL
TKP25RB
TFP25RB

N/A
N/A
TFP22RB

TK27RBAL
TKP27EB
N/A

TK25RBAL
N/A
TKP25RB/N/A
TFP25RB/N/A

N/A
N/A
TFP22RB

N/A

TKP27RBSS

N/A

Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A
Height to top of case (in.) B
Case depth without door (in.) C
Case depth less door handle (in.) D
Case depth with door handle (in.) E
Depth with door open 90° (in.) F
Width (in.) G
Width with door open 90° less
door handle (in.) H
Air clearances
Each side (in.)
Top (in.)
Back (in.)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

69-3/4
68 -3/4
28
30-1/2
32 -5/8
49-3/8
35-3/4

69-3/4
68 -3/4
28
30 -1/4
32 -1/2
49-3/4
35 -3/4

67-5/8
66 -5/8
28
30 -1/4
32 -1/2
49-3/8
33 -1/2

38
1/8†
1
1/2
421

36-1/8
3/4†
1
1
361

34-1/4
3/4†
1
1
332

N/A
N/A
N/A

Accessories
Aluminum trim kit
LEXAN® black panels
Black acrylic panels and trim kit

TK30FBAL
TK30RBAL
N/A
N/A
TKP30FBSS
TKP30RBSS

Stainless steel panels
N/A
N/A
N/A
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black,
BS = Black case with stainless steel doors.
**Add 9/16" for water hook-up. Hook-up fits in 5/8" back air clearance when calculating installation depth.
†If installed against a wall, allow clearance of 11-1/4" on freezer side to remove ice bin.
To remove fresh food pans, remove door bins.
Clearances required to remove fresh food full-size pan without disassembling:
10-1/2" on 22 cu. ft.; 13-5/8" on 25 cu. ft.; 14" on 27 cu. ft.; 13" on 30 cu. ft.
For Built-In Appearance allow height space of 69-3/4" on 25, 27 and 28 cu. ft.
Plus, allow additional space for any necessary leveling adjustments.

Side-By-Side Refrigerator

ALL MODELS AVAILABLE IN U.S. AND CANADA.
Note: If the doors cannot be fully opened because of an obstruction or a wall on either side, a door stop
should be installed to prevent door or wall damage. If the doors cannot be opened at least 90 degrees,
access to the drawers is limited.

148

See page 138 for warranty information.

Total volume and shelf
area are calculated by
the Association of
Home Appliance
Manufacturers’
standards.

H
G

E
F

Front
View

Top View

GE “C” Series

GE “Z” Series

GE “J” Series

GE “S” Series

TFX25CRB

TFX22CRB

TFX27ZPB

TFX25ZPB

TFX22ZPB

TFX22JAB

TFX20JAB
TFX20JRB

25.2
15.92
9.32
25.8

21.7
14.92
6.75
24.1

26.6
16.88
9.72
28.3

25.2
15.92
9.32
25.8

21.7
14.92
6.75
24.1

21.8
14.92
6.89
22.8

19.7
12.90
6.79/6.75
20.4/20.1

●

TFX20SAB
19.7
12.90
6.79
20.4

Refrigeration

SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATORS

Total (cu. ft.)
Fresh food (cu. ft.)
Freezer (cu. ft.)
Shelf area (sq. ft.)

Water Systems

Capacity

Features
Exclusive Water by Culligan™

LightTouch! dispenser

Cubes,
Crushed Ice
& Chilled Water

●

Automatic icemaker and ice bin

–
Cubes,
Crushed Ice
& Chilled Water
Opt. (IM3)

Ice ’N Easy trays

Opt. (IM3)

●

Opt. (IM3)

2
–

–

●

3 Glass
3

3 Wire
Everwhite
3

●

Cabinet shelves
(adjustable)
(spill-proof)
Sealed snack pan
Vegetable/fruit crispers (upper)
Meat pan (lower)
Modular door bins
Snugger™ Clip(s)
Dairy compartment w/butter dish
Utility bin (clear)
Interior light(s)
Freezer cabinet shelves (wire Everwhite)
Freezer storage bin(s)

3 Glass
3

●

1 Adj. Humid.
1 Adj. Temp.
4 (2 Adj. w/
gal. storage)
2

1 Adj. Humid.
1 Adj. Temp.
4 (3 Adj. w/
gal. storage)
2

1 Adj. Humid.
1 Adj. Temp.
4 (2 Adj. w/
gal. storage)
2

1 Sealed
1 Adj. Temp.
4 (2 w/
gal. storage)
2

●

3 Adj.
1 Clear Sliding

4 Adj.
1 Clear Sliding

4 Adj.
1 White Sliding

Freezer door shelves
Adjustable rollers

1 Sealed
4 (2 w/
gal. storage)
●

1
4 Adj.
3 Adj.
1 Clear Sliding
6
5

●

Economical/Quiet
Quiet Package
Automatic Energy Saver
(condenser loop)
Cabinet and door insulation
Cabinet liner–Baked enamel-on-steel
Door liner–ABS

●

Foam

●

Color(s) available*

WW, AA, BB

WW, AA

Deluxe door handle(s)
Textured steel doors and case

CM/Premium

WW, AA
WW, AA, WH
CM
CM, CM, Black

●

69-3/4
68-3/4
28
30-1/2
32-1/2
49-3/4
35-3/4

67-5/8
66-5/8
28
30-1/4
32-1/2
49-3/8
33-1/2

69-3/4
68-3/4
28
31-5/8
33-7/8
50-1/4
35-3/4

69-3/4
68-3/4
28
30-1/4
32-1/2
49-3/4
35-3/4

67-5/8
66-5/8
28
30-1/4
32-1/2
49-3/8
33-1/2

67-5/8
66-5/8
28
30-1/4
32-1/2
47-3/8
31-1/2

36-1/8
3/4†
1
1
335

34-1/4
3/4†
1
1
310

38-1/4
3/4†
1
1
355

36-1/8
3/4†
1
1
335

34-3/8
3/4†
1
1
310

32-1/4
3/4†
1
1
327

32-1/4
3/4†
1
1
296

TK25RBAL
TKP25RB

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
TFP20RB
N/A

Cooking Products

Ice storage bin

Laundry

●

Appearance

Microwave Ovens

WW, AA
CM

Height to top of hinge (in.) A
Height to top of case (in.) B
Case depth without door (in.) C
Case depth less door handle (in.) D
Case depth with door handle (in.) E
Depth with door open 90° (in.) F
Width (in.) G
Width with door open 90°
less door handle (in.) H
Air clearances Each side (in.)
Top (in.)
Back (in.)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

Dishwashers

Weights & Dimensions

Accessories

Black acrylic panels and trim kit
N/A
TFP22RB
N/A
Stainless steel panels
N/A
N/A
N/A
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond,
WH = White with black handles and dispenser.
CM = Color-Matched indicates color of handle(s) matches exterior.
†If installed against a wall, allow clearance of 11-1/4" on freezer side to remove ice bin.
To remove fresh food pans, remove door bins.
Clearances required to remove fresh food full-size pan without disassembling is 10-1/2" on 20/22 cu. ft.;
13-5/8" on 25 cu. ft., and 14" on 27 cu. ft. For Built-In appearance, allow height space of 69-3/4" on 25 and 27 cu. ft.
Plus, allow additional space for any necessary leveling adjustments.
ALL MODELS AVAILABLE IN U.S. AND CANADA.

N/A
N/A

Side-By-Side Refrigerator
H
G

Room Air

Aluminum trim kit
Black panels

E
F

Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories

Front
View

Top View
See page 138 for warranty information.

149

BOTTOM-FREEZER REFRIGERATOR
GE Profile™
TCX22PAC

TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS

GE
TCX18PAC

GE Profile™

TCX18IAC

Capacity

TBX25PRB TBX25PAB

TBX22PRB TBX22PAB

TBX22PIB

TBX19PAB

21.6
14.96
6.65
27.5

19.0
13.61
5.40
24.8

Capacity

Total (cu. ft.)
Fresh food (cu. ft.)
Freezer (cu. ft.)
Shelf area (sq. ft.)

21.7
15.20
6.51
30.11

17.6
12.90
4.7
23.0

Opt. (UK-3S)
4

Opt. (IM3)
2

●

4 Glass
4 Split
4

4 Glass
4 Split
–

●

Features

Total (cu. ft.)
Fresh food (cu. ft.)
Freezer (cu. ft.)
Shelf area (sq. ft.)

24.7
17.12
7.50
27.0

24.7
17.12
7.60
31.5

21.5
14.96
6.55
23.9

21.6
14.96
6.65
28.3

Features

Automatic icemaker
Ice ’N Easy trays
Ice tray shelf
Ice storage bin
Cabinet shelves
(adjustable)
(spill-proof)
Snack pan
Vegetable/fruit crisper(s)
Utility egg bin
Modular door bins

2 Adj. Humid. 2 Adj. Humid.
●

2 Adj. Humid.

●

4 Adj.
4 Adj.
4 Adj.
1 Fixed w/
1 Fixed w/
1 Fixed w/
gallon storage gallon storage gallon storage

Door shelf (full-width)
Wire slide-out can dispenser
Dairy compartments
Interior light
Wire Everwhite
freezer storage basket
Freezer compartment shelf
Freezer door shelves
Freezer interior light
Upfront freezer control

●

2 Adj. w/
butter dish

1 Clear w/
butter dish

1 Clear
●

●

1 Full-Width
Sliding
1 Full-Width
2 Full-Width
2 Half-Width

1 Full-Width
1 Half-Width
–
2 Full-Width,
1 w/gal. stor.

●

–

1 Full-Width
1 F/W
2 Full-Width
–
–

Economical/Quiet
Cabinet/door insulation
Cabinet liner
Door liner

Foam
ABS
HIPS

Foam
Steel
ABS

Appearance
Color(s) available*
Door handle(s)
Textured steel doors and case
Door stops
Reversible doors
Adjustable front rollers
Coil-free back

WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB
WW
Color-Matched Color-Matched CM Full-Length
●

●

Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A
68-3/8
66-1/4
Height to top of case (in.) B
67 -5/8
65-3/4
Case depth without door (in.) C
28 -3/4
26-1/4
Case depth less
door handle (in.) D
32 -3/4
28
Case depth with
door handle (in.) E
35-1/8
29-1/8
Depth with door
open 90° (in.) F
64 -1/2
57-1/4
Width (in.) G
32 -5/8
31
Side clearance for 90° door open
2-1/8
1-3/4
Air clearances Each side (in.)
0
1/2
Top (in.)
1
1
Back (in.)
1
0**
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
329
247
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond,
BB = Black on black.
**Metal cover on back, when touching wall, gives 1-1/4" clearance.

Bottom-Freezer Refrigerator
G

66-1/4
65-3/4
26-1/4
28
29-1/8
57-1/4
31
1-3/4
1/2
1
0**
247

LightTouch! dispenser
Automatic icemaker and ice bin
Ice ’N Easy trays
Ice storage bin
High ice shelf
Cabinet shelves
(adjustable)
(slide-out)
(spill-proof)
Quick Store™ bin
Quick Serve™ storage dishes
Wire slide-out can dispenser
Vegetable/fruit crisper(s)
Meat pan
Modular gallon door bins
Slide-out, slide-over pans
Snugger™ Clip(s)
Dairy compartment
Butter dish
Condiment caddy (removable)
Freezer interior light(s)
Freezer compartment shelf(s)
(wire Everwhite)
Freezer door shelves
Freezer adjustable trivet
Cross-brace retainer
Adjustable rollers

Cubes,
Crushed Ice
& Water
FactoryInstalled
Dispenser

Opt. (IM3)
4
Pan w/handle

●

Cubes,
Crushed Ice
& Water
FactoryInstalled
Dispenser

FactoryInstalled

Opt. (IM3)
4
Pan w/handle

Ice Bucket

4 Glass
4 Split
3
4

●

4 Glass
4 Split
3
4

Opt. (IM3)
4
Pan w/handle

●

On Door

4 Glass
4 Split
3
4

●

2 Adj.
Humidity
Adj. Temp.
4 (3 Adj. w/
gal. storage)

2 Adj.
Humidity
Adj. Temp.
5 (4 Adj. w/
gal. storage)

●

1 Adj.
2 (1 Adj.)
Bins

1 F/W
(2-Pos.)
3 (1 Adj.)
Bins

1 Adj.
2 (1 Adj.)
Bins

1 F/W
(2-Pos.)
3 (1 Adj.)
Bins

●

Foam
ABS

WW, AA, BB
CM/Premium

●

Economical/Quiet
Quiet Package
Energy Saver Switch
Cabinet/door insulation
Cabinet/door liner

Appearance
Color(s) available*
Deluxe door handle(s)
Customer installed handles
Textured steel doors & case
Reversible doors**
Choose right or left door opening

●
●

●

Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A
Height to top of case (in.) B
Case depth without door (in.) C
Case depth less door handle (in.) D
Case depth with door handle (in.) E
Depth with door open 90° (in.) F
Width (in.) G
Width with door open 90°
less door handle(in.) H
Air clearances Each side (in.)
Top (in.)
Back (in.)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

68
67
27-1/2
31
32 -3/4
62 -7/8
34 -1/2

67-3/4
67
27-1/2
31
32 -3/4
62 -7/8
34 -1/2

67-1/4
66
27-1/2
31
32 -3/4
59 -7/8
31-1/4

67
66
27-1/2
31
32 -3/4
59-7/8
31-1/4

64-3/4
64
27-1/2
31
32 -3/4
58
29 -3/8

35-5/8
3/4
1
1
320

35-5/8
3/4
1
1
298

32-5/8
3/4
1
1
293

32-5/8
3/4
1
1
270

30 -3/4
3/4
1
1
250

Accessories
C

A B

Front View

Top View

TMK25LL†
Aluminum trim kit
N/A
TMK25K††
N/A
N/A
N/A
Black LEXAN® panel kit
N/A
TMP25K
N/A
N/A
N/A
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, CM = Color-Matched.
**Order as right-hand door opening with option to change to left-hand door opening.
†For use on left-hand door opening.
††For use on right-hand door opening.
Note: Clearance dimensions for any 19 cu. ft., 22 cu. ft., and 25 cu. ft. refrigerators
with extra-deep doors, need an additional 3-5/8" for 90° door opening.
MODEL TBX19PAB IS AVAILABLE IN U.S. AND CANADA.

See page 138 for warranty information.

150

Note: All Top-Freezer No-Frost Right-Hand Refrigerator Doors: As you face the front
of the refrigerator, the handle is on your left and the hinges are on your right.
All Top-Freezer No-Frost Left-Hand Refrigerator Doors: As you face the front
of the refrigerator, the handle is on your right and the hinges are on your left.

N/A
N/A

GE “J” Series

GE “I” Series

TBX21CIB

TBX18CIB

TBX24JAB

TBX21JAB

TBX18JAB

TBX16JAB

TBX21IAB

TBX18IAB

TBX18IIB

20.6
14.25
6.30
25.2

18.2
13.04
5.13
23.5

23.6
16.35
7.20
29.2

20.6
14.25
6.30
26.0

18.2
13.04
5.13
24.4

15.6
11.69
3.86
19.6

20.6
14.25
6.30
26.0

18.2
13.04
5.13
23.1

Factory-Installed

Factory-Installed
Utility-White

Opt. (IM3)
2
Utility-Opaque

Factory-Installed

Ice Bucket

Opt. (IM3)
2
Utility-Opaque
●

●

4 Glass
4 Split
4

3 Glass
2 Split, 1 F/W

Capacity
Total (cu. ft.)
Fresh food (cu. ft.)
Freezer (cu. ft.)
Shelf area (sq. ft.)

Features

Vegetable/fruit crisper(s)
Door shelves
Slide-out, slide-over pans
Snugger™ Clip(s)
Dairy compartment
Butter dish
Utility (egg) bin
Freezer interior light(s)
Freezer compartment shelf(s)
(wire Everwhite)
Freezer door shelves
Cross-brace retainer
Adjustable rollers

4 Glass
4 Split
4

Ice Bucket

●

2 Adj.
Humidity
3 (2 w/gallon
storage)

2 Adj.
Humidity
2 w/gallon
storage

2 Adj.
Humidity
3 (2 w/gallon
storage)

2 Adj.
Humidity
2 w/gallon
storage

2 Clear
2 w/gallon
storage

2 Clear
3 (2 w/gallon
storage)

2 Clear
2 w/gallon
storage

●

1 F/W
2

1 F/W
(2-Pos.)
2

1 F/W
(2-Pos.)*
2

1 F/W
(2-Pos.)
2

1
2

1 F/W
2

●

4 Fixed,
2 Level legs

●

Laundry

Automatic icemaker and ice bin
Ice ’N Easy trays
Ice storage bin
High ice shelf
Cabinet shelves
(adjustable)
(spill-proof)
Snack pan

●

Refrigeration

GE “C” Series

Water Systems

TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS

Quiet Package
Energy Saver Switch
Cabinet/door insulation
Cabinet/door liner

●

Foam
ABS

WW, AA, BB
CM/Premium

WW, AA
CM/Premium

WW, AA
CM

WW, AA, BB
CM

WW, AA
CM

●

Cooking Products

Economical/Quiet

Appearance
Color(s) available**
Deluxe door handle(s)
Customer installed handles
Textured steel doors & case
Reversible doors***
Right or left door opening available
Height to top of hinge (in.) A
Height to top of case (in.) B
Case depth without door (in.) C
Case depth less door handle (in.) D
Case depth with door handle (in.) E
Depth with door open 90° (in.) F
Width (in.) G
Width with door open 90°
less door handle(in.) H
Air clearances Each side (in.)
Top (in.)
Back (in.)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

67
66-1/4
27-3/4
29-13/16
31-1/2
59-7/8
31-1/4

64-3/4
64
27-3/4
29-13/16
31-1/2
58
29-3/8

67-3/4
67
27-1/2
29-13/16
31-1/2
62-7/8
34-1/2

67
66-1/4
27-1/2
29-13/16
31-1/2
59-7/8
31-1/4

64-3/4
64
27-1/2
29-13/16
31-1/2
58
29-3/8

64-1/2
64
26
28
29-9/16
54-1/2
28

67
66-1/4
27-1/2
29-13/16
31-1/2
59-7/8
31-1/4

64-3/4
64
27-1/2
29-13/16
31-1/2
58
29-3/8

31-1/4
3/4
1
1
240

29-3/8
3/4
1
1
230

34-1/2
3/4
1
1
266

31-1/4
3/4
1
1
240

29-3/8
3/4
1
1
230

29-3/4
3/4
1
1
192

31-1/4
3/4
1
1
240

29-3/8
3/4
1
1
230

TBP18XB
TBP18XB

N/A
N/A

N/A
TBP21XB

N/A
TBP18XB

Microwave Ovens

Weights & Dimensions

Top-Freezer No-Frost Refrigerator
H
G

A B

E
F

Front View

Top View

Room Air

Black LEXAN® panel kit
N/A
N/A
N/A
TBP21XB
Black acrylic panel kit
N/A
N/A
N/A
TBP21XB
*Shelf needs to stay in lower position to support ice bucket and icemaker.
**Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, CM = Color-Matched.
***Order as right-hand door opening with option to change to left-hand door opening.
Note: Clearance dimensions for any 19 cu. ft., 22 cu. ft., and 25 cu. ft. refrigerators
with extra-deep doors, need an additional 3-5/8" for 90° door opening.

Dishwashers

Accessories

See page 138 for warranty information.

151

TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS
GE “D” Series

GE “S” Series

TBX16DAB

TBX14DAB

TBX18SAB
TBX18SIB

TBX16SAB
TBX16SIB

Total (cu. ft.)
Fresh food (cu. ft.)
Freezer (cu. ft.)

15.6
11.69
3.86

14.4
10.58
3.86

18.2
13.04
5.13

Shelf area (sq. ft.)

19.6

23.1

16.4
12.58
3.86
17.5
16.9

Opt. (IM3)

TBX16SYB

TBX16SSB

16.4
12.58
3.86

15.6
12.58
3.86

17.5

Opt. (IM3)

TBX14SAB
TBX14SIB

TBX14SYB

TBX12SAX

TBX10SNB

14.4
10.58
3.86

12.1
9.1
3.0

9.8
7.5
2.33

17.2

13.6

12.1

Opt. (IM3)

Capacity
14.4
10.58
3.86
17.2
16.4

Features
Automatic icemaker and ice bin
Ice ’N Easy trays
Ice storage bin

Opt. (IM3)
Factory-Installed
2
–
Utility-WH
Bucket-WH

Opt. (IM3)
Factory-Installed
2
–
–
●

●

High ice shelf
Cabinet shelves
(adjustable)
Snack pan
Vegetable/fruit crisper(s)

●

–
2 Wire
Everwhite

●

2 Wire
Everwhite

–
2 Wire
Everwhite

2 Wire
Everwhite

2 F/W

●

3 Wire
Everwhite
2 Split,
1 F/W

●

2
2 w/gal.
storage

2
2-tall bottle
storage

Divided

1 F/W

2-1/2

●

Fixed door shelves
Dairy compartment
Utility bin
Freezer compartment
shelf(s) (wire Everwhite)
Freezer door shelves
Cross-brace retainer
Coil-free back
Adjustable rollers

Opt. (IM3)
Factory-Installed
2
–
–

●

1 Step
Shelf
2

1 F/W
(2-Pos.)
2

1 F/W
1

●

4 Fixed,
2 Level legs

●

4 Fixed,
2 Level legs

Level legs

Foam
ABS
ABS

Foam
Plastic
ABS

WW, AA

ColorMatched

WW, AA
ColorMatched
Recessed

WH, AD

ColorMatched

WW, AA
ColorMatched
Recessed

Black

White
Recessed

●

Economical/Quiet
Cabinet/door insulation
Cabinet liner
Door liner

Appearance
Color(s) available*

Deluxe door handle(s)
Customer installed handles
Textured steel doors & case
Rounded doors
Reversible doors**
Right or left door opening available

●
●

Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A
Height to top of case (in.) B
Case depth without door (in.) C
Case depth less door handle (in.) D
Case depth with door handle (in.) E
Depth with door open 90° (in.) F
Width (in.) G
Width with door open 90°
less door handle (in.) H
Air clearances
Each side (in.)
Top (in.)
Back (in.)
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.)

64-1/2
64
26
28
29-9/16
54-1/2
28

61-1/2
61
26
28
29-9/16
54-1/2
28

64-3/4
64
27-1/2
29-13/16
31-1/2
58
29-3/8

67-1/4
66-3/4
26-1/2
29-1/8
30-7/8
54-3/4
28

67-1/4
66-3/4
26-1/2
29-1/8
29-1/8
54-3/4
28

64-1/2
64
26
28
29-9/16
54-1/2
28

61-1/2
61
26
28
29-9/16
54-1/2
28

61-1/2
61
26
28
28
54-1/2
28

60-5/8
60-1/4
27-7/16
29-11/16
31-7/16
51-9/16
23-3/8

59-1/8
58-5/8
25
26-3/8
28
48-3/4
23-5/8

29-3/4

29-3/8

30-1/8

29-3/4

23-9/16

24-1/8

3/4
1
1

3/4
2
3/4

3/4
1
1

187

185

230

3/4
1
1
190
195

188

170

174

168

152

157

N/A

Accessories
Black Acrylic panel kit
N/A
N/A
TBP18XB
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, AD = Almond.
**Order as right-hand door opening with option to change to left-hand door opening.

Top-Freezer No-Frost Refrigerator
H
G

A B

E
F

Front View

Top View

See page 138 for warranty information.

152

Refrigeration

CYCLE AND MANUAL DEFROST REFRIGERATORS
Cycle Defrost Two Door Refrigerator

GE
Cycle Defrost

H
G

Manual Defrost

TDX11SNY

TDX9SNY

TAX10SNX

11.0
8.6
2.4
15.5

9.0
6.6
2.4
15.2

9.6
8.64
.94*
9.88

2 Mini

Capacity
C

A B

Features
Ice ’N Easy trays
Freezer chiller tray with baffle
Cabinet shelves Wire Everwhite
Vegetable/fruit crisper

2
●

Door shelves
Tall bottle storage on door
Dairy compartment(s)
Egg storage bin
Freezer compartment shelf(s)

3 Adj.
1 F/W
2 Modules,
2 Stationary Shelves

2 Adj.
1 F/W
4 Modules,
1 Stationary Shelf

2 Adj.
1 F/W

●

1
Pockets

1 F/W

Foam
Plastic

Manual Defrost Single Door Refrigerator

White
White

White
Black

H
G

●

3 F/W

Front View

Top View

Water Systems

Total (cu. ft.)
Fresh food (cu. ft.)
Freezer (cu. ft.)
Shelf area (sq. ft.)

Cabinet/door insulation
Cabinet/door liner

Appearance
Color(s) available
Door handle(s)
Reversible doors
Right or left door opening

Laundry

Economical/Quiet

●

Weights & Dimensions

A B

Front View

Cooking Products

Height to top of hinge (in.) A
63-1/2
55
58
Height to top of case (in.) B
63
54-1/2
57-9/16
Case depth without door (in.) C
20 -1/2
20 -1/2
21-3/8
Case depth with door less handle (in.) D
23 -1/4
23 -1/4
23 -1/2
Case depth with door handle (in.) E
24 -1/2
24 -3/4
24 -13/16
Depth with door open 90°
less door handle (in.) F
46
46
44 -13/16
Width (in.) G
23 -1/4
23 -1/2
23
Width w/door open 90° less door handle (in.) H
23 -3/4
23 -3/4
23 -1/2
Air clearances Each side (in.)
1/2
1/2
5/8
Top (in.)
2
2
2
Back (in.)
2
2
1
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
139
126
135
*Compartment for short-term storage of frozen food. The frozen food compartment of this refrigerator will make ice, and pre-frozen foods
can be stored for about two weeks. It will not effectively freeze fresh foods or provide long-term storage for meats, poultry, or fish.

Top View

SPACEMAKER™ COMPACT REFRIGERATORS
Spacemaker™ Refrigerator

TAX6SNXWH/WN

TAX4SNYWH

TAX4ANXWN

TAX2SNYWN
TAX2SNBWH

6.0
5.51
.49*
8.8

3.7
3.26
.42*
6.0

3.7
3.42
.34*
6.5

1.7
1.51
.21*
2.9

Ice ’N Easy trays
Manual defrost

2 Mini

1 Mini

2 Mini

●

Cabinet shelves
Vegetable/fruit pan
Door shelves
Utility bin

2 (Adj.)

3 F/W wire
(1 w/retaining rod)

3 F/W

2 F/W wire
1 F/W White
2 F/W

Foam
Polystyrene

Capacity

Features

C
Front View

2 F/W

1-1/2
Tray

Foam
Polystyrene

White, Woodgrain
White Visor
Black Visor

White
Color-Matched
Recessed

Woodgrain
Color-Matched
Recessed

Woodgrain
White
Color-Matched
Recessed

●

●
●

Right Hand

34 -1/2
18 -7/8
20-3/4
39 -1/4
1/2
12
5
71

18 -7/8**
18 -5/8
19-1/2
37
1/2
12
5
40

Top View

Economical/Quiet
Cabinet/door insulation
Cabinet/door liner

Dishwashers

Total (cu. ft.)
Fresh food (cu. ft.)
Freezer (cu. ft.)
Shelf area (sq. ft.)

Microwave Ovens

Appearance
Color(s) available
Door handles
Rounded doors
Reversible door(s)
Right or left door opening

Weights & Dimensions
34 -1/4
23 -5/8
25-7/8
47 -1/2
0†
1 -1/2
3/4
88

34 -1/2
18 -7/8
20-3/4
39 -1/4
1/2
12
5
68

Accessories
Custom trim and black panel
TK6 Optional
*Compartment for short-term storage of frozen food. The frozen food compartment of this refrigerator will make ice, and pre-frozen foods
can be stored for about two weeks. It will not effectively freeze fresh foods or provide long-term storage for meats, poultry, or fish.
**Height does not include hinge.
† If installed against a wall, allow 1 -1/4" on hinge side to allow for proper door opening.

Note: Right-Hand Refrigerator Door: As you face the front of the refrigerator, the
handle is on your left and the hinges are on your right.
Left-Hand Refrigerator Door: As you face the front of the refrigerator, the
handle is on your right and the hinges are on your left.

Room Air

Height (in.) A
Width (in.) B
Depth with handle (in.) C
Depth with door open 90° (in.) D
Air clearances Each side (in.)
Top (in.)
Back (in.)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

Today’s GE refrigerators use about 50% as much
energy as refrigerator models made in 1980.
See page 138 for warranty information.

153

UPRIGHT FREEZERS
GE
Frost-Free
Manual Defrost
FUF20DA FUF17DA FUF14DA FUM21DA FUM21SA FUM17DA FUM17SA FUM14DA FUM14SA FUM12SA FUM9SA

FUM5SA

Capacity
Total volume (cu. ft.)
Shelf area (sq. ft.)

20.3
23.9

16.7
18.4

13.7
14.3

20.6
25.3

20.6
21.9

17.1
19.1

17.1
16.2

14.1
17.9

14.1
15.0

11.6
13.0

8.7
10.1

5.0
6.0

Features
Audible temperature alarm
Temperature control
Limited food loss warranty
Door shelves (total)
Defrost water drain
Power “ON” light
Interior light
Lock
Cabinet shelves (total)
Refrigerated shelves
Bulk storage basket
Drop-front storage

●

Adjustable

●

Adjustable

●

Adjustable

●

5 (3 Adj.)

4 (3 Adj.)

3 (2 Adj.)

Slide-Out

4 (1 Adj.)
3
Slide-Out

●

4
4

4 (1 Adj.)
3
Slide-Out

●

Front View

●

3
3

3 (1 Adj.)
2
Slide-Out

●

3
3

●

4
4

2
2
C

Economical/Quiet
Defrost
Magnetic door gasket

Cabinet liner
Wrap-around condenser

Frost-Free

Manual

●

Baked
Baked
Baked
Baked
Baked
Baked
Baked
Baked
Baked
Baked
Top
View
Top
View
enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-onsteel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
Polystyrene Polystyrene
●

●

White

White
●

●

White
Recessed

White

●

White
Recessed

White

●

White
Recessed

White

●

White
Recessed

●

Appearance
Color available
Door handle
Textured steel case and door
Rounded door

●

●
●

Weights & Dimensions
Height (in.) A
70
64-1/2
59
70
70
64 -1/2
64 -1/2
59
59
Width (in.) B
32
32
28
32
32
32
32
28
28
Depth (in.) C
28 -1/2
26-1/2
28-1/2
28 -1/2
28 -1/2
26-1/2
26-1/2
28 -1/2
28 -1/2
Depth with door
open 90° (in.) D
59-1/8
57 -1/8
55-1/8
59-1/8
59-1/8
57-1/8
57-1/8
55 -1/8
55 -1/8
Air clearances Each side (in.)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Top (in.)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Back (in.)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
231
213
173
231
231
211
211
173
173
NOTE: For proper installation of Upright Freezers (except FUM9SA and FUM5SA), allow clearance of 3" on each side; 3" or 4" on top; and 3" on back.

54 -1/2
28
26-1/2

53-3/8
21-1/2
26-3/8

33-1/2
21-3/8
26-1/8

53-1/8
3
3
3
168

49-1/8
1
4
4
120

45-3/4
1
4
4
80

CHEST FREEZERS
GE
FCM25DA

FCM20DA

FCM15DA

FCM15SA

FCM9DA

FCM9SA

FCM7DA

FCM5SA

24.9

19.7

14.8

8.8

7.2

5.0

●

Adjustable

●

Capacity
Total volume (cu. ft.)

Features
Manual defrost
Audible temperature alarm
Temperature control
Wrap-around condenser
Wrap-around evaporator
Limited food loss warranty
Defrost water drain
Power “ON” light
Interior light
Lock
Lift-out and sliding
bulk storage basket(s)

Front View

●

Economical/Quiet
Insulation (cabinet and lid)–Foam
Cabinet liner

●

Steel
Epoxy-Coated

White

White
●

●

White
Recessed

White

●

White
Recessed

White

●

White
Recessed

●

35
48
29 -1/2
60-3/4
3
3
160

34-1/4
41
23-1/4
55-1/4
3
3
137

34-1/4
35
23-1/4
55-1/4
3
3
120

34-1/4
27
23-1/2
55-1/4
3
3
105

Appearance
Color available
Handle
Textured steel case and lid

Weights & Dimensions
Height (in.) A
35
35
35
Width (in.) B
73 -1/4
61-1/4
48
Depth (in.) C
29 -1/2
29 -1/2
29 -1/2
Height with lid open (in.) D
60 -3/4
59 -1/2
60-3/4
Air clearances Each side (in.)
3
3
3
Back (in.)
3
3
3
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
229
201
160
NOTE: For proper installation of Chest Freezers, allow clearance of 3" on each side and 3" on back.

154

See page 138 for warranty information.

Side View

GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™ AND GE PROFILE™ GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™ AND GE PROFILE™
CUSTOMSTYLE™ REFRIGERATORS
FREE-STANDING SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATORS
Acrylic and Stainless Steel Panels

Lexan® Panels and Aluminum Trim

Black Acrylic
White Acrylic
Almond Acrylic
Stainless Steel
Model No.
Panels
Panels
Panels
Panels
TPX21BRB
TKP21LS
TKPW21LS
TKP21RXSS
TPX24BRB
TKP24RBBB
TKP24RBWW
TKP24RBAA
TKP24RBSS
TPX24BPB
TKP24RBBB
TKP24RBWW
TKP24RBSS
TPX24BIB
TKP24IBBB
TKP24IBWW
TKP24IBSS
Note: For custom panel cut-out dimensions refer to Installation Instructions, Pub. No. 49-6477-1.

Stainless
Custom Panel Insert Cut-Out Dimensions (Inches)
Steel
Aluminum
Model No.
Panels
Trim
A
B
C
D
E
TFX30PBB
TKP30FBSS TK30FBAL 33-21/32 16-29/32 13-5/32 17-31/32
TFX30PPB
TKP30RBSS TK30RBAL 65-1/8 16-29/32 33-21/32 13-5/32 17-31/32
TFX28PBB
TKP28FB
TK28FBAL 33-21/32 16-29/32 13-5/32 17-31/32
TFX27PRB
TKP27EB TKP27RBSS TK27RBAL 63-1/4
16-7/8 31-25/32 12-5/8 18-5/16
TFX25PRB
TKP25RB
TK25RBAL 63-1/4
16-7/8 31-25/32 12-15/32 18-5/32
TFX25PPB
TKP25RB
TK25RBAL 63-1/4
16-7/8 31-25/32 12-15/32 18-5/32
Note: Handles not included with trim kit.
Black
Panels

Collar Trim
Stainless Steel
Model No.
Black Collar Trim White Collar Trim Almond Collar Trim
Collar Trim
TPX21BRB
TRMBISBB
TRMBISWW
TPX24BRB
TRMBISBB
TRMBISWW
TRMBISAA
TPX24BPB
TRMBISBB
TRMBISWW
TPX24BIB
TRMBISBB
TRMBISWW
TPX24BPC
TRMBISSS
TPX24BIC
TRMBISSS
Note: Refer to Installation Instructions, Pub. No. 31-45227-1, for kitchen cabinet dimensions before ordering
cabinets or collar trim.

Acrylic Panels and Trim

Acrylic Panels with Trim
Stainless
Steel
Trim
TRMBISSS
TRMBISSS

GE Profile Performance™ and
GE Profile™ Models: TFX30PBB, TFX28PBB

GE Profile Performance™ and
GE Profile™ Models: TFX30PPB,
TFX27PRB, TFX25PRB, TFX25PPB

GE PROFILE™ TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS
(NON-DISPENSER MODEL)

Cooking Products

Black Acrylic
Model No.
Panels
TFX25PPB
TFP25RB
TFX25PRB
TFP25RB
TFX22PPB
TFP22RB
TFX22PRB
TFP22RB
Note: Handles not included with trim kit.

Lexan® Panels and Aluminum Trim
Custom Panel
Panel
Dimensions (Inches)
Depth
Black
Aluminum
Model No.
Panels
Trim Kit
A
B
C
D
TBX25PAB
TMP25K
TMK25LL* 21-27/32 40 -3/32 33-21/32 1/4
TBX25PAB
TMP25K TMK25K** 21-27/32 40 -3/32 33-21/32 1/4
Note: Black handles included with Aluminum trim kit.
**For use on left-hand door opening.
**For use on right-hand door opening.

Microwave Ovens

GE Profile™ Model:
TBX25PAB
C

QUALITY GE SIDE-BY-SIDE
Acrylic Panels with Trim

REFRIGERATORS

Black Acrylic
Aluminum
Model No.
Panels
Trim
TFX20JRB
TFP20RB
TFX22CRB
TFP22RB
TFX25CRB
TKP25RB
TK25RBAL
TFX22ZPB
TFP22RB
TFX25ZPB
TFP25RB
Note: Handles not included with trim kit.

GE Models:
TFX20JRB, TFX22CRB,
TFX25CRB, TFX22ZPB,
TFX25ZPB

QUALITY GE COMPACT REFRIGERATOR
TK6 Trim
• Panel is black painted aluminum
• Trim is black plastic that covers
entire side of door
• 1/4" wood can also be used with the trim
Custom Trim
Model No.
TAX6SNX

QUALITY GE TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS

Order your own custom door panel
to match cabinetry or other decor.
—Maximum panel thickness 1/4"
—Minimum panel thickness 1/8"
Notch all four corners of panel

Black
Trim No.
TK6

Custom Panel Insert
Cut-Out Dimensions (Inches)
A
B
29
22-3/4

B
3/16"

Lexan Panels with Trim

GE Models:
TBX21JAB/JIB/IAB,
TBX18SAB/SIB/JAB/
JIB/IAB/IIB

GE Model:
TAX6SNX

Room Air

Model No.
TBX21JAB/JIB/IAB
TBX18SAB/SIB/JAB/JIB/IAB/IIB
Note: Black handle inserts included with trim kit.

1/2"

Black
Panels
TBP21XB
TBP18XB

Dishwashers

Black
White
Collar
Collar
Trim
Trim
TRMBISBB TRMBISWW
TRMBISBB TRMBISWW

Laundry

GE PROFILE™ PERFORMANCE CUSTOMSTYLE™
TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS
Black
White
Stainless
Acrylic
Acrylic
Steel
Model No.
Panels
Panels
Panels
TNX22BAC TKP22ACBB TKP22ACWW TKP22ACSS
TNX22BRC TKP22RCBB TKP22RCWW TKP22RCSS

Refrigeration

Decide from a choice of GE optional Panels and Trim to create a distinctive appearance for your new refrigerator. Pre-cut panels in Black, White,
Almond or Stainless Steel provide an exciting way to express your individual taste and preference while complementing your kitchen.

Water Systems

CREATE A CUSTOM LOOK FOR YOUR GE REFRIGERATOR

See page 138 for warranty information.

155

GE SMARTWATER™ REVERSE OSMOSIS FILTRATION SYSTEMS
GE Profile Performance Series™

GE Profile™

PNRV18ZWW
PNRV18ZBB

PNRV18ZWH
PNRV18ZBL

PNRV12ZBL

GXRV10ABL

1.9

2.1

1.3

Electronic Monitor
White on white
Black on black

Electronic Monitor
Chrome with white
Chrome with black

Electronic Monitor

Short-Reach

Chrome with black

18*

4
40 min. - 125 max.
2000
75-92
99.95 effective
10 grains
4-10
40-100° F

●

FX18M
Thin Film Polyamid (TFP)
FX18P-Act. Carbon Block
FX18P-Gran. Act. Carbon
Electronic
Electronic

FX12M
Thin Film Polyamid (TFP)
FX12P-Carbon Composite
FX12P-Carbon Composite
Electronic
Electronic

FX12M
Thin Film Polyamid (TFP)
FX12PA-Carbon Block
FX12PA-Carbon Block

●

All-In-One
Grey
Opaque

Bracket
Grey
Opaque

10 x 21 x 10

23
17 x 16 x 5-3/4 (unit)
11 x 17 x 11 (tank)

20
17 x 16 x 5-3/4 (unit)
9 x 15 x 9 (tank)

4 AA batteries (included)

GE Reverse Osmosis Models PNRV18Z,
PNRV12Z and GXRV10ABL Series are tested
and certified to ANSI/NSF Standard 58 for
TDS and cyst reduction.

Capacity
Storage Tank Capacity (gals.)

Features
SmartWater™ Faucet
Faucet Color
Output Per Day (gals.) – Production Rate
(gpd) as tested by WQA Standard S-300
Process Water Used (per gal.)
Working Pressure (psi)
Max. TDS Removal (ppm)
Percent TDS Removal** (ppm)
Percent Cysts Reduction
Max. Hardness
Feed Water pH limits
Operation and Storage Water Temperature
Auto Shut-Off
Filters & Membrane
RO Membrane
Pre-Filter (Sediment)
Post-Filter (Taste/Odor)
RO Filtration Indicator
Filter Change Indicator
Undercounter Installation (kit included)
Optional Basement Installation
(hardware not included)

NSF Approved
NSF is the most highly recognized independent
testing institution in the water treatment
industry. NSF inspects our manufacturing
facilities, structurally tests our product, tests
our product to make sure nothing harmful is
added to the water and certifies our product
performance as specified on the performance
data sheet (inside the product box).

The GE Reverse Osmosis models PNRV18Z,
PNRV12Z and GXRV10ABL Series have been
quality tested by an independent laboratory,
Spectrum Labs, Inc.

●

Appearance
Style
Unit Color
Filter Housing

Caution: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality,
without adequate disinfection before or after the
system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may
be used on disinfected water that may contain
filterable cysts. This reverse osmosis unit
contains a replaceable membrane cartridge
treatment component critical for effective
removal of Total Dissolved Solids. The water
should be tested periodically to verify that the
system is performing satisfactorily.

Weights & Dimensions
Approximate Shipping Weight (lbs.)
Overall W x H x D (in.)

Power/Ratings
Faucet Monitor Power Requirement

Accessories (available at additional cost)
Supplemental Tank
RVTNK1
RVTNK1
RVTNK1
RVTNK1
Storage Cabinet
RV18CBNT
RV18CBNT
Icemaker Connection Kit
RVKIT
RVKIT
RVKIT
RVKIT
*Output according to ANSI/ NSF Standard 58 as tested by Spectrum Labs, Inc. is 14 gals. per day. Feed water over 10 grains of hardness may affect performance of the
filtration system.
**Feed water = 50 psig, 77°F ,pH = 7.5 ± 5 and 750 ppm TDS as sodium chloride. Product water produced, amount of waste and percent rejection will vary with changes in
pressure, temperature and total dissolved solids. Feed water over 10 grains of hardness may affect performance of the filtration system.

Models PNRV18ZWW/18ZBB/18ZWH/18ZBL
Installation Information (in inches)

Model PNRV12ZBL
Installation Information (in inches)

Air Gap Device
Inside Faucet

3/8"
Drain Tubing

RO Produce
Water Faucet
3/8" Tubing, Marked FAUCET
1/4" Tubing,
Marked
1/4" BARB
Into Air Gap
Device

Disposer

RO Product Water
Faucet Mounted
Through Sink
9

Model GXRV10ABL
Installation Information (in inches)
Tools Needed:
• Screwdriver
• Pliers
• Drill

3/8"
Drain Tubing

Leadwire Connection

Disposer

Drain line
Hot

Drain Line

Hot

Battery Holder

Cold
Sink P-Trap

Tank
Shutoff

Automatic
Shutoff
Assembly

Open

Drain line

Cold
Sink P-Trap

Closed

Tools Needed:
• Screwdriver
• Pliers
• Drill

Electronics Box

Sink p-trap

Tank Shutoff Valve

RO Product Water
Faucet Mounted
Through Sink

Reverse Osmosis System

21
17

Electronic Box

FLOW

Tools Needed:
• Screwdriver
• Pliers
• Drill

16
Depth

Leadwires
11" Dia.

Battery Pack

Depth

5-1/2

9" Dia.

5-1/2

10"
Overall Width
Including Filter System

Installation, Parts and Warranty Information
Note: R.O. System can be installed up to 30 feet from point-of-use/faucet.
Note: Can be installed undercounter (as shown), in basement, or other convenient location.
Before installing, see installation instructions packed with product for complete details.
Replacement Membranes, Pre- and Post-Filters
Call GE SmartWater Services, toll-free 800.952.5039 for convenient ordering.
Water Test Kit
To order a water test kit, call 800.626.2000.
See page 138 for warranty information.

156

Warranty Information
Models PNRV18Z and PNRV12ZBL:
Full One-Year Warranty – (parts and labor at no additional charge) applies to entire unit,
excluding membrane and filters.
Model GXRV10ABL:
Limited One-Year Warranty – parts and labor at no additional charge (does not include
service trip) applies to entire unit, excluding membrane and filters.

Refrigeration

GE SMARTWATER ™ DUAL CARBON FILTRATION SYSTEMS
GE
GNUL30B

GNUT05B

GNUT03B
GXUT03B*

Electronic Monitor
Chrome w/black
40 min.-125 max.
40-100°F
0.6
FXUSB
Polyspun Depth Filter
FXULB
(Lead,Cysts)
Block Act. Carbon
Absolute 1 micron
99.5/1250
95.7/1250
99.98/1250
99.7/1250
Electronic

Electronic Monitor
Chrome w/black
40 min.-125 max.
40-100°F
0.6
FXUSB
Polyspun Depth Filter
FXUTB
(Taste/Odor)
Act. Carbon
20 micron
99.5/6000

●

Refrigerator/Icemaker Water Filters
GXEM01B*

GXIT

GXITQ

GXILQ

Short-Reach
Chrome w/black
40 min.-125 max.
40-100°F
0.6
FXUSB
Polyspun Depth Filter
FXUTB
(Taste/Odor)
Act. Carbon
20 micron
99.5/6000

Electronic Monitor
Chrome w/black
40 min.-125 max.
40-100°F
0.6

N/A
N/A
20 min.-125 max.
40-100°F

Act. Carbon
5 micron nominal
750 gal.

Block Act. Carbon
Absolute 1 micron
1000 gal.
>90/1000
>99.98/1000

Electronic

●

Electronic

●

Sticker
N/A

Filter II (Carbon block)
Filter Cartridge
Particulate Removal
Chlorine Reduction (percent / gals.)
Lead Reduction (percent / gals.)
Cysts Reduction (percent / gals.)
Turbidity Reduction (percent / gals.)
Filter Change Indicator
Undercounter Installation (kit included)
Installation Kit
Fittings
Auto Shut-Off Valve
Optional Basement Installation
(hardware not included)

●

Brass

Quick Connect

●

Laundry

SmartWater™ Faucet
Faucet Color
Feed Water Pressure (psi)
Feed Water Temperature
Filtered Water Flow (gpm)
Filter I (Sediment)
Filter Cartridge

●

Bracket
White
White

White

7
12 x 13 x 4-5/8

6
12 x 13 x 4-5/8

2
14 x 2 x 2

2
15 x 2-1/2 x 2-1/2

2 AA batteries
(included)

N/A

Appearance
Style
Unit Color
Filter Housing

Water Systems

Features

Weights & Dimensions
Approximate Shipping Weight (lbs.)
Overall W x H x D (in.)
Faucet Monitor
Power Requirement

Cooking Products

Power/Ratings

Accessories (available at additional cost)
Icemaker Connection Kit
UCKIT
UCKIT
UCKIT
UCKIT
N/A
N/A
N/A
Caution: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality, without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cysts reduction may be used on disinfected water
that may contain filterable cysts.
*Models GXUT03B and GXEMO1B have retail packaging

Models GNUL30B/GNUT05B/GXEM01B
Installation Information (in inches)

Models GNUT03B/GXUT03B
Installation Information (in inches)

GXUT03B, GNUT03B, GNUT05B and GNUL30B are
tested and certified to ANSI/NSF Standard 42 for
particulate reduction Class I, chlorine reduction
Class I and taste and odor reduction.
GNUL30B is tested and certified to ANSI/NSF
Standard 53 for cysts, turbidity and lead reduction.

Filter
Filter

MOUNTING SCREWS

INSERT

COLD WATER LINE

13
COLD WATER LINE

NUT

TUBING
WASHER

TUBING

WASHER

ADAPTOR

NUT

TUBING

Installation, Parts and Warranty Information

NSF Approved
NSF is the most highly recognized independent
testing institution in the water treatment industry.
NSF inspects our manufacturing facilities, structurally
tests our product, tests our product to make sure nothing
harmful is added to the water and certifies our product
performance as specified on the performance data sheet
(inside the product box).

Dishwashers

Microwave Ovens

FILTERED WATER FAUCET

The GE SmartWater™ Filtration System
(GNUL30B) have been quality tested by an
independent laboratory, Spectrum Labs, Inc.

Note: Can be installed undercounter (as shown), in basement, or other convenient location.
Before installing, see installation instructions packed with product for complete details.
Replacement Filters
Call GE SmartWater Services toll-free 800.952.5039 to order replacement filters.
Water Test Kit
To order a water test kit, call 800.626.2000.

Room Air

Warranty Information
Models GNUL30B, GNUT05B:
Full One-Year Warranty – (parts and labor at no additional charge) applies to entire unit, excludes filters.
Models GXUT03B, GXEM01B, GNUT03B:
Limited One-Year Warranty – parts and labor at no additional charge, (does not include service trip)
applies to entire unit, excludes filters.
See page 138 for warranty information.

157

GE SMARTWATER ™ SOFTENING SYSTEMS
GE Profile
Performance
Series™

™

GE Profile

Installation Kit Included
For installing convenience, a
complete installation kit with bypass
valve, drain tubing and use & care
video is included with product.

PNSF39Z

PNSF31Z

GNSF23Z

GNSF18Z

Super-38,500*

Extra-Large-30,800*

Large-23,100*

Compact-18,000*

5200**
110

5200**
95

5200**
50

5000**
25

8
Std. mesh
52.00
1.00
10 x 35
300

5
Std. mesh
41.60
.80
10 x 35
300

3
Std. mesh
31.20
.60
8 x 40
200

3
Std. mesh
38
.73
10 x 21
140

43-52
Approx. 118
10

40-45
Approx. 118
10

23-30
Approx. 118
8

25-30
Approx. 120
7

Backlit LCD

●

1"-NPT

Cabinet
Grey

Round
Grey

●

108
14 x 45-1/4 x 24

95
14 x 45-1/4 x 24

24V, 60Hz

Capacity
Capacity (grains)

Water Test Kit
To order a water test kit, call
800.626.2000.

Features
Efficiency (grains per lb.-salt)
Max. Hardness Removal (gpg)
Max. Clear Water
Iron Reduction (ppm)
Resin Filter Type
Resin Weight (lbs.)
Resin Quantity (cu. ft.)
Resin Tank Size (in inches)
Salt Capacity (lbs.)
Water Used for
Regeneration (gals.)
Regeneration Time (min.)
Service Flow Rate (at 15 psi drop)
Systems Monitor
Electronic Controls
Permanent Settings Memory
Plumbing Connection

Model GNSF23Z
Installation Information (in inches)
18-1/4
Dia.
3-3/8

Note: Before installing,
see installation instructions
packed with product for
complete details, or call
GE QuickSpecs 800-432-3729.

IN-OUT

●

Appearance
Spacesaver Design
Style
Unit Color
Electronic-Demand Driven

●

48-3/4
41-1/4

Weights & Dimensions
Approximate Shipping Wt. (lbs.)
Overall W x H x D (in.)

88
66
18-1/4 x 48-3/4 x 18-1/4 18-5/8 x 29-1/2 x 18-5/8

Front View

Power/Ratings
Electronic Rating
*PNSF39-Test protocol @ 16.0 lbs. of salt.
PNSF31-Test protocol @ 12.8 lbs. of salt.
GNSF23-Test protocol @ 9.6 lbs. of salt.
GNSF18Z-Test protocol @ 6.3 lbs. of salt.
**PNSF39-Test protocol @ 2.9 lbs. of salt.
PNSF31-Test protocol @ 2.3 lbs. of salt.
GNSF23-Test protocol @ 1.8 lbs. of salt.
GNSF18Z-Test protocol @ 1.6 lbs. of salt.

24V, 60Hz

Salt Capacity – 200 lbs.
Warranty Information
Full One-Year Warranty – (parts and labor at no additional charge)
applies to entire unit.
Limited Three-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to
electronic monitor.
Limited Ten-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to replacement
cabinet (brine tank) and resin tank.

See written warranty, packed with product, for details.
Important: All units must be installed according to local codes.

Models PNSF39Z and PNSF31Z
Installation Information (in inches)
24
IN

3-3/8

Note: Before installing, see
installation instructions packed
with product for complete details,
or call GE QuickSpecs
800-432-3729.

Model GNSF18Z
Installation Information (in inches)
11-1/2
Dia.

OUT

Top View

3-3/8

IN-OUT

Note: Before installing,
see installation instructions
packed with product for
complete details, or call
GE QuickSpecs 800-432-3729.

IN-OUT

45-1/4

38-1/2

38-1/2
35

Side View

Front View

29-1/2
22-1/4

18-5/8

21-1/2

Front View

Salt Capacity – 140 lbs.
Salt Capacity – 300 lbs.
Warranty Information
Full One-Year Warranty – (parts and labor at no additional charge)
applies to entire unit.
Limited Three-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to electronic monitor.
Limited Ten-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to replacement cabinet (brine tank)
and resin tank.

See written warranty, packed with product, for details.
Important: All units must be installed according to local codes.
See page 138 for warranty information.

158

Warranty Information
Full One-Year Warranty – (parts and labor at no additional charge)
applies to entire unit.
Limited Three-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to
electronic monitor.
Limited Ten-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to replacement
cabinet (brine tank) and resin tank.

See written warranty, packed with product, for details.
Important: All units must be installed according to local codes.

Refrigeration

WASHERS
GE Profile
Performance Series™

GE Profile™

WPSF5170W

WPSR4130W

WPSR3120W

WCSR4110T

WWLR3100V

WCSR2070T

WCXR1070T

Super
3.2

Large
2.4

Super
3.2

Extra-Large
2.7

Capacity
Capacity
Cubic Feet

Features
●

●

5 Automatic Fabric
Care Selections
Variable

4
4
Variable

4
3
4

5 Automatic Fabric
Care Selections
Variable

4
3
4

3
2
3

3
1
3

●

Water Systems

●

●
●

●

Washer Dimensions
(in inches)
All models except
WWLR3100W:

●
●

●

25-1/2

●
●
●

●

42
36

●

Cooking Products

●

●
●

Side View

●
●
●
●
●
●

●

●
Rear View

●
●

●

WWLR3100W:

●

25-1/2

●
●
●

51-1/4

●
●

●

Hush

Deluxe

Super

●

WW, AA

160

147

160

42-3/4
36

●

Side View

Quiet
Insulation Package
Quiet-By-Design™

Deluxe

Appearance
Colors available*

Microwave Ovens

●

●
●

Laundry

Dishwashers

QuickClean Controls
Rotary Controls
Wash/rinse temperatures
Wash/spin speed combinations
Water levels
SensorWash™
SpotSoak™
Fabric softener dispenser
Bleach dispenser
Self-cleaning filter
GentlePower ™ Agitator
FlexCare™ Agitator
Deluxe end-of-cycle signal
Number of wash cycles
Cottons Regular
Extra Heavy
Heavy Soil
Power Wash
Medium Soil
Light Soil
Soak Cycle
Auto Soak (30 min.)
Auto Soak (15 min.)
Optional Extra Rinse
Easy Care
Permanent Press
Cottons
Knits
Optional Extra Rinse
Permanent Press
Permanent Press Cycle
Knits Cycle
Optional Extra Rinse
Ultra Care
Delicates
Wool/Linen
Rayon/Silk
Delicates
Delicate Cycle
HandWash ®
HandWash ® Cycle
Auto Soak/Prewash
Auto Soak (30 min.)
Prewash
Quick Wash
Extended Spin
Cottons Regular
Permanent Press/Easy Care
Ultra Care/GentleWash™
Prewash/Quick Wash
ColorLogic™
Color Lid Instructions
Color Stain Guide/Instructions
100% Front Serviceable
ArmorGuard Protection
Steel Drive Transmission
PermaTuf II™ Basket

Weights
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

*Colors available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond.

Rear View

Room Air

Washer Specifications
Circuit Requirements: An individual, properly-grounded branch circuit, with a three-prong grounding-type receptacle, protected by
a 15 or 20 amp circuit breaker or time-delay fuse is required.
Electrical Rating: 115V, 60Hz, 10A
Washer Note: Washer wall outlet must be located within 36" of service cord entry. Wall outlet must not be located behind dryer.
See page 139 for warranty information.

159

DRYERS
GE Profile
Performance
Series™
Electric
Gas

GE Profile™

DPSF505EW
DPSF505GW

DPSR475EW
DPSR475GW

DPSR473EW
DPSR473GW

DCSR473EV
DCSR473GV

DCXR453EV
DCXR453GV

DCLR333ET
DCLR333GT

Super
7.0

Extra-Large
6.0

Large
5.4

●

Capacity
Capacity
Cubic Feet

Features
QuickClean controls
Rotary controls
Sensor Dry
Automatic Dry control
Heat selections
Number of cycles
Automatic Cottons
Cottons Cycle
Optional Extra Care
Permanent Press/Easy Care
Permanent Press Cycle
Optional Extra Care
Automatic Delicates
Delicates Cycle
Optional Extra Care
Timed Dry
Actual minutes on timer
Damp Dry
De-Wrinkle
Timed fluff (no heat)
Quick Dry
ColorLogic™
Deluxe end-of-cycle signal
Variable end-of-cycle signal
Removable up-front lint filter
Reverse-A-Door
Deluxe Dryer Rack
Drying Center
Dryer interior light
DuraDrum™ interior
Porcelain drum interior
100% Front Serviceable

●
●

●

5
10

4
7

4
5

3
3

●

Dryer Specifications

●

●
●
●

●

●
●

●

●
●

●

Hush

Deluxe

●

WW, AA

117
125

112
120

107
115

107
124

●

Quiet
Insulation Package
Quiet-By-Design™
QuietDrum™

●

Appearance
Colors available*

Weights
Approx. shipping Electric
weight (lbs.)
Gas

*Colors available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond.
GE electric dryers are available with long-ducting capability.

Dryer Dimensions (in inches)

D
B

F
H
J

Side View

See page 139 for warranty information.

160

Rear View

Large Capacity
Extra-Large Capacity
Super Capacity
A
27
27
27
B
25-1/2*
25-1/2*
25-1/2*
C
42
42
42
D
25-3/4
25-3/4
28-1/4
E
23 -1/2
23-1/2
23 -1/2
F
11-3/4
11-1/2
11-1/2
G
5 -1/2
3-1/2
3 -1/2
H
2
2
2
J
2 -1/2
2-1/2
2 -1/2
K
36
36
36
L
4-3/4
5-1/4
8-1/2
*24-1/2" from the edge of the side panel to the front. 25-1/2" from front
to edge of end caps.

Exhaust options:
Electric: 4-way via rear, right, left and bottom.
Gas: 3-way via rear, left and bottom. Dryer is
shipped exhausted to the rear. Alternate
exhausting knockouts are supplied.
Circuit Requirements:
Electric: An individual, properly-grounded branch
circuit, protected by a 30 amp circuit breaker
or a time-delay fuse is required.
Electric Dryer Rating:
120/240V, 5600W, 24A
120/208V, 4400W, 22A
Gas: An individual, properly-grounded branch
circuit, with a three-prong grounding-type
receptacle, protected by a 15 or 20 amp circuit
breaker or a time-delay fuse is required.
Gas Dryer Electric Rating:
120V, 60Hz, 6A
Gas (BTU/HR): 22,000. Factory-equipped for
natural gas. Tested for LP gas. LP gas supply
requires an optional conversion kit, WE25M35.
Check installation instructions for correct kit
and have a qualified gas technician install a
conversion kit. See dryer ducting information
for proper installation.
Dryer Note: Dryer wall outlet must be located
within 36" of service cord entry and accessible
when dryer is mounted in position.

For complete information see installation instructions packed with dryer.
Important Note: GE Kit Number WE14X70 needed when converting rear exhaust to bottom
or side. (On large capacity models.)
Ducting Materials
For best performance, this dryer should be vented with 4" diameter all rigid metal exhaust
duct. If “all rigid metal” duct cannot be used, then “flexible all metal” venting can be used,
but it will reduce the maximum recommended duct length.
The following kit or parts are available from your local service organization.
Kit WX8X75—7' aluminum duct and 4' hood, short tail.
(OR individual parts):
WX8X65 7' aluminum flex duct only
WX8X58 4' clamps (2)
WX8X67 4' exhaust hood
See installation instructions for complete information.
Exhaust length calculation:
1. Determine the number of 90° turns needed for your installation. If you exhaust to the side
or bottom of dryer, add one turn.
2. The maximum length of 4' rigid (aluminum or galvanized) duct which can be tolerated is
shown in the table.
The maximum lengths for flexible ducts are less than for rigid duct.
See table in installation instructions. A turn of 45° or less may be ignored.
Two 45° turns within the duct length should be treated as a 90° elbow.
A turn over 45° should be treated as a 90° elbow.
Exhausting the dryer to the outside is strongly recommended to prevent large amounts of
moisture and lint from being blown into the room. Gas dryers or any dryer located in a
closet must be exhausted to the outside.
Caution: For personal safety do not terminate exhaust into a chimney, under any enclosed
house floor (crawl space), or into an attic, since the accumulated lint could create a fire
hazard or moisture could cause damage. Never terminate the exhaust into a common duct or
plenum with a kitchen exhaust, since the combination of lint and grease could create a
fire hazard.
Exhaust ducts should be terminated in a dampered wall cap to prevent back drafts, bird
nesting, etc. The wall cap must also be located at least 12" above the ground or any other
obstruction with the opening pointed down. Other terminations, such as louvered wall boxes,
are acceptable provided they are equivalent to a 4" opening dampered wall cap.

Alcove or Closet Installation
• If your dryer is approved for installation in an alcove or
closet, it will be stated on a label on the dryer back.
• The dryer MUST be exhausted to the outdoors.
See installation instructions.
• Minimum clearances between dryer cabinet and
adjacent walls or other surfaces are:
0" either side
3" front and rear
• Minimum vertical space from floor to overhead
cabinets, ceilings, etc. is 52".
• Closet doors must be louvered or otherwise ventilated
and must contain a minimum of 60 sq. in. of open area
equally distributed. If this closet contains both a washer
and a dryer, doors must contain a minimum of 120 sq.
in. of open area equally distributed.
• The closet should be vented to the outdoors to prevent
gas pocketing in case of a gas leak in the supply line.
• No other fuel-burning appliance shall be installed in the
same closet with the dryer.

Refrigeration

Special Installation Requirements

Water Systems

Dryer Exhausting Information

Laundry

Bathroom or Bedroom Installation
• The dryer MUST be exhausted to the outdoors.
See installation instructions.
• The installation must conform with the local codes, or
in the absence of local codes, with the National Fuel
Gas Code, ANSI Z223.
Minimum Clearances other than Alcove or
Closet Installations
• Minimum clearances to combustible surfaces:
0" both sides
3" rear

Cooking Products

For more information on venting kits and accessories,
please call 1-800-GE-CARES.

Dryer Exhausting Information—Use Metal Duct Only
Best Performance

Domestic
Dryer Models

2-1/2

0
1
2
3
4
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2

Full Size
All Electric Dryers

Full Size
All Gas Dryers
Spacemaker ® Models
DSKS433ET
WSM2780T
Spacemaker ® Model
DSKP233ET

Spacemaker ® Model
WSM2700T
Spacemaker ® Models
WSM2420T
WSM2480T

Cat. No.
WX8X59
(Preferred)
A
4" Opening
90 ft.
60 ft.
45 ft.
35 ft.
25 ft.
45 ft.
35 ft.
25 ft.
15 ft.
46 ft.
38 ft.
31 ft.
24 ft.
43 ft.
33 ft.
23 ft.
56 ft.
46 ft.
34 ft.
32 ft.
43 ft.
33 ft.
23 ft.

Cat. No.
WX8X59
(Preferred)
A
4" Opening
55 ft.
40 ft.
30 ft.
20 ft.
15 ft.
30 ft.
20 ft.
10 ft.
—
30 ft.
25 ft.
20 ft.
16 ft.
30 ft.
24 ft.
16 ft.
30 ft.
22 ft.
16 ft.
10 ft.
30 ft.
24 ft.
16 ft.

B
2-1/2"
Opening
60 ft.
45 ft.
35 ft.
25 ft.
15 ft.
30 ft.
20 ft.
10 ft.
—
37 ft.
30 ft.
22 ft.
15 ft.
36 ft.
26 ft.
16 ft.
42 ft.
36 ft.
28 ft.
18 ft.
36 ft.
26 ft.
16 ft.

B
2-1/2"
Opening

Microwave Ovens

Number
of
90°
Turns

45 ft.
30 ft.
20 ft.
15 ft.
10 ft.
15 ft.
10 ft.
—
—
24 ft.
20 ft.
14 ft.
10 ft.
24 ft.
18 ft.
10 ft.
22 ft.
14 ft.
10 ft.
5 ft.
24 ft.
18 ft.
10 ft.

Dishwashers

Maximum Length of 4"
Dia. Flexible Metal Duct
Exhaust Hood Type

Room Air

Maximum Length of 4"
Dia. Rigid Metal Duct
Exhaust Hood Type

Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
See page 139 for warranty information.

161

FRONT LOADING WASHER
Special Installation Requirements
Alcove or Closet Installation
• If your dryer is approved for installation in an alcove or
closet, it will be stated on a label on the dryer back.
• The dryer MUST be exhausted to the outdoors.
See installation instructions.
• Minimum clearances between dryer cabinet and
adjacent walls or other surfaces are:
0" either side
3" front and rear
• Minimum vertical space from floor to overhead
cabinets, ceilings, etc. is 52".
• Closet doors must be louvered or otherwise ventilated
and must contain a minimum of 60 sq. in. of open area
equally distributed. If this closet contains both a washer
and a dryer, doors must contain a minimum of 120 sq.
in. of open area equally distributed.
• The closet should be vented to the outdoors to prevent
gas pocketing in case of a gas leak in the supply line.
• No other fuel-burning appliance shall be installed in the
same closet with the dryer.
Bathroom or Bedroom Installation
• The dryer MUST be exhausted to the outdoors.
See installation instructions.
• The installation must conform with the local codes, or
in the absence of local codes, with the National Fuel
Gas Code, ANSI Z223.
Minimum Clearances other than Alcove or
Closet Installations
• Minimum clearances to combustible surfaces:
0" both sides
3" rear
For more information on venting kits and accessories,
please call 1-800-GE-CARES.

Washer Dimensions (in inches)

GE
WSXH208V

26-3/4
11-3/4

Capacity
Capacity
Cubic Feet

2-7/8

Extra-Large
2.7

Features
Wash/rinse temperatures
Water levels
Standard Rinse Cycles
Motor Speeds
Combinations*
Detergent dispenser (Liquid/Powder)
Bleach dispenser
Fabric softener dispenser
End-of-cycle signal
Number of wash cycles
Regular
Heavy Soil
Medium Soil
Perm. Press
Medium Soil
Light Soil
Knits/Delicates
Pre-Wash
Extra-Rinse Cycle/Auto Option
Leveling legs
Rear rollers
Stainless steel wash drum

4
Automatic Adjustment
3
Agitation 1, Spin 2
HC, WW, WC, CC

36
Water
Inlets
31-5/8"

Under
Counter
34-5/8"

●

Roller Wheels
REAR VIEW

●
●

Adjustable
8

17
3/4

60
24-3/4

●
●

1-1/2
Power
Cord
33-1/2"

●
●
●
●
●

Adjustable Legs
SIDE VIEW

●
●
●

Washer Specifications

Appearance
Color available

White on white

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)

217
Undercounter, stacked,
Flexible installation
side-by-side
Electrical requirements
120V, 60 Hertz, 12.0 Amps
*HC = Hot-Cold, WW = Warm-Warm, WC = Warm-Cold, CC = Cold-Cold.

Circuit Requirements: An individual, properly-grounded
branch circuit, with a three-prong grounding-type
receptacle, protected by a 15 or 20 amp circuit breaker
or time-delay fuse is required.
See Pub. No. 31-2819 for installation information.

FRONT LOADING MATCHING DRYER
Dryer Dimensions (in inches)

GE
DSXH43EV/GV

Front Loading Installation
Information

Capacity
Capacity
Cubic Feet

Undercounter Installation
• Accessory mounting kits are required for undercounter
installation. To order, call 1-800-848-7722.
Washer—Order Pub. No. 14-A037
Dryer—Order Pub. No. 14-A008
Stacked Installation
• Brackets for stacking dryer over washer are
included with the dryer.

Dryer Specifications
Exhaust options:
Electric: 4-way via rear, right, left and bottom.
Gas: 3-way via rear, right and bottom. Dryer is shipped
exhausted to the rear.
Exhaust Elbow Kit: Order Pub. No. 14-A018.

Dryer Exhausting Information—
Use Metal Duct Only
Best Performance
A
4
B

2-1/2

Front Loading
Dryers

Maximum Length of
4" Dia. Rigid Metal Duct
Exhaust Hood Type

Number
of
90°
Turns

A
4" Opening

0
1
2

48 ft.
40 ft.
32 ft.

B
2-1/2"
Opening
40 ft.
32 ft.
24 ft.

Maximum Length of
4" Dia. Flexible Metal Duct
Number
of
90°
Turns
Front Loading
Dryers

162

0
1
2

Exhaust Hood Type
A
4" Opening
30 ft.
22 ft.
14 ft.

B
2-1/2"
Opening
18 ft.
14 ft.
10 ft.

Extra-Large
6.0

47-1/2
3/4

Features
Tumble Drying
Time Dry Cycles
Auto Dry Cycles
Temperature Options
High
Medium
Low
Air Fluff/No Heat (Cool Down)
Timed Dry Cycles
Regular
Permanent Press
Knits/Delicate
Air Fluff
Auto Dry Cycles
Regular
Permanent Press
Knits/Delicate
Cool Down
Quick Clean Lint Screen
End-of-Cycle Signal
Drum Light
Dura Finish Top and Drum
Spill-Saver Top
Poly Tumbling Vanes
Leveling Legs
Total Front Serviceability
Exhaust Options (Electric/Gas)
Heavy-Duty Suspension System

●

4
3
4
●
●
●
●

4-3/8
Door Open
90°
Optional
Vent Knockout

25-3/4

●

SIDE VIEW

4-3/4

●
●

26-7/8

●
●
●

Electric
Connection

●
●
●

2-9/16
13-9/16

Adjustable
●
●

3-3/4

Under
Counter 36
34-5/8"

●

●
●

3/16"
Gas Pipe Connection

4/3

REAR VIEW

●

Appearance
Color available

White on white

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. Shipping Weight (Elec/Gas)
Flexible installation
Electrical requirements
Gas requirements
LP conversion kit

116
Undercounter, stacked,
side-by-side
120/240V, 3 wire, 5600, 24A
120/208V, 3 wire, 4400W, 22A
120V, 60Hz, 6A
14-A038

See Pub. No. 49-9963-2 for installation information.

See page 139 for warranty information.

Exhaust ducts must not contain screens or other
filtering devices which may become clogged
with lint. The dryer exhaust must not terminate in
an ordinary chimney, under an enclosed house
floor or crawl space, or into an attic, since any
accumulated lint could create a fire hazard and
the moisture could cause damage. Never
terminate the exhaust into a common duct or
plenum with a kitchen hood exhaust since the
combination of grease and lint could create a
fire hazard.
2. SEPARATION OF TURNS IN THE
DUCTWORK
All turns in the exhaust system, external to the
dryer itself, including the distance from the last
turn to the dampered wall cap, should be
separated by at least 4' of straight metal duct.
This will reduce the added resistance which
results from rapid changes in airflow direction
inside the ducting. If two turns must be closer
than 4', deduct 10' from the maximum lengths
shown in chart on page 161.

4' Min.

4. USE OF FLEXIBLE METAL DUCTING
We recommend the use of 4" diameter rigid
metal ducting for permanent and transition
venting. Permanent venting is from the wall,
floor or ceiling to the outside. Transition venting
is from the dryer to the wall, floor or ceiling. If
all rigid ducting cannot be used then flexible all
metal ducting may be used, if the following
precautions are adhered to:
A. Use only 4" diameter all metal ducting.
B. Never use foil or other ducting that can be
easily punctured with a screwdriver or nail.
C. It must not be allowed to collapse, kink or sag
when the dryer is in its final installed position.
Required turns in the exhaust system should
be made with rigid elbows.
D. Use the shortest duct length possible. Don’t
exceed the maximum allowable duct length
specified in the installation instructions.
E. Stretch the duct to its maximum length.
F. To reduce the risk of fire, NEVER USE PLASTIC OR OTHER COMBUSTIBLE DUCTWORK.
NOTE: In special installations where it is impossible
to use all metal rigid or all metal flexible duct for
transition venting, UL Listed clothes dryer transition
duct may be used. The following additional
precautions should be followed if this type of
ducting is used.
A. Never use transition duct beyond the wall,
ceiling or floor inside the dryer.
B. Avoid resting the duct on sharp objects.
Please refer to the installation instructions for
additional exhaust information.
5. SEALING OF JOINTS
All duct joints should avoid leaks. Duct joints
should be made air and moisture tight by wrapping
the overlapped joints with duct tape. The male
ends of each section of duct should point away
from the dryer.
Do not assemble the ductwork with screws or
other fasteners that extend into the duct. They
will serve as a collection point for lint.

1/16" Per
Foot Pitch

7. ACCESSIBILITY FOR CLEANING
Since it may be necessary from time to time to
remove lint from the inside of the ductwork, it is
important that the exhaust system be installed
with a provision for periodic inspection and
cleaning. Some provision should be made for
access to turns and straight runs of duct installed
in an enclosed area, such as above plastered
ceilings. Special consideration should be given to
the amount of maintenance required for roof caps
on vertical installations, since the user cannot be
expected to make frequent inspections or cleanings.
8. IN LINE EXHAUST (BOOSTER) FANS
Use of In Line exhaust (booster) fan for single
unit installation is not recommended:
• Operator may forget to turn it on.
• It may block
• It may fail without Operator noticing it.
Single Family-Type Dwellings
For more detailed information, refer to the
installation instructions for the specific dryer
model selected.
Mobile or Manufactured Home Installation
Gas Dryer installation must conform with local
Gas Codes and with CGA B149.1 or B149.2
(Installation code for Gas Burning Appliances
and Equipments).
All Dryer Installations must conform to
Manufactured Home Construction and Safety
Standard, Title 24 CFR, Part 32-80. The dryer
MUST be exhausted to the outdoors with the
termination securely fastened to the mobile home
structure. The exhaust MUST NOT be directed
underneath the mobile home.
163

Refrigeration
Water Systems

6. WATER CONDENSATION
Condensation in a dryer exhaust system is
caused by the moisture in the exhausted air
contacting the cold inner surfaces of the ductwork.
Condensation, which forms at the beginning of
the drying cycle, will dissipate quickly after the
ductwork becomes heated. If the ductwork
passes through an area which keeps it cool
throughout the drying cycle, considerable
condensation within the duct can be expected.
This can result in rapid accumulation of lint in
the ductwork.
Ductwork which runs through an unheated area
or is situated adjacent to an air conditioning duct
should be insulated to avoid such condensation
problems. Joints should be tight to avoid leaks
and, where feasible, the duct should be dropped
1/16" per foot toward the termination.

Laundry

3. TREATMENT OF TURNS OTHER
THAN 90°
One turn of 45° or less may be ignored. Two
such turns should be treated as one 90°. Each
turn over 45° should be treated as one 90°. Refer
to specific dryer installation for maximum duct
lengths and for allowable number of 90° bend. In
determining the number of turns for an exhaust
system, one 90° turn must be added for the bend
made inside the cabinet whenever the dryer is
exhausted through the right, left or bottom.
NOTE: Some dryers are limited to only rear
exhausting. Consult the installation instruction for
the type of dryer being used.

Cooking Products

1. WALL CAPS AND OTHER
TERMINATIONS
All exhaust systems must be terminated in a
manner that will prevent backdrafts from outside
as well as prevent birds or other wildlife from
building nests or taking refuge in the ductwork.
The wall cap should present minimal resistance
to the flow of exhaust air and should require little
maintenance to prevent clogging. The preferred
termination is either a dampered wall cap with
a 4" wide opening or a movable louvered wall
cap. A 2-1/2" wall cap restricts airflow and
increases drying time. It must be installed with
the opening down, and installed at a minimum of
12" above ground level or any other obstruction.
Special consideration should be given in areas
where heavy snow drifts are likely to occur to
ensure the wall cap does not become obstructed.
Other types of terminations, such as roof vents
or louvered plenum chambers, are acceptable
providing they are equivalent to the 4"
dampered wall cap. They must contain at least
14 square inches of ventilation area and afford
adequate protection against backdrafts.

Microwave Ovens

the exhaust duct and in the interior cabinet of the dryer. Refer to your specific dryer installation instructions for recommended duct length.

Dishwashers

Minimizing the length of ductwork and the number of turns in an exhaust system minimizes the potential for lint to settle and accumulate in

Room Air

GENERAL INFORMATION FOR DRYER EXHAUSTING

MULTI-UNIT DRYER INSTALLATION
MULTI-UNIT SYSTEMS
Accurate installation of a good dryer exhaust
system in multi-family construction is especially
important. The restrictions applied by this type of
construction should cause the planner to be more
concerned than in single-family construction.
When the length of the exhaust duct or the number
of turns in the system exceed the maximum limitations recommended by the dryer manufacturer,
the planner must seek an alternate solution. One
option is to install a common ducting system that
is capable of handling the discharge of several
dryers at various points along the system.
The scope of the subject is far too broad to be
extensively described within this publication.
Sufficient information is presented, however, to
make the planner aware of the importance of
special attention to the subject. Two types of
common ducts are generally used: (1) the common
dryer exhaust stack with an auxiliary roof fan and
(2) the chimney exhaust.
Stack and chimney designs and exhaust fans
must meet all local code requirements. It is
suggested that professional engineering counsel
should be sought in these matters. Dryers should
be installed as close to the common duct as possible.
Dryers discharges must be offset to prevent one
unit from exhausting directly into another.
See Illustration No. 1.

COMMON FAN ASSISTED DRYER
EXHAUST STACK
(Auxiliary Roof Fan Systems)
The stack outlet (See Illustration No. 2) must be
fitted to a continuous duty exhaust fan rated to
handle the stack air volume for the total number
of dryers on the system. Periodic cleaning of the
exhaust fan is necessary to maintain efficient
operation.
The bottom of the stack should contain a barometric
damper to prevent drawing air through the dryers
not in use, and a lint cleanout access door. The
damper should be adjusted to just open with all
dryers on and the continuous duty exhaust fan
operating.
The weighted damper in the individual dryer
ducts should be adjusted so that it will just close
with all dryers off and the continuous duty
exhaust fan operating. The fan should be running
at all times. The duct system from each individual
dryer must meet the turn and length requirements
as noted on page 161.
The required stack diameter for air volumes of
200 CFM to 3,000 CFM can be determined from
Illustration No. 4 and calculations on the
following page.

CHIMNEY EXHAUST SYSTEM
The chimney must be fire resistant and large
enough to accommodate the volume of air
exhausting from the dryers. Consideration must
be made for lint buildup, excessive chimney
pressures, backdrafts and other technical factors
which will influence the performance and the
safety of the system. A lint clean-out access door
should be included at the bottom of the chimney.
Each dryer duct must have a 4" diameter
backdraft damper, adjusted so that it will just
close with the dryer inoperative. This will prevent
the exhaust and lint of one dryer from going into
another dryer and its room. The duct system for
each individual dryer must meet the turn and
length requirements as noted on page 161.
Use the specs for a 2-1/2" exhaust hood for
proper dryer performance. Include the 90°
elbow and all ducting in the chimney in your
calculations. The 22" (minimum) of vertical
ducting in the chimney reduces back pressure
and is required for proper dryer performance.
See Illustration No. 3.

Continuous
duty exhaust
blower

Each individual
dryer must
have a
backdraft
damper

Each individual
dryer with
weighted
damper

Backdraft
Damper

Offset Ducts
Plan View

Illustration 1
22"
Minimum

Clean out
port

164

Illustration 2

Barometric
Damper

Clean out
port

Illustration 3

Refrigeration

3000

2800

Water Systems

2600

2400

2200

2000

Laundry

1800

1600

1400

Cooking Products

1200

1000

800

600

Microwave Ovens

400

200

0
0

STACK DIAMETER

INCHES

Dishwashers

Illustration 4
HOW TO USE ILLUSTRATION NO. 4
Airflow value: 150 CFM.
Assume installation contains eight (8) dryers operating at the same time. Stack air
volume (Q) = 150 x 8 = 1200 CFM (Q) is air volume that stack must be capable of
handling in the event all dryers are running at one time. Therefore, the stack
diameter must be:
D=

√π √π
576Q =
V

576 x 1200 =
x 1500

√

147 ≈ 12 inches

Room Air

or read directly from Illustration No. 4 by placing 1200 on the vertical scale and
reading 12 on the horizontal scale. The stack diameter should be 12 inches to
handle the required volume of air and the continuous duty exhaust blower should
be rated to handle this volume while maintaining an air velocity of 1500 Ft./Minute.

165

SPACEMAKER® WASHERS AND DRYERS
GE

Individual
Spacemaker® Washers
Capacity

Stationary
WSKS2060T

Portable
WSKP2060T

Compact

Capacity

Individual
Spacemaker® Dryers
Capacity

Compact

Automatic
4
3

Automatic
2 (timer)
3

Features

Wash/spin speed combinations
Wash/rinse temperatures
Water levels
Number of cycles
Regular
Heavy Soil
Medium Soil
Perm. Press
Medium Soil
Light Soil
Delicates
Spin Only
Automatic cool down
Bleach dispenser
Fabric softener dispenser
Lint filter
Easy-roll rollers

2
3
4
6

Dry control
Heat selections
Number of dry cycles
Auto. Reg.— Perm. Press
Auto. Perm. Press & Delicate
Auto. Reg.
Timed Regular (min.)
Air Fluff (min.)
Separate start switch
Control location
End-of-cycle signal
Lint filter

●
●

●

Weight & Dimensions

●

Exhaust options**
4-Way
Rear
Circuit requirements
240/208V†, 60 Hertz, 30 Amp
120V, 60 Hertz, 15 Amp
Power cord
6 feet
Dimensions (HxWxD in inches)
33-1/4 x 23-7/8 x 24-1/2
32 x 23-7/8 x 23-5/8
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
108
100
*Dryer comes equipped with casters and stationary leveling legs.
**DSKS433ET shipped exhausted through the top. DSKP233ET exhausted to rear only.
†120 volt outlet: Rear-mounted outlet on DSKS433ET approved for use only with Washer/Dryer
Stack Rack DSR24RT.
Circuit Requirements: An individual, properly-grounded branch circuit of the proper voltage and frequency
as specified on the rating plate, with no other appliances or fixtures in circuit, is required.

White and Almond
with Black backsplash

●

140
(Heat Selection)

105
10

●

Mid-Band

Top

Up-Front

Back of Drum

White and Almond
with Black backsplash

●

Appearance
Colors available

Appearance
White and Almond
with Black backsplash

Weights & Dimensions
Circuit requirements
Dimensions (HxWxD in inches)*
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
*Depth measured from front of control knob.

Portable/Stationary*
DSKP233ET

Capacity

Features

Colors available

Stationary
DSKS433ET

120V, 60 Hertz, 15 or 20 Amps
34-1/4 x 22-1/4 x 24
34 x 22-1/4 x 24
109
109

To Install These Washers With Matching Dryers, Use Accessory Kit:
DSR24RT—Metal rack for stationary dryer with washer rolled beneath.
Note: To obtain matching appearance between the washers and dryers, the dryers must
be “T” model year. For example, DSKS433ET.
5-1/2

15-1/2
21

,, ,,
,

Stack Rack DSR24RT
For use with stationary dryers and storage of
washer WSKP2060T/WSKS2060T underneath.

1-1/2

DSKP233ET
Dryer

Rear
Vent

Stack Rack
DSR24RT

WSKP2060T
Portable
Washer

24-1/2

34-1/4

24-1/2

28-1/2
30-3/4

Stationary

22-7/8

Top
Vent

5-1/2

DSKS433ET
Dryer

, ,

DSKS433ET
Dryer

1-5/8

Stack Rack
DSR24RT

24-1/2

166

22-7/8

Top
Vent

See page 139 for warranty information.

WSKS2060T
Stationary
Washer

28-1/2
30-3/4

Portable

Stack Rack DSR24RT with
DSKS433ET and Portable
Washer WSKP2060T
or Stationary Washer WSKS2060T
Dimensions (in inches)

Portable

Stack Rack
DSR24RT

WSKP2060T
Portable
Washer

25-1/2
28-1/2

Stack Rack DSR24RT with
DSKP233ET and Portable
Washer WSKP2060T
or Stationary Washer WSKS2060T
Dimensions (in inches)

Rear
Vent

5-1/2

15-1/2

,
,, ,,

Accessories

34-1/4

24-1/2

WSKS2060T
Stationary
Washer

25-1/2
28-1/2

Stationary

GE
Electric
Gas

Washer

WSM2700T
WSM2780T
Washer Dryer

WSM2420T
WSM2480T
Washer Dryer

X-Large

Compact

Models WSM2700T and WSM2780T
Dimensions (in inches)
25-1/4

2-1/2

Refrigeration

UNITIZED SPACEMAKER® WASHERS AND DRYERS

Capacity
X-Large

Compact

Wash/spin speed
combinations
Wash/rinse temperatures
Water levels
Number of wash cycles
Regular
Perm. Press
Delicates
Unbalanced load control
Lint filter

1
3
3
3

2
3
3
3

●

16-1/4

54-5/16

Vent
(rear
only)

9-3/8

51o
5-1/4

Water inlets
(rear)

75-1/2

Gas supply
pipe (rear)
Gas sup
pipe (re

4-13/16

43
Drain outlet
(rear)

29-7/16

41-1/4

36-1/16

3-3/4

Dryer

Water Systems

Capacity

Features

11-7/16

Features
●

●

30-13/16

Laundry

●

●
●
●

●

Control location

MidBand

Exhaust options

Rear

MidBand
Rear/
Sides

Models WSM2420T and WSM2480T
Dimensions (in inches)
21-5/16

Appearance
White on white**

Weight & Dimensions

27-5/8

Dimensions
75-1/2 x 27
71-3/4 x 23-7/8
(HxWxD in inches)
x 30-13/16*
x 27 -1/4*
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
300
238
*Depth dimension assumes water hook-up is recessed in the wall.
**Electric model is also available in Almond on almond.
Note: The third prong on the WSM2780T plug configuration is a flat spade type
rather than a typical round probe. It requires a matching wall outlet.

Electrical Requirements
WSM2700T: Electric Dryer—This appliance should be connected to
an individual, properly-grounded branch circuit with 120/240V or
120/208V single-phase 60 Hz electrical service and should be
protected by 30-amp time-delay fuses or circuit breakers. This
appliance is manufactured with neutral connected to the frame.
Power cord should be purchased separately.
WSM2420T: Electric Dryer—This appliance should be connected to
an individual, properly-grounded branch circuit with 120/240V or
120/208V single-phase 60 Hz electrical service and should be
protected by 30-amp time-delay fuses or circuit breakers. This
appliance is manufactured with the neutral connected to the frame.
Power cord should be purchased separately.
NOTE: THESE APPLIANCES ARE NOT APPROVED FOR 120-VOLT
OPERATION.
WSM2480T: Gas Dryer—This appliance should be connected to an
individual, properly-grounded branch circuit with a three-prong
grounding-type receptacle and 120-volt single-phase 60 Hz electrical
service and should be protected by 15 or 20-amp time-delay fuses
or circuit breakers. This appliance is equipped with a 6-foot long
flexible U.L. listed 20-amp power cord to match a 15-amp receptacle.
Gas Rated input 10,500 BTU/HR. Factory equipped for natural gas.
Tested for LP gas.
WSM2780T: Gas Dryer—This appliance should be connected to an
individual branch circuit with 120-volt single-phase 60 Hz electrical
service and should be protected by 20-amp time-delay fuses or
circuit breakers. This appliance is equipped with a 4-foot long
flexible U.L. listed 20-amp power cord to match a 20-amp receptacle.
Gas Rated input 20,000 BTU/HR. Factory equipped for natural gas.
LP gas supply requires a conversion kit.
Have a qualified gas technician install a conversion kit before use.
Exhaust Information
See “Dryer Exhausting Information” on page 161.
For complete information see installation instructions packed
with the product.

27-5/8
theewnd

theewnd

35
35

thee
thee
35
35
theewnd

theewnd
theewnd

theewnd theewnd
theewnd theewnd
theewnd

theewndcnnfnkj theewndcnnfnkj
35
35

71-3/4

Distance from
vent to back 4-1/2

35
theewndcnnfnkj
theewnd

theewnd

71-3/4

1-1/2
38

32-1/8

27-1/2
Drain

32-1/2

27-1/4
27-1/4
23-7/8

23-7/8

28-5/8
Water
inletcold
Floor line

1" For leveling legs

Dishwashers

White/Almond

Room Air

Colors available

Cooking Products

●

Microwave Ovens

Automatic dry control
Number of dry cycles
Auto Regular
Auto Perm Press
Delicates
Timed
Air Fluff

See page 139 for warranty information.

167

30" BUILT-IN DOUBLE OVENS
GE Profile
Performance Series™

GE Profile™

Convection Double Ovens

GE Profile™

Double Ovens

Microwave Double Ovens

JT950SA
JT950WA
JT950AA
JT950BA

JTP56WA
JTP56AA
JTP56BA

JTP45WA
JTP45BA

JTP27WA
JTP27BA

JTP95WA
JTP95BA

JTP85WA
JTP85BA

Convection/Self-Clean
Thermal/Self-Clean
Variable

Self-Clean
Self-Clean
Variable

●

Self-Clean
Standard
Variable (upper)
Upper
Upper
Upper

●

Microwave
Convection/Self-Clean
Variable (lower)
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower

Microwave
Self-Clean
Variable (lower)
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower

●

Upper

●

Features
Upper
Oven interior
Lower
Cleaning time
Automatic self-clean oven door lock
Self-clean oven w/Delay Clean option
TrueTemp™ System
Variable broil/Six-pass broil element
SmartSet Controls
Proofing
Convection conversion
Convection Bake
Convection Roast
CleanDesign oven interior
Automatic meat thermometer
Temperature display
Start pad
Delay Bake option with Cook & Hold
C° or F° programmable
Audible preheat signal
Auto oven shut-off w/override
Electronic clock and kitchen timer
Control lock capability
Oven light pad
Microwave Oven Features:
Microwave cooking timer
Microwave power levels
Sensor functions
Electronic MWO touch controls
Microwave oven cavity (cu. ft.)
MWO power output watts
Turntable
Embossed rack positions
Roasting rack
Upper
Oven racks*
Lower
Gourmet Shelf
Broiler pan with grid

●

Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper

●

Upper

●

Lower
Lower

99-Min./99-Sec.
10
6

99-Min./99-Sec.
10
3

7 Upper/6 Lower
Upper
3
2

Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper

●

Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower

●

1.6
1000

●

7 Lower
Lower

6 Lower

2
2

●

Lower

7 Upper/6 Lower
Upper
3
2

6 Upper/Lower

2
2

●

●
●

Appearance

Color appearance**

Frameless glass oven doors
Big View windows
Lift-off oven doors
Designer-style handles
Flush appearance installation

SS
WW
AA
BB
Stainless
White
Almond
Black

WW
AA
BB

WW
BB

White
Almond
Black

White
Black

●

White
Black
Lower
Lower
Sure Grip

●

Integrated

Sure Grip

White
Black
Lower
Lower
Integrated

●

260
30

177
30

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Oven cabinet width required (in.)
Overall dimensions (WxHxD in inches)
Overall oven
Upper
interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Lower

30 x 52-15/16 x 23-1/2
24 x 17-3/8 x 15-3/4

29-3/4 x 43-1/2 x 23-1/2
17-1/4 x 11-1/2 x 16-1/4

24 x 17-3/8 x 17-19/32
24 x 17-3/8 x 17-19/32

24 x 17-3/8 x 15-3/4

24 x 17-3/8 x 17-19/32

6.4
4.8
30
30
2500
3600/3410

6.4
4.8
30
30

Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V
7.2
7.2
208V
5.4
5.4
Amps @ 240V
40
40
208V
30
30
Convection wattage
2500
2500
Broiler/bake wattage
3400/3410
3400/3410
*Additional rack kit available at additional cost. (Pub. No. 3-A014).
**SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.

See page 140 for warranty information.

168

7.2
5.4
40
30

8.0
6.0
40
35

3400/3410

3600/3410

Refrigeration

30" BUILT-IN DOUBLE OVENS (CONTINUED)
30" Built-In Double Oven Dimensions (in inches)
Models JT950, JTP56, 45, 27

Recommended for solid bottom installation

CUTOUT DEPTH
23-1/2'' MIN.

Cut Opening
in Solid
Bottom

Water Systems

Note: If a solid
bottom is used
instead of the
runners, a 6" x 10"
rectangle must be
cut out of the
bottom for optimum
performance
and proper air
circulation.

A
B
10

47
Conduit
(48" long)

6
6

Cutout height
51-13/16" MIN.
51-15/16" MAX.

(Must support 275 LBS.)

A
21
Junction box
location
21" minimum
Door Opening
Allowance

B
Recommended cutout
location 12" from the floor.

Cabinet
30"
A – Overlap of Oven Over Side Edges of Cutout
11/16" – 3/4"
B – Overlap of Oven at Top and Bottom of Cutout
1"
Oven
C – Overall Depth
23-1/2"
D – Overall Height
52-15/16"
E – Overall Width
30"

Laundry

Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to
wall ovens must have an adhesion spec
of at least 194° F temperature rating.

Cooking Products

Cabinet
width
30"
MOST 30'' WALL CABINETS CAN BE USED WITH THIS UNIT
THE OPENING BETWEEN THE INSIDE WALLS MUST BE AT LEAST 28-1/2'' WIDE

30" Built-In Microwave Double Oven Dimensions (in inches)
Models JTP95, 85

20''

CABINET
WIDTH
30''

JUNCTION BOX
LOCATION

Suitable
bracing
to support
runners

CONDUIT
(48'' LONG)
CUTOUT
HEIGHT
42-3/16'' MIN.
42-1/4'' MAX.

E
DOOR MUST BE
REMOVED BEFORE
INSTALLATION

B
D

Recommended
cutout location
21-5/8''
from the floor

21''

MOST 30'' WALL CABINETS CAN BE USED WITH THIS UNIT
THE OPENING BETWEEN THE INSIDE WALLS MUST BE AT LEAST 28-1/2'' WIDE

28''

21-5/8"
over centerline
of cabinet
(Must Support 275 LBS.)

Cabinet
A – Overlap of Oven Over Side Edges of Cutout
B – Overlap of Oven at Bottom of Cutout
C – Overlap of Oven at Top of Cutout
Oven
D – Overall Depth
E – Overall Height
F – Overall Width

30"
11/16"
1"
1/2"

Dishwashers

A
C

21" Minimum
Door Allowance

Microwave Ovens

CUTOUT DEPTH
23-1/2'' MIN.

CUTOUT
WIDTH
28-1/2'' MIN.
28-5/8'' MAX.

2 x 4 or
equivalent
runners

23-1/2"
43-1/2"
29-3/4"

Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to
wall ovens must have an adhesion spec
of at least 194° F temperature rating.

Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories

Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation
instructions [Pub. No. 31-10198 (JTP95/85); Pub. No. 31-10125
(JT950, JTP56/45/27)] packed with product for current
dimensional data.
See page 140 for warranty information.

169

Room Air

Cutout width
28-1/2'' MIN.
28-5/8'' MAX.

30" BUILT-IN SINGLE OVENS
GE Profile
Performance Series™

GE Profile™

Convection Single Ovens
JT910SA
JT910WA
JT910AA
JT910BA

Single Ovens
JTP18WA
JTP18AA
JTP18BA

JTP15WA
JTP15AA
JTP15BA

Convection/Self-Clean
Variable

Self-Clean
Variable

●

Features
Oven interior
Cleaning time
Automatic self-clean oven door lock
Self-clean oven w/Delay Clean option
TrueTemp™ System
Variable broil/Six-pass broil element
SmartSet Controls
Proofing
Convection conversion
Convection Bake
Convection Roast
CleanDesign oven interior
Automatic meat thermometer
Temperature display
Start pad
Delay Bake option with Cook & Hold
C° or F° programmable
Audible preheat signal
Auto oven shut-off w/override
Electronic clock and kitchen timer
Control lock capability
Oven light pad
Oven racks*
Gourmet Shelf
Embossed rack positions
Roasting rack
Broiler pan with grid

●
●

●

2
6

●

Appearance

Color appearance**

Frameless glass oven door
Big View window
Lift-off oven door
Designer-style handle
Flush appearance installation
Undercounter installation

Recommended for solid bottom installation

SS
WW
AA
BB
Stainless
White
Almond
Black

WW
AA
BB

White
Almond
Black

●

Integrated

●

Note: If a solid
bottom is used
instead of the
runners, a 6" x 10"
rectangle must be
cut out of the
bottom for optimum
performance
and proper air
circulation.

Cut Opening
in Solid
Bottom

Weight & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
Oven cabinet width required (in.)
Overall dimensions (WxHxD in inches)
Overall oven interior (WxHxD in inches)

135
30

135
30
30 x 28-1/4 x 23-1/2
24 x 17-3/8 x 15-3/4

130
30

6
24 x 17-3/8 x 17-19/32

Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V
3.6
3.6
208V
2.7
2.7
Amps @ 240V
20
20
208V
20
20
Convection wattage
2500
2500
Broiler/bake wattage
3400/3410
3400/3410
*Additional rack kit available at additional cost. (Pub. No. 3-A014)
**SS = Stainless Steel, AA = Almond on almond, WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.

3.6
2.7
20
20

(Must support 200 LBS.)

Cutout width
28-1/2'' MIN.
28-5/8'' MAX.

3400/3410

30" Built-In Single Oven Dimensions (in inches)
Single Oven Wall-Mount or
Cabinet Installation (in inches)
Note: These ovens are not approved for stackable or
side-by-side installations.

Most 30" Wall Cabinets
can be used with this unit.

23-1/2'' MIN.
Cutout depth
30
A
B
27-1/4'' MIN.
27-5/16'' MAX.
Cutout height

Conduit
(48" long)

28-1/4

Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F temperature rating.
Recommended
cutout location
32-1/2"
from floor

See page 140 for warranty information.

170

Junction
box
location

Allow minimum of 21'' for clearance
to adjacent corners, drawers, walls, or etc.

A=Allow 1" overlap of oven over top and bottom edges of cutout.
B=Allow 11/16"-3/4" for overlap of oven over side edges of cutout.

22'' MIN.

Refrigeration

30" BUILT-IN SINGLE OVENS (CONTINUED)
Optional Undercounter Installation With 36" Gas Cooktop
(in inches)

Optional Undercounter Installation With
30" CleanDesign or Sealed Burner Gas Cooktop (in inches)

3-1/4
1-1/2" Typical countertop

19-1/16" Cutout depth
2 (two) 90°elbows &
sufficient pipe to
connect in adjacent
cabinet
Conduit
(48" long)

Free space
Power cord
1-1/2" MIN.

Junction box
for oven

30-7/16

27-1/4" MIN.
27-5/16" MAX.
Cutout height

Junction box in
adjacent cabinet
for counter unit
hook-up

1/2" Black
iron pipe
Pressure
regulator

Junction box(s) for
oven & radiant
cooktop 22" from
floor

36" Typical
Countertop height
22

Water Systems

3-1/2" MIN.
Free space

Union
Power cord
for counter unit

4" To 4-1/2"
Right cabinet side

Side View

Reference
5-9/16

Side View

This installation is to achieve minimum gap between bottom of countertop and control panel.
Note: For this installation, the bottom trim will not be flush with a typical 4" toe kick.

Note: For standard or sealed burner cooktop installation information over the
30" wall oven, refer to 27" wall oven installation, page 175.

Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F temperature rating.

Gas or electric cooktops may be installed over
this oven. See cooktop installation instructions
for cutout size. See label on top of oven for
approved cooktop models.
Junction box
location
240/208V

Gas
connection

28-1/2'' MIN.
28-5/8'' MAX.
27-1/4'' MIN.
27-5/16'' MAX.
Cutout height

Allow 11/16''
overlap over side
edges of cutout

22'' MIN. above
support platform

24
3/4'' Support
platform required

1-1/2"
Countertop

36'' MIN.

Note: Oven is rated for use only under the
following cooktops:
● GE 30" and 36" electric coil and CleanDesign
cooktops (excludes Induction cooktops)
● GE 30" and 36" gas standard and
sealed burner cooktops
Note: Gas or electric cooktops may be installed over
this oven. See cooktop installation instructions for
cutout size. See label on back of oven for approved
cooktop models.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult
installation instructions (Pub. No. 31-10125) packed
with product for current dimensional data and for
alternate installation options.

Match toe kick height
front and two sides
4'' To 4-1/2 '' Toe kick allowable

Room Air

Top and/or side
fillers may be
necessary if unit
is positioned
between
existing cabinets

Gas (including the pressure regulator) and
electrical connections for gas cooktop must
be located in an adjacent accessible location
to the right. For a 36" gas cooktop, the
connections may be made to the left.
120 Volt
Outlet

23-1/2" MIN.
Cutout depth

Cooking Products

Undercounter Installation (in inches)

Laundry

5-9/16"
Reference dim. for
MAX. support height
with typical 36" countertop
height
Add suitable filler
to match adjacent
cabinets when needed
to maintain toe kick
alignment

Microwave Ovens

Shut-off
valve
3/4" Support

Dishwashers

30" Built-in
oven

See page 140 for warranty information.

171

27" AND 24" BUILT-IN DOUBLE OVENS
GE Profile
Performance Series™

GE
27" Microwave
Double Ovens

Oven
Upper Oven
interior
Lower Oven
Variable cleaning time
Self-clean oven
Automatic self-clean
oven door lock
Delay Clean option
TrueTemp™ System
Variable broil
SmartSet Controls
Proofing
Convection conversion
Convection Bake
Convection Roast
CleanDesign oven interior
Auto. meat thermometer
Temperature display
Start pad
Cook & Hold
Delay Bake option
C° or F° programmable
Audible preheat signal
Auto oven shut-off
w/override
Electronic clock and
kitchen timer
Control lock capability
Oven light pad
Microwave Oven Features:
Microwave cooking timer
Microwave power levels
Sensor functions
Electronic MWO
touch controls
Microwave oven
cavity (cu. ft.)
MWO power output watts
Turntable

27" Convection Double Ovens

27" Double Ovens

24" Double Oven

JK950WA
JK950AA
JK950BA

JKP56WA
JKP56AA
JKP56BA

JKP45WA
JKP45BA

JKP27WA
JKP27BA

JRP24BW

Microwave
Self-Clean
Lower
Lower

Convection/Self-Clean
Self-Clean

Self-Clean
Self-Clean

●

Self-Clean
Standard
Upper
Upper

Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower

●

Upper
Upper

●

Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper

JKP85WA
JKP85BA

Oven Features
Features

GE Profile™

Upper
Upper

Upper
●

●

Upper

●

Lower
Lower
Lower

●

Lower

●

Upper

●

Lower

●

Upper

●

3-Upper
2-Lower

2-Each

●

99-Min./99-Sec.
10
3
●

1.6
1000
●

Oven racks
Gourmet Shelf
Roasting rack
Broiler pan with grid

2-Lower

●
●

●

WW
AA
BB
White
Almond
Black
Big View

WW
BB

White
Black
Big View

Black

Appearance
WW
BB

Color appearance*

White
Black

Frameless glass oven doors
Oven doors with windows
Lift-off oven door
Designer-style handles
Flush appearance installation

●

Lower
Sure Grip

●

Integrated

Sure Grip

●

155

162

157

Weight & Dimensions
Approx. ship. weight (lbs.)
Oven cabinet width
required (in inches)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD inches)
Overall oven interior
dimensions
Upper
(WxHxD in inches) Lower

26-3/4 x 43 x 23-1/2

26-5/8 x 51-1/8 x 23-5/8

16 x 11-1/8 x 13-3/8

135
24
23-3⁄4 x 48-5/8 x 23-1⁄8

19 x 15 x 16

19 x 15 x 18

17 x 15 x 18-1/2

19 x 15 x 18

17 x 15 x 18-1/2

Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V
6.5
208V
4.9
Amps @
240V
30
208V
30
Convection wattage
Broiler/bake wattage
3600/3410
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.

See page 140 for warranty information.

172

6.8
5.1
30
30
2500
3400/2650

6.8
5.1
30
30

7.1
5.3
30
30

3400/2650

Refrigeration

27" AND 24" BUILT-IN DOUBLE OVENS (CONTINUED)
27" Built-In Microwave Double Oven Dimensions (in inches)
Models JKP69
10
CL

2 x 4 or
equivalent
runners

Water Systems

Recommended
junction box
locations.
Locate junction
box either 5" MIN.
below cutout
floor or 48" MIN.
above cutout
floor

Allow 3/4" for overlap
of oven over all
edges of cutout
C
D

2" X 4" or
equiv. runners

20-1/2"
over centerline
of cabinet
(Must Support 200 LBS.)

F
Allow minimum of
20" for clearance
to adjacent corners,
drawers, walls, etc.

Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens
must have an adhesion spec of at least 194° F
temperature rating.

27"/24" Built-In Double Oven Dimensions (in inches)

Locate
junction box
for 27"models
either 5" MIN.
below cutout
floor or 56"
MIN. above
cutout floor

23-1/2"
43"
26-3/4"

Recommended for solid bottom installation

Locate
junction box
for 24"models
56" MIN. above
cutout floor
Allow 3/4"
for overlap
over all edges
of cutout

27"
27" min.
23-5/8"
25"
41-1/4" max.
22"

Laundry

Conduit
(49" long)

Cabinet
A – Cabinet Width Required
B – Minimum Cabinet Depth
C – Minimum Opening Width
D – Opening Height
E – Minimum Cutout Location from Floor
Oven
F – Overall Depth
G – Overall Height
H – Overall Width

Cooking Products

Note: If a solid
bottom is used
instead of the
runners, a 6" x 10"
rectangle must be
cut out of the
bottom for optimum
performance
and proper air
circulation.

Cut Opening
in Solid
Bottom

Microwave Ovens

Recommended
cutout location E
from floor

C
6
6

(Must support 200 LBS.)
D
G

Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens
must have an adhesion spec of at least 194° F
temperature rating.

F
20" MIN.
door opening
allowance

Dishwashers

Recommended
cutout location
from floor

Conduit
(49" long
JK950,
JKP56/45/27,
2" X 4" or
48-1/2"
long
equiv. runners
JRP24)
(cutout floor)

JRP24
24" min.
23-1/2"
22-1/2"
48-1/8" min.
14"
23-1/8"
48-5/8"
23-3/4"

Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 31-10117 (JKP69); [Pub. No. 31-10200 (JK950, JKP56/45/27);
Pub. No. 31-10118 (JRP24)] packed with product for current
dimensional data.

Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
See page 140 for warranty information.

173

Room Air

Cabinet
JK950, JKP56/45/27
A – Cabinet Width Required
27" min.
B – Minimum Cabinet Depth
23-5/8"
C – Minimum Opening Width
25"
D – Opening Height
49-1/2" min.
E – Recommended Minimum
Cutout Location from Floor
13-1/4"
Oven
F – Overall Depth
23-5/8"
G – Overall Height
51-1/8"
H – Overall Width
26-5/8"

27" AND 24" BUILT-IN SINGLE OVENS
GE Profile
Performance Series™

GE Profile™

27" Convection Single Ovens

27 " Single Ovens

24" Single Ovens

JK910WA
JK910AA
JK910BA

JKP18WA
JKP18AA
JKP18BA

JKP15WA
JKP15AA
JKP15BA

JKS05BA

JRP15WW
JRP15BW

JRS04BW

Convection/Self-Clean

Self-Clean

Standard

Self-Clean

Standard

●

Features
Oven interior
Variable cleaning time
Automatic self-clean oven door lock
Self-clean oven w/Delay
Clean option
TrueTemp™ System
Variable broil
SmartSet Controls
Proofing
Convection conversion
Conv. Bake/Conv. Roast
CleanDesign oven interior
Automatic meat thermometer
Temperature display
Start pad
Delay Bake option w/Cook & Hold
C° or F° programmable
Audible preheat signal
Auto oven shut-off w/override
Electronic clock and kitchen timer
Control lock capability
Oven light pad
Oven racks
Gourmet Shelf
Roasting rack
Broiler pan with grid

●
●

●

●
●

●

WW
AA
BB
White
Almond
Black

WW
BB

Black

White
Black

Black

●

Integrated

Sure Grip

●

98
27

93
27

91
27

114
24

82
24

Appearance
Color appearance*

Frameless glass oven door
Oven door with window
Lift-off oven door
Designer-style handle
Flush appearance installation
Undercounter installation

Weight & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
Oven cabinet width required (in.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)

23-3/4 x 28-3/16 x 23-1/8

26-5/8 x 29-1/8 x 23-5/8
19 x 15 x 18

19 x 15 x 16

17 x 15 x 18-1/2

Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V
3.4
208V
2.6
Amps @ 240V
20
208V
20
Convection wattage
2500
Broiler/bake wattage
3400/2650
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.

See page 140 for warranty information.

174

3.4
2.6
20
20
2500
3400/2650

3.4
2.6
20
20

3400/2650

3400/2000

3400/2650

3400/2000

Note: If a solid
bottom is used
instead of the
runners, a 6" x 10"
rectangle must be
cut out of the
bottom for optimum
performance
and proper air
circulation.

10
A

Allow 3/4"
for overlap
over all edges
of cutout

Locate
junction box
either 5" MIN.
below cutout
floor or 34"
MIN. above
cutout floor

Refrigeration

Recommended for solid bottom installation

Cut Opening
in Solid
Bottom

Water Systems

27"/24" Built-In Single Oven Dimensions (in inches)

B MIN.
6
6

E
Recommended 32-1/2
cutout location
from floor

Cabinet
A – Cabinet Width Required
B – Minimum Cabinet Depth
C – Minimum Opening Width
Oven
D – Overall Depth
E – Overall Height
F – Overall Width

D
20" MIN.
door opening
allowance

C MIN.

Conduit 49" long JK910, JKP18/15, JKS05
48-1/2" long JRP15, JRS04

2" x 4"
or equiv.
runners

JK910, JKP18/15, JKS05
27" min.
23-5/8"
25"

JRP15, JRS04
24" min.
23-1/2"
22-1/2"

23-5/8"
29-1/8"
26-5/8"

23-1/8"
28-3/16"
23-3/4"

Laundry

27-1/2" MIN.

Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 31-10200 (JK910, JKP18/15, JKS05); Pub. No. 31-10118
(JRP15, JRS04)] packed with product for current dimensional data.
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F temperature rating.

Undercounter Installation Dimensions (in inches)
Models JK910, JKP18, 15 and JKS05
Gas or electric cooktops may be installed over this oven.
See cooktop installation instructions for cutout size.
See label on top of oven for approved cooktop models
Junction Box
Location
240/208V

Gas
connection

Cooking Products

Note: These ovens are not
approved for stackable or
side-by-side installations.

Sealed Burner Gas Cooktop
Installation Dimensions (in inches)
Gas (including the pressure regulator)
and electrical connections for gas
cooktop must be located in an adjacent
accessible location to the right
120V

5" To center of 2" diameter
hole from countertop

1-1/2" Countertop

17-1/2

90° Street el

45° Elbow

2" Diameter hole (20-7/8"
from front of countertop
to hole center)

Cabinet sides

14
*32"
MIN.

25"
36

Standard Burner Gas Cooktop Installation
Dimensions (in inches)

Microwave Ovens

(Minimum 15-5/8"
from floor when
installed below built-in
microwave oven)

(Must support
200 LBS.)

27-1/2" MIN.
3-7/16" To center of 2" diameter
hole from countertop

90° Street el

Allow 1" unit
overlap all edges
Use 2—2" x 4"s or equivalent runners spaced 19" apart (on inside
surfaces) centered in opening & flush with top of toe plate
*32" MIN. from top of countertop (1-1/2") to top of runners must be maintained

45° Elbow

2" MIN. diameter hole
(23-1/4" from front
surface of countertop)

Cabinet sides

Dishwashers

Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F temperature rating.

Room Air

Note: Oven is rated for use only under 30" standard or sealed burner gas and 30" CleanDesign and Calrod® electric cooktops (excludes Induction cooktops).
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions [Pub. No. 31-10200 (JK910, JKP18/15, JKS05)] packed with product for current dimensional data.

See page 140 for warranty information.

175

24" BUILT-IN GAS OVENS
GE
JGRP17WEW
JGRP17BEW

JGRS14BEW

Self-Clean

Standard

Features
Oven interior
Automatic self-clean oven door lock
Delay Clean option
In-oven broiling
Separate broiler drawer
Storage drawer
SmartSet Controls
Temperature display
Start pad
Delay Bake option with Cook & Hold
C° or F° programmable
Audible preheat signal
Auto oven shut-off w/override
Electronic clock and kitchen timer
Control lock capability
Oven light pad
Oven shelves
Broiler pan with grid
Electronic pilotless ignition

●
●
●
●
●
●

●

●
●

●

WW
BB
White Glass
Black Glass

Black Glass

●

144
24

139
24

Appearance
Color appearance*
Frameless oven door
Oven door with window
Designer-style handle

Weights & Dimensions
Approximate shipping weight (lbs.)
Oven cabinet width required (in inches)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)

23-3/4 x 38-3/8 x 23
17 x 15 x 18-7/8

Power/Ratings
Gas oven electrical rating

120V, 60Hz, 5A

Oven /broiler burners (000’s BTU’s)
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.
Factory set for Natural Gas.

14.5 - Oven
13.0 - Broil

14.5

Built-In Gas Oven Dimensions (in inches)
24 min.

CL
2-1/2" MIN.

2 x 4 or
equivalent
runners

38
23-5/8

22-3/16

7-1/2

38-3/8

22" MIN.
28" MAX.
Gas
14-1/2" MIN.
23
20-1/2" MAX. 120V connection
Conv.
Power Cord
outlet
48" long

23-3/4

11"
over centerline
of cabinet
(Must Support 200 LBS.)

Installation Information:
Before installing, consult installation
instructions [Pub. No. 31-10155
(JGRP17); Pub. No. 31-10156 (JGRS14)]
packed with product for current
dimensional data.

Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall
ovens must have an adhesion spec of at
least 194° F temperature rating.

See page 140 for warranty information.

176

Refrigeration

Warming Drawer Dimensions (in inches)

30" Warming Drawers
JTD910SB
JTD910WB
JTD910AB
JTD910BB

27" Warming Drawers
JKD910SB
JKD910WB
JKD910AB
JKD910BB

Features
Temperature control
Proof (80°F.)
Low (140°F.)
Medium (170°F.)
High (210°F.)
Humidity control
Hidden control
ON/OFF switch
“ON” indicator light
Half rack
Full extension drawer glide
Removable stainless steel pan

●

Crisp/Moist

●

SS
WW
AA
BB

●

Integrated Designer-Style

23-7/8 x 6-1/4 x 22-1/16
28-1/2 x 9-1/4 x 23
65

20-7/8 x 6-1/4 x 22-1/16
25-1/2 x 9-1/4 x 23
59

.45
15
450

23-1/8
10-1/2

9-1/4
24"
Recommended
From Floor
For Under
Countertop
Installation

Appearance

Color appearance*
Frameless drawer front
Handle style

23-1/2" Min.
Inside

Locate
electrical
outlet in
Adjacent
Cabinet
16" From
Left Side
or 42"
From Right
Side.

B
Dimensions (in inches)
30" Models
27" Models

A
28-1/2
25-1/2

B
30
26-3/4

Weights & Dimensions

Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 120V
Amps @ 120V
Element wattage

Accessories
1/4" panel kit capability
ZXD30B
Pan set (5 pans with lids)
JXPN1
*SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black.

Under Oven Installation (in inches)

Locate Electrical
Outlet in Adjacent
Cabinet no Further
Than 16" From
Left Side or 42"
From Right Side.

(Must Support 100 LBS.)

Electrical Outlet Electrical Outlet 42" Max.
Flush with Side From Right Side.
1-1/2" Cabinet Top
of Cabinet.
Electrical
25"
7" Max.
Outlet 16" Max.
From Left Side.
2" Min. 36"
Countertop
9-1/4"
Height
A

23-1/8
10-1/2

9-1/4

23-1/2"
Min.

B
A

Note: When installing warming drawer
with a cooktop, allow a 2" minimum from
cooktop burner box bottom to top of cut-out.

Dishwashers

1" Min.
Above
Toekick
or Adjust
to Oven
Installation
Height

2x4 or 2x2
runners or Solid
Bottom

Undercounter Installation (in inches)

23-1/2" Min.
Inside

2" Min.
Between
Cutouts

ZXD27B
JXPN1

Cooking Products

Install
2x4 or 2x2
Anti-Tip
Block 9"
From Floor
to Bottom
of Block

Microwave Ovens

Interior dimensions (WxHxD in inches)
Cutout dimensions (WxHxD in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

Laundry

GE Profile Performance Series™

Water Systems

30" AND 27" WARMING DRAWERS

PAN SET ACCESSORY FOR WARMING DRAWER – JXPN1

Room Air

Five commercial pans with lids (4" deep)
• One large pan (14 quarts)
• Two medium pans (6 quarts each)
• Two small pans (3 quarts each)

See page 140 for warranty information.

177

BUILT-IN CLEANDESIGN COOKTOPS
GE Profile Performance Series™

GE Profile™

Ribbon
JP960SA
JP960WA
JP960AA
JP960BA

Ribbon

JP930SA
JP930WA
JP930AA
JP930BA

JP350WA
JP350AA
JP350BA

Installation Information:
Requires a 5" free area between the bottom of the cooktop
to any combustible material, i.e., shelving. Free area not
required when installing wall oven underneath cooktop.
Refer to installation instructions. Requires an 18" minimum
from cooktop to adjacent overhead cabinets. Units are
furnished with a 48" flexible armored cable.

JP340BA
JP340WA

Features
Patterned Black
Patterned White
Patterned Almond
Patterned Black
5 Ribbon
1 Ribbon (2500W)

Glass-ceramic surface
Number of elements
Dual 6"/9" heating elements
8" heating elements
7" heating element
7" heating elements
Bridge element
Total wattage
6" heating elements
Hot surface indicator lights

Patterned Black
Patterned White
Patterned Almond
Patterned Black
4 Ribbon
1 Ribbon (2500W)

Patterned White
Patterned Almond
Patterned Black
4 Ribbon
1 Ribbon (2500W)
2 Ribbon (2000W)

Patterned Black
Patterned White
4 Ribbon
2 Ribbon (2000W)

Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 31- 10150 (JP960); Pub. No. 31-10153 (JP930);
Pub. No. 31-10147 (JP350/340)] packed with product for
current dimensional data.
36" Ribbon cooktops are approved for use over GE 30"
Single Wall Ovens only. 30" Ribbon cooktops are
approved for use over select GE 27" or 30" Single Wall
Ovens. Refer to cooktop and wall oven installation
instructions packed with product for current
dimensional data.

1 Ribbon (1500W)
2 Ribbon (1800W)
1 Ribbon (800W)
4400W
1 Ribbon (1200W)
5

2 Ribbon (1800W)
1 Ribbon (800W)
4400W
1 Ribbon (1200W)
4

1 Ribbon (1200W)
4

2 Ribbon (1200W)
1

SS
WW
AA
BB

WW
AA
BB

BB
WW

●

36
44

30
38

30
35

7.7
5.8
40
30

6.4
4.8
30
30

Appearance

Color appearance*
Frameless

Note: If installing with a GE Profile Performance,™
GE Profile™ or GE Telescopic Downdraft System,
consult both cooktop and downdraft installation
instructions packed with product before installing.
Cooktop gas/electric supply may need to be re-routed
to install downdraft.

Weights & Dimensions
Cooktop width (in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V
9.6
8.1
208V
7.2
6.1
Amps @ 240V
40
40
208V
40
30
*SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black.

Counter Installation Dimensions (in inches)

Note: The countertop must be at least 26" deep with
a flat surface area of 23-1/2" or more, front to back. In
addition, other clearances to the front edge of the
countertop must be considered.

Cooktop Dimensions (in inches)
D

13" MAX.
depth

Cooktop
B

A
30" MIN. to
unprotected
cabinet

18" MIN.
to cabinet

1-3/4" to
rear wall

1-1/2" MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out

G
Required

1-3/4" MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out
Electrical junction
box 16" MIN.
below countertop

Cut should not interfere
with cabinet structure
at front

Filler Trim Kit
When replacing an old GE 30" cooktop (with larger opening)
with Models JP930/350/340, use the following one-piece
trim kit to fill in the over-size hole. Available at additional cost.
JXTR30A (Almond)
JXTR30B (Black)
JXTR30W (White)
Flush Mount Installation Kit
Accommodates both 30" and 36" installations.
JXFMAA (Almond on almond)
JXFMWW (White on white)
JXFMBB (Black on black)

See page 140 for warranty information.

178

Dimensions (in inches)

Overall
Model
W
D
A
B
JP960SA/WA/AA/BA
35
20
19-1/32 33-13/16
JP930SA/WA/AA/BA 29-3/8
20-1/2
19-3/8
28-1/8
JP350WA/AA/BA
29-3/8
20-1/2
19-3/8
28-1/8
JP340BA/WA
29-3/8
20-1/2
19-3/8
28-1/8
*Depth of unit at conduit connection location (rear) is 4-3/4".

C
3-3/8*
3-3/8*
3-3/8*
3-3/8*

Cutout
E
F
33-7/8 19-1/16
28-1/2
19-5/8
28-1/2
19-5/8
28-1/2
19-5/8

To Edge
of Front
Counter
(Min.)
G
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2

Refrigeration

BUILT-IN ELECTRIC COOKTOPS
Built-In Electric Cooktops
Required 5" free area between the bottom of the cooktop and any combustible material, i.e., shelving. Free
area not required when installing wall oven underneath.
Requires an 18" minimum from cooktop to adjacent
overhead cabinets. Units are furnished with a 48"
flexible armored cable.

Cooktop surface
Lift-up cooktop with support rod
8" heating elements
6" heating elements

●

2 Plug-In Calrod ®
2 Plug-In Calrod ®

One-piece removable drip bowls
Infinite heat rotary controls
Control panel location

Control panel
Surface element “ON” indicator light

Stainless Steel

Porcelain-Enameled

1 Plug-In
1 Plug-In

Chrome

2 Plug-In Calrod ®
2 Plug-In Calrod ®
Chrome
Chrome
Black Porc.-Enam.
Chrome

●

Upfront

White Glass
Almond Glass

Right Side
White Glass
Almond Glass
Black Glass
Black Glass

●

WW
AA

WW
AA
BB
BC

36
38

30
29

21-1/4
18

Chrome

Cooktop models JP326WV/326AV/326BV/326CV are
approved for use over select GE 27" or 30" Single Wall
Ovens. JP626WV/626AV are approved for use over
GE 30" Single Wall Ovens only. Refer to cooktop and
wall oven installation instructions packed with
product for current dimensional data.

Chrome

Cooktop models JP200V and JP201CV are approved for
use over GE undersink dishwasher model GSM2100.
Refer to cooktop installation instructions packed with
product for current dimensional data.

●

Appearance

Color appearance*

Weights & Dimensions
Cooktop width (in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V
7.4
7.4
3.4
208V
5.6
5.6
2.5
Amps @ 240V
40
40
20
208V
30
30
20
*SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, BC = Brushed-Chrome, WH = White.

Counter Installation Dimensions (in inches)

Installation Information:
Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 31-10035 (JP626); Pub. No. 31-10114
(30" electric cooktops); Pub. No. 49-8204
(JP201/200)], packed with product for current
dimensional data.

Note: The countertop must be at least 26" deep with
a flat surface area of 23-1/2" or more, front to back. In
addition, other clearances to the front edge of the
countertop must be considered.

3.4
2.5
20
20

Built-In Cooktop Dimensions (in inches)
D

13" MAX.
depth

Cooktop

30" MIN. to
unprotected
cabinet
C to
rear wall

18" MIN.
to cabinet

Laundry

●

JP200V

Cooking Products

Porcelain-Enameled

Porcelain-Enameled
Porcelain-Enameled
Porcelain-Enameled
Brushed-Chrome

JP201CV

Features

R MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out

Microwave Ovens

JP626WV
JP626AV

JP326WV
JP326AV
JP326BV
JP326CV

Water Systems

B
A

L MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out

Cut should not
interfere with cabinet
structure at front

Dishwashers

Electrical junction
box 12" MIN.
below countertop

Dimensions (in inches)

Model
JP626WV
JP626AV
JP326WV
JP326AV
JP326BV
JP326CV
JP201CV
JP200V

Overall
W
D
35-1/2
21
35-1/2
21
30-1/4 21-1/4
30-1/4 21-1/4
30-1/4 21-1/4
30-1/4 21-1/4
21-1/4 16-5/8
21-1/4 16-5/8

To Edge
of Front
Counter
(Min.)
F
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2

Room Air

Filler Trim Kit—When replacing an old GE 30" cooktop (with larger opening)
with Model JP326WV, JP326AV, JP326BV or JP326CV, use the following
one-piece trim kit to fill in the over-size hole. Available at additional cost.
JXTR30A (Almond)
JXTR30B (Black)
JXTR30W (White)

Minimum Spacing
To Nearest
Cutout
Combustible Wall
A
B
C
R
L
33-7/8 19-1/16 1-3/4
6
6
33-7/8 19-1/16 1-3/4
6
6
28-1/2 19-5/8 1-3/4
2
5-1/2
28-1/2 19-5/8 1-3/4
2
5-1/2
28-1/2 19-5/8 1-3/4
2
5-1/2
28-1/2 19-5/8 1-3/4
2
5-1/2
20-1/8 16-1/8
2
2
2
20-1/8 16-1/8
2
2
2

See page 140 for warranty information.

179

BUILT-IN GAS COOKTOPS
GE Profile
Performance Series™

GE Profile™

JGP960SEA

JGP930SEA

JGP636WEV JGP336WEV JGP626WEV
JGP636AEV JGP336AEV JGP626AEV
JGP636BEV JGP336BEV JGP626BEV

5 Sealed

4 Sealed

5 Sealed

4 Sealed

●

2
270

●

2
270

●

210

270

210

●

Deluxe Cast
Porc.-Enam.

Black
Right Side

Deluxe Cast
Porc.-Enam.
White
Almond
Black
Right Side

Porc.-Enam.
Std. Cast
Porc.-Enam.
White
Almond
Black
Right Side

Porc.-Enam.
Standard Steel
Chrome

Black
Upfront

Deluxe Cast
Porc.-Enam.
White
Almond
Black
Upfront

Porc.-Enam.
Std.Cast
Porc.-Enam.
White
Almond
Black
Upfront

WW
AA
BB

WH/BL

36
38

30
30

36
38

30
30

36
41

30
31

(3) 9.5/7.0
(1) 5.0/4.0

(4) 9.1/8.0

GE
JGP326WEV
JGP326AEV
JGP326BEV

JGP320EV

4 Sealed

4 Standard

Features
Cooktop burners
Maximum Output burner
Precise Simmer burner(s)
Valves (degree of turn)
Electronic pilotless ignition
Glass cooktop
Removable round burner grates
One-piece drip pans

Glass control panel
Controls

4 Sealed

170

White/Black
Right Side

Appearance
Color appearance*

Weight & Dimensions
Cooktop width (in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

Power/Ratings
Gas cooktop electrical rating

120V, 60Hz, 5A
(1) 12.0/9.4
(1) 12.0/9.4
(1) 12.0/9.4
(1) 12.0/9.4
(3) 9.5/7.0
Burners
Nat. Gas/
(2) 9.5/7.0
(2) 9.5/7.0
(2) 9.5/7.0
(2) 9.5/7.0
(1) 5.0/4.0
(000’s/BTU’s): LP Gas †
(2) 5.0/4.0
(1) 5.0/4.0
(2) 5.0/4.0
(1) 5.0/4.0
*SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, BL = Black.
†A set of LP orifices is included with each cooktop for LP conversion. Factory set for Natural Gas.

Counter Installation Dimensions (in inches)
13" MAX.
depth

Cooktop Dimensions (in inches)
D

W
Cooktop

H
30" MIN. to
unprotected
cabinet

18" MIN.
to cabinet

C to
rear wall

R MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out

A
L MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out

Electrical junction
box 12" MIN.
below countertop

Cut should not
interfere with cabinet
structure at front

Dimensions (in inches)

Overall
Cutout
Model
W
D
H
A
B
JGP960SA
36
21
3-1/16 33 -7/8 19 -1/16
JGP636WEV/AEV
36
21
3-1/16 33 -7/8 19 -1/16
JGP636BEV
36
21
3-1/16 33 -7/8 19 -1/16
JGP626WEV/AEV 35-1/2
21
3-5/16 33 -7/8 19 -1/16
JGP626BEV
35-1/2
21
3-5/16 33 -7/8 19 -1/16
JGP930SA
30
21
2-1/2
28 -1/2 19 -1/2
JGP336WEV/AEV
30
21
2-1/2
28 -1/2 19 -1/2
JGP336BEV
30
21
2-1/2
28 -1/2 19 -1/2
JGP326WEV/AEV 30-1/4 21-1/4 3-9/32 28 -1/2 19 -1/2
JGP326BEV
30-1/4 21-1/4 3-9/32 28 -1/2 19 -1/2
JGP320EV*
30 -1/4 21-1/4 3-9/32 28 -1/2 19 -1/2
*Allow 5-3/4" depth at rear for electrical and gas connections.

Minimum Spacing To Edge
To Nearest
of Front
Combustible Wall Counter
C
L
R
F
2 -1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3 -1/4
2 -1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3 -1/4
2 -1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3 -1/4
2 -1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3 -1/4
2 -1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3 -1/4
2 -1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3 -1/4
2 -1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3 -1/4
2 -1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3 -1/4
2 -1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3 -1/4
2 -1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3 -1/4
1-3/4
3
3
3 -1/4

Note: All gas cooktop models require 7/16" free area below cooktop height to
combustible material. 0" clearance is required between left and right sides of cooktop
below countertop. Requires 18" minimum from countertop to adjacent overhead cabinets.*
*AGA requirement.
Note: If installing with a GE Profile Performance,™ GE Profile™ or GE Telescopic
Downdraft System, consult both cooktop and downdraft installation instructions packed
with product before installing. Cooktop gas/electric supply may need to be re-routed to
install downdraft.
Note: The countertop must be at least 26" deep with a flat surface area of 23-1/2" or
more, front to back. In addition, other clearances to the front edge of the countertop
must be considered.

180

See page 140 for warranty information.

Gas Connection
Models JGP960, 636 and 626

Gas Connection
Models JGP930, 336, 326 and 320
45°

Pressure
regulator

Electrical
cord

1/2" pipe

Electrical
outlet

Coupling

Electrical
cord
Pressure
regulator
1/2" pipe
Coupling

Shut-off
valve

Electrical
outlet

Shut-off
valve

Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions [Pub. No. 31-10169
(JGP636/626), Pub. No. 31-10172 (JGP336/326), Pub. No. 31-10004 (JGP320)] packed with
product for current dimensional data.
Installation With Single Wall Oven Information:
30" Gas Cooktops are approved for use over select GE 27" Wall Ovens. 30" and 36" Gas Cooktops
are approved for use over 30" Wall Ovens. Refer to cooktop and wall oven installation instructions
packed with product for current dimensional data.
Optional Gas Range Wok Accessory (Available at additional cost)
JXWK = Wok accessory holder sits on top of maximum burner grate to hold a round-bottom wok.

Refrigeration

DOWNDRAFT GAS COOKTOPS
Downdraft Gas Cooktops Dimensions (in inches)

GE Profile™
JGP645WEX
JGP645BEX

21
19

Features
Cooktop burners
Electronic pilotless ignition
Automatic re-ignition

Sealed
●

White
Black
Heavy-Duty Round
500

1-1/4" To
rear wall

34-9/16
4" MIN. to side wall
both sides

2-1/4" MIN. to
front edge of counter

●
●

Water Systems

●

Tempered glass cooktop
Burner grates
Downdraft exhaust (CFM)
Optional blower mount capabilities
Upfront variable-speed fan with slide control
Removable grease filters

●

Appearance
WW
BB

Color appearance*
Upfront controls

22-1/4

●

White
Black
Black

Weights & Dimensions

36
36
36 x 22-1/4
92

2
8

Laundry

Cooktop width (in inches)
Overall dimensions (WxD in inches)
Approximate shipping weight (lbs.)

Power/Ratings
Gas cooktop electrical rating
120V, 60Hz, 5A
Natural Gas
11,000/6,000
Burners
(000’s/BTU’s): LP Gas
11,000/6,000**
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.
**A set of LP orifices is included with each cooktop for LP conversion.
Factory set for Natural Gas.
IMPORTANT: Cooktop is shipped with snorkel downdraft vent assembly.
JXBA55 Kit (motor and blower assembly) required. Must be ordered with cooktop.
JXBC55 Outdoor Cover. Optional accessory may be ordered for installation of motor
and blower assembly on outside wall.
A minimum 36" side-to-side undercounter clearance is required for ease of installation.
Unit is furnished with a 4-foot, 110V electric cord.

Cabinet Requirements Dimensions (in inches)

2-1/4
14-7/8
Vent Back

6-3/4
3-1/4

Exhaust
(Right or Left)

Venting Options (in inches)

13"
MAX.

Through the floor

In Cabinet—discharge right (6" round)

Cooking Products

Telescopic cover plate
Telescopic snorkel assembly

18" MIN.†
Transition
(Supplied
with unit)

Adj. brackets
(5" min.–8" max.)

13-1/4

3-3/8
Motor

4-3/4
17-1/4

3-1/4" x 10"
rectangular duct

*Clearance to cabinet above cooktop
†AGA Requirement

Gas and Electrical Supply Location Dimensions (in inches)

, ,
,
,
,
,

,
,
,
,
,
,,,,,,
,,,
,
,

Gas and Electrical
Supply Location
The gas supply pipe and the
electrical supply receptacle
entering the cabinet should
be positioned as shown in
the shaded areas. The
cooktop is equipped with a
4' power supply cord and
should reach any desired
location on cabinet walls.

14
4

Power receptacle

6" round duct

Motor

Undercounter duct work represented
is not to scale. Enlarged for visibility.

In Cabinet—discharge left (rectangular)

3-3/4

Slab Installation
For peninsula or island installation and
rear wall ducting, PVC duct or locally
approved piping should be used if
installing under a poured concrete slab.

Transition
11-1/8
(Supplied with unit)
3-1/4" x 10"
Motor
rectangular
19-1/4"
Adjustable
min.
CL
CL
duct
brackets
Discharge
Snorkel (5" min.–8" max.)
Elbow
Exhaust

Gas inlet

Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
(Pub. No. 31-0840) packed with product for current dimensional data.

Dishwashers

8-13/16"
MIN.

Room Air

30" MIN.*

Microwave Ovens

3-3/4

36" MIN.

For satisfactory performance, the duct run should not exceed 150 feet equivalent
length. Consult Table of Equivalent Lengths on instruction sheet.

See page 140 for warranty information.

181

SELECT-TOP™ MODULAR DOWNDRAFT COOKTOPS AND PATIO GRILL
GE Profile™

Dual Modular

Single Modular
JP385WV
JP385BV
JP385CV

JP389WV
JP389BV

Patio Grill

Cutout Dimensions (in inches)
20-5/8

JP380BV

Features
Configuration

Cooktop finish
Infinite heat controls
Heating element “ON” indicator light
Downdraft exhaust (CFM)
Single speed downdraft vent fan
Three-speed downdraft vent fan
Fixed plug-in Calrod® elements

Dual Modular
White Porc.-Enam.
Black Porc.-Enam.
Rotary

Single Modular
White Porc.-Enam.
Black Porc.-Enam.
Black Brushed-Chrome
Rotary

Outdoor Grill
Black
Porcelain-Enameled
Rotary

●

400

375

●

One 6", One 8"
Chrome
Black Porc.-Enam.
Chrome

Fixed Grill (each side)

Wall Installation
Chrome

Appearance
WW
BB
BC

30
72

30
75

30
68

Peninsula or Island Installation

40
8.0

40
5.6

For peninsula/islands a minimum 26" countertop depth is suggested.
Blower should be in vertical position. Island or peninsula cabinets may
require adjustment in cutout depth and/or location within the width
dimensions. Duct hole is positioned in bottom of cabinet for island or
peninsula installation.

Power/Ratings
Amps @ 240V
KW rating @ 240V

Wall installations require 25" countertop depth. When cabinet is flush
against the wall, the fan housing can be rotated to the horizontal position
for direct venting through rear wall. Make a countertop cutout that is
centered in the range cabinet according to unit dimensions and installation
type. Duct hole is positioned in back of cabinet for through-the-wall
ducting.

WW
BB

Weights & Dimensions
Cooktop width (in inches)
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.)

1-7/8"
MIN. Required*

Note: A 6" minimum spacing to adjacent side wall is required

Removable one-piece
drip bowls/trim rings

Accessories
Ribbon heating elements
(one 8" and one 6")
Calrod® heating elements
(one 6", one 8" element with
removable one-piece bowls)
Grill Module†
Griddle Accessory

*U.L. Requirement.

●

Color appearance*

28-7/8

JXDR50VW
JXDR50VB
JXDC44RWH
JXDC43RBL
JXDL44N
JXDD44R

JXDR50VW
JXDR50VB
JXDR50VC
JXDC44RWH
JXDC43RBL
JXDC41NBC
JXDL44N
JXDD44R
JXDM3
JXDM2
JXDM2

JXDM3
Grill Cover
JXDM2
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, BC = Brushed-Chrome.
†Grill Module includes Calrod ® heating element, one-piece Grill Grate, and porcelain reflector pan.

Slab Installation
For peninsula or island installation and rear wall ducting, PVC duct or
locally approved piping should be used if installing under a poured
concrete slab.
JXDL44N
JXDD44R

JXDM4

Note: These cooktops are U.L. approved for indoor use only.
Model JP380BV is U.L. approved for outdoor use only.

Grill Module
JXDL44N

Griddle Accessory
JXDD44R (Use with optional Grill Module.)

Includes front/rear controlled
heating element, one-piece grill grate,
and porcelain-enameled reflector pan.

Place over heating element and
reflector pan from optional grill
module. Griddle accessory has a
non-stick coating and is self-draining.

Calrod ® Modules

Ribbon Modules

One 8" and one 6" plug-in heating element
with one-piece bowls
JXDC41NBC—Brushed-chrome
JXDC43RBL—Black porcelain-enameled
JXDC44RWH—White porcelain-enameled

Patterned glass top with one 8" and one
6" ribbon heating element
JXDR50VW—White on white
JXDR50VB—Black on black
JXDR50VC—Patterned black top with
brushed-chrome trim

See page 140 for warranty information.

182

Grill Cover
Covers grill area when not in use
JXDM3—White on white
JXDM2—Black on black
JXDM4—Black on black
(For model JP380 patio grill only.)

Note: See next page for dimensions
and installation information.

Cooktop Options
GE lets you customize your
cooktop with flexible modules to
suit your taste. These optional
versatile modules—Grill, Calrod,®
Ribbon, Griddle Accessory and
Grill Cover—are available at
additional cost. Simply plug the
modules you want into either side
of the cooktop (single modular
cooktops accept modules on left
side only) and unplug them for
easy cleaning and storage.

Built-In Downdraft Cooktops
Cooktop Dimensions (in inches)

Cabinet Dimensions (in inches)
9

29-7/8

6
12-1/4

10-1/2

3
19

6"
Dia.

27-1/2
20-1/2

28-7/8

Water Systems

21-9/16

Refrigeration

,@CDFGÀÃÄÆÇy|}AÁz~ÈÅHE~z{ÅÁÂEAB,

INSTALLATION/SPECIFICATIONS FOR SELECT-TOP™ MODULAR COOKTOPS AND PATIO GRILL

Receptacle Location

Venting Options

Direct to Outside
Straight Duct

Downward Venting (in inches)

Microwave Ovens

5" Approx.
for European
cabinets

Note: Ductwork must be vented to outside. Do not vent into a wall, ceiling, crawlspace, attic or any concealed
space. Always use an appropriate roof or wall cap with damper. Laundry-type wall caps should never be
used. For maximum efficiency use the shortest and straightest duct run possible, with as few fittings as
possible. For satisfactory performance the duct run should not exceed 100 feet equivalent length. Refer
to the table of equivalent lengths (shown in Pub. No. 49-8552) for various duct configurations.

Downward venting
(in inches)

Through the Cabinet Toe Space

2" Approx.

Rear Wall Venting (in inches)
9-3/8

7-9/16

15-3/4

Preparing the Cabinet for Installation
In some cabinets, the sides may need to be scooped or cut down
2" as shown (right) and the corner braces removed in order to
accommodate the cooktop.

9-3/8

Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation
instructions [Pub. No. 49-8672 (JP389/385); Pub. No. 49-8670
(JP380)] packed with product for current dimensional data.
Rear wall
(in inc

Dishwashers

Inside Wall
Through Roof

Cooking Products

Between the Floor Joists

Laundry

Install an approved junction box within shaded area shown in
diagram. Junction box must be at least 10-1/2" below top of cabinet.

Venting Options

Installing the Ductwork

Room Air

Use minimum 26-gauge galvanized or 24-gauge aluminum duct in 6" round or
3-1/4" x 10" size, or combination of both. PVC duct or locally approved piping
should be used if installing under a poured concrete slab.

See page 140 for warranty information.

183

BUILT-IN DOWNDRAFT GAS MODULAR COOKTOPS
20-15/16 ± 1/16

28-7/8 ± 1/16

GE Profile™

7-9/16

JGP389WEV*
JGP389BEV*

15/16
Min. clearance

JGP18BEV**

9-3/8

Configuration
Accepts modules
Fixed gas cooktop burners (right side)
Electronic pilotless ignition
Downdraft vent fan
Downdraft exhaust (CFM)

Single Modular
Left Side
Standard

Single Modular

●

375

2" minimum
clearance
required
between
cooktop
and each
side wall

●

Appearance
White on white
Black on black

Black on black

●

30
29-7/8 x 21-1/2
58

18
18-1/16 x 21-1/2
45

Color appearance
Up-front controls

Installation Information (in inches)
Model JGP389

Select appropriate
duct cutout
(see ducting installation instructions.)

21-1/2

Pressure regulator

Blower can be swiveled 90°
Blower assembly
Grease
clearance 15-5/8
container

Power/Ratings
Gas cooktop electrical rating
120V, 60Hz, 15A
BTU’s (000’s)
Right side (burners)
10.0/9.0
—
Nat/LP
Grill Unit
8.0/8.0
8.0/8.0
*Models JGP389WEV and JGP389BEV are shipped with fixed standard gas burners, right side.
Left side accepts optional modules that must be ordered and are available at additional cost.
**Model JGP18BEV is shipped without modules. Optional modules must be ordered and are
available at additional cost.

Optional Modules (Available at additional cost)
Gas Grill Module—JXGG89
Two-Burner Gas Module
(standard burners)—
Griddle—JXGL89
JXGB89W—White on white (use with optional
JXGB89B—Black on black
Grill module)

29-7/8

Tie down bolt
on each end

Weight & Dimensions
Cooktop width (in inches)
Overall dimensions (W x D in inches)
Approximate shipping wt. (lbs.)

1-7/8
Min.

Features

Wiring box cover

20-15/16 ± 1/16

17-1/8 ± 1/16

7-9/16
15/16
Min. clearance

9-3/8

1-7/8
Min.

Grill Cover—
JXGC89W—White on white
JXGC89B—Black on black

Installation Information:
Before installing, consult installation instructions (Pub. No. 49-8585)
packed with product for current dimensional data.

Installation Information (in inches)
Model JGP18
Select appropriate
duct cutout
(see ducting installation instructions.)

18-1/16

21-1/2

Tie down bolt
on each end

Slab Installation
For peninsula or island installation and rear wall ducting, PVC duct or locally approved
piping should be used if installing under a poured concrete slab.

Pressure regulator

Blower can be swiveled 90°
Blower assembly
Grease
clearance 15-5/8
container

Wiring box cover

30" SLIDE-IN DOWNDRAFT RANGES
GE
JSP69WV
JSP69BV

Range Dimensions
(in inches)
To front
of handle

Downdraft Installation Dimensions (in inches)
Clearance for ducting into wall

Cutout location for ducting into floor

28"

Features
Self-cleaning oven
Automatic self-clean
oven door lock
Oven racks
Porcelain-enameled
modular cooktop
Electronic digital clock and timer
Delay Bake option
Preheat signal
Electronic oven control
Downdraft venting
Two-speed exhaust fan
Interior oven light
Storage drawer (1/2 depth)
Broiler pan with grid

●
●

2
●

10-7/8
36

●

4-5/16

●
●

11-5/8

●

7-1/4" x 7-1/4" square

●
●
●
●

Appearance
Color appearance*
Glass oven door
Oven door with window
Designer-style handle

WW
BB
●
●

14-3/4

●

Weight & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Approximate shipping wt. (lbs.)

9-1/2

23 x 16 x 17
171

Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V
14.0
208V
Not Available
Amps @
240V
40
208V
—
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.
Note: (Shipped with grill module) Optional plug-in
modules available.

184

See page 140 for warranty information.

Counter Cutout Dimensions (in inches)

Receptacle Location (in inches)

●

12-1/4

The electrical connection must be
located in the shaded area shown.

Receptacle Locations:
For all 30" Slide-In Ranges
locally approved flexible
service cord or conduit
must be used because
terminals are not
accessible after range
installation. See shaded
area in drawing for
location of electrical
outlet box. Recommended
outlet locations allow
range to be installed
directly against rear wall.

Optional Modules (Available at additional cost)
Coil Modules
Radiant Module—JXGR63B
Griddle Accessory—JXGL90 JXGC53W—White on white
JXGC53B—Black on black
Grill Module—JXGG50

30-1/8
Note: 30" ranges conform to U.L. requirements
for 0" spacing from walls below countertops.
However some kitchen cabinet finishes can be
damaged by heat from the heating elements.
It is recommended that a clearance of at least
1-1/4" be maintained to adjacent walls. Where
varnished wood or plastic film finishes are used,
a minimum clearance of 6" should be maintained.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult
installation instructions [Pub. No. 49-8643
(JSP69WV/69BV)] packed with product for
current dimensional data.

Refrigeration

HOODS
Dimensions (in inches)
C
19-3/4
19-3/4
19-3/4
17-1/2
17-1/2
17-1/2
17-1/2

A
7
7
7
5-1/2
5-1/2
5-1/2
5-1/2

B
29-7/8
29-7/8
35-7/8
29-7/8
29-7/8
29-7/8
29-7/8

D
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Width
30"
36"

High Performance Performance
JV376V
JV356V
JV656V

A
B
C

Water Systems

Model
JV376V
JV356V
JV656V
JV347X
JV337X
JV327X
JN327X

GE
Deluxe
JV347X

Standard
JV327X

JV337X

JN327X

●

160

160
150

Features
Variable speed fan control
Two-speed fan control
Three-speed fan control
Vertical exhaust (CFM)
Rear exhaust (CFM)
Damper included (rectangular)
Optional damper accessory (round)
Sones rating:
Top exhaust
Rear exhaust

●

●
●

250
230

●

180
160
●

5.5
5.5

2
162
2

2*
162/256
2

●

JXDA22

8.0
8.0
Disposable
1-Pc. Filter
90
1

8.0

8.0
8.0

1
90
1

Laundry

Removable grease filters
Filter size (sq. in.)
Cooktop light(s)**
Night light position on light switch
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct
7" round duct
Non-vented

410
380

Disposable
1-Pc. Filter
90
1

●

Option

●

Option

Option
Option
Option

WW/BB

WW/BB/AA

Almond or White

Current rating amps @ 120V
2.5
1.4
2.5
2.5
*WB13X5008 removable charcoal filter (for non-vented use) is available at additional cost. Call toll-free 800-626-2002.
**Light bulbs not furnished.
†WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.

2.5

●
●

Color appearance†

Cooking Products

Appearance
Weights & Dimensions
Approximate shipping weight (lbs.)

Power/Ratings

5
9/16

3-1/4
Wiring
Knockouts

9
5
7-1/2

1/4

5
3-1/4

1-3/8" Typ.

Models: JV347X*
and JV327X

*JV347X—Refer to this
drawing for round exhaust
option. Refer to drawing 2
for rectangular exhaust option.
Exhaust outlet connects to 7"
diameter duct. Vent top only.
Round damper accessory,
JXDA22, available at
additional cost.

1-1/8" Typ.

8-5/16" Typ.
Optional power
supply connection

5-3/4

1-3/8" Typ.

Models: JV347X*
and JV337X

3-1/4

1-1/4
Center line
of hood
7-3/4
Rear power
supply connection

1-3/8" Typ.

Model:
JN327X

1-1/4

1-1/8" Typ.

8-5/16" Typ.

Exhaust outlet
Optional power
supply connection
1-1/4

1-1/4
Center line
of hood

Center line
of hood
7-3/4

Optional top power
supply connection

1/2

*JV347X—Refer to this drawing
for rectangular exhaust option.
Refer to drawing 3 for round
exhaust option.
Exhaust outlet connects to
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct.
Vent top or rear. Includes
rectangular damper.

1-1/8" Typ.

8-5/16" Typ.

Dishwashers

Exhaust outlet connects to
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular
duct. Vent top or rear.
Includes rectangular damper.

1-3/8

Center line
of hood

1-1/4

Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories

Note: Exha
to 7" diame

7-3/4
1-1/4

Room Air

Models: JV656V,
JV376V and JV356V

Top Vent
Knockout

12
1-3/8

Microwave Ovens

Hood Dimensions (in inches)

Note: Before installing, consult installation instructions [Pub. No. 49-8646 (JV376);
Pub. No. 49-8809 (JV337/327/347/JN327); Pub. No. 49-8645 (JV356/656)]
packed with product for current dimensional data.

See page 140 for warranty information.

185

SLIDE-OUT HOODS
GE Profile
Performance Series™

Installation
Information
(in inches)

™

GE Profile

JV960SA

JV930SA

JV695S

JV694S

JV395S

JV394S

●

9-1/4

3-1/4
10

24-1/8

10-1/2

Features

4-1/4

Variable speed fan control
Auto heat sensor
Vertical exhaust (CFM)
Sones rating: Top exhaust
Removable grease filter*
Filter size (sq. in.)
Cooktop light
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct

●

300
4.5

●

147

●

36
43

30
40

36
43

30
40

3.7

1-5/8–30"
7-5/8–36"

30
36

12-1/8

Dimensions (in inches)

Appearance
Color appearance**

,,
,
,,,,,,,,,
,,
,
,
,
,,
,
,,
,
,,
,
,,
,
11"
,,
,
MIN. ,,
,
(inside) ,,
,
,,
,
,,
,
,,
,
,,
,
,,
,
,,,
,,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,

Weights & Dimensions
Width (in inches)
Approximate shipping weight (lbs.)

Power/Ratings
Current rating Amps @ 120V
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
*Has washable one-piece smoke/grease filter.
**SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.
Note: These vented hoods include an installed damper.
Note: The unit is ducted vertically. Horizontal ducting can be accomplished as shown.
Note: Remove glass visor from unit before installing hood in cabinet to protect visor from damage.
Note: Before installing, consult Use & Care/installation instructions [Pub. No. 49-8464 (JV694/695);
Pub. No. 49-8463 (JV394/395)] packed with product for current dimensional data.

18" MIN.

Flush bottom cabinet

,
,,
,
,,
,,
,
,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,
,,,
,,
,
,,
,,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,
11"
,, MIN. ,,
,
,
,, (inside) ,,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,,
,,
,
,,
,
,,,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,Recessed bottom cabinet

TELESCOPIC DOWNDRAFT SYSTEMS
GE Profile
Performance Series™

JVB96SA

JVB93SA

Overall Dimensions (in inches)
Model: JVB96SA

Features
Variable speed fan control
Downdraft exhaust (CFM)
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct
Removable grease filters

36
●

●

500

●

Stainless

36
62

30
60

Appearance
Color appearance

Model: JVB93SA
30

32-1/4

26-1/4

29-1/2

Right
discharge

Weights & Dimensions
Width (in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

Power/Ratings
Current rating Amps @ 120V
4.0
4.0
Note: Approved for use with GE Profile Performance,™ GE
Profile,™ and GE electric and sealed burner gas cooktops.

Left
discharge

Down
discharge

Accessories:
JXB3WW—30" white trim strip for use with 30" induction
cooktop JP393R
JXB6WW—36" white trim strip for use with 36" induction
cooktop JP693R

Down
discharge

Venting Island to Outside Wall (in inches)

Counter Cutout Information

Wall
Countertop
Cooktop

1-7/8

Downdraft

29-1/2

Note: Telescopic downdraft vents are not recommended
to be installed with cooktops that are flush mounted.
7

Note: The countertop must be at least 26" deep with a
flat surface area of 23-1/2" or more, front to back. In
addition, other clearances to the front edge of the
countertop must be considered.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult
installation instructions (Pub. No. 49-8446, 36" and 30"
Telescopic Hoods) packed with product for current
dimensional data.

24" Power cord provided
(on right-hand side)

Note: Dimensions shown are for reference only. Before
cutting out countertop, refer to instructions packed with
downdraft and cooktop.
Note: Duct run not to exceed 100 equivalent feet.
Note: Installation in cabinets/countertops against the
wall will not be possible in most applications.

See page 140 for warranty information.

186

Front To Back
Inside Cabinet Depth

Pay special attention to the 4 areas of potential
interference circled above. 2" of FLAT countertop
is needed behind rear edge of cooktop to
accommodate downdraft vent cover.
Approved for use with the following GE cooktops—
36" and 30" Calrod® models, 36" and 30" radiant
models, 30" solid disk models, 36" and 30" gas
sealed burner models and 36" and 30" induction
models. Not approved for use with standard
burner gas cooktops.

18" MIN.

Refrigeration

TELESCOPIC DOWNDRAFT SYSTEMS
GE Profile™
JVB67AWW
JVB67ABB

JVB37AWW
JVB37ABB

Overall Dimensions (in inches)
Model JVB67

Model JVB37

Features
●

●

8-1/2

●

500

●

WW
BB
White
Black
Black

7-1/2

2-1/4

7-1/4

2-1/4

7-1/4

Appearance
Color appearance*
Cover plate
Telescopic snorkel assembly

Weights & Dimensions
Width (in inches)
Approximate shipping weight (lbs.)

36
76

30
72

12-1/8

6-3/8

12-1/8

6-3/8

3-1/4

CL
17-1/8
20-5/8

30" Unit
33-7/8

14-3/8
17-7/8

Water Systems

Upfront variable speed fan
w/slide control
Separate remote raise/lower switch
Downdraft exhaust (CFM)
Optional blower mount capabilities
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct
Minimum 6" round duct capability
Removable grease filters

28-3/8

Power/Ratings

Venting Options (Through the Floor)

In Cabinet Discharge (Down)

In Cabinet Discharge (Right)

In Cabinet Discharge (Left)

3-1/2
Left-Right
Adjustment

30˚
Blower
Rotation
From Any Position

Microwave Ovens

Cooking Products

Blower Position

Laundry

Current rating Amps @ 120V
4.0
4.0
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.
Note: Approved for use with GE Profile Performance Series,™ GE Profile™ and
GE electric and sealed burner gas cooktops.

Note: Telescopic downdraft vents are not recommended to be installed
with cooktops that are flush mounted.
Approved for use with the following GE Profile Performance Series,™
GE Profile,™ and GE cooktops—36" and 30" electric models, 36" and
30" gas sealed burner models and 36" and 30" induction models.
Not approved for use with standard burner gas cooktops.

Dishwashers

Note: The countertop must be at least 26" deep with a flat surface
area of 23-1/2" or more, front to back. In addition, other clearances
to the front edge of the countertop must be considered.
Note: Dimensions shown are for reference only. Before cutting out
countertop, refer to instructions packed with downdraft and cooktop.
Note: Installation in cabinets/countertops against the wall will
not be possible in most applications. Against the wall installations
are limited to dimension requirements. Refer to installation
instructions packed with product for further details.

JXBC57 Outdoor Cover. Optional accessory may be ordered for
installation of motor and blower assembly on outside wall.

Room Air

JXRB57 Indoor Remote Accessory. Optional accessory may be
ordered for installation of motor and blower assembly in an
indoor remote location.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
(49-8931) packed with product for current dimensional data.
See page 140 for warranty information.

187

30" SLIDE-IN GAS RANGES
GE Profile™

JGSP44WEY
JGSP44AEY
JGSP44BEY

JGSP23WEY
JGSP23BEY

JGSS05BEA

●

Extra-Large
Standard Clean

●

Features
Self-Clean oven with
Delay Clean option
Variable cleaning time
Automatic self-clean
oven door lock
Cooktop burners
Maximum output burner
Standard simmer burner
SmartSet Controls
Temperature display
Start pad
Delay Bake option
with Cook & Hold
C° or F° programmable
Audible preheat signal
Auto oven shut-off
with override
Electronic clock and
kitchen timer
Control lock capability

Cooktop
Lift-up cooktop
One-piece drip pans
Removable cooktop grates
Ignition system
Oven racks
Broiler pan and grid
Interior oven light
Storage drawer
In-oven broiling
Slide-out broiler drawer

●

Sealed

Standard

●
●

●

White Glass
Almond Glass
Black Glass

White Porcelain- Enameled
Black Porcelain- Enameled

Porcelain-Enameled
Deluxe Cast
Electronic
2

Porcelain-Enameled
Standard Cast
Electronic
2

●

Standard Porcelain Steel
Electronic
2
Extra-large

●

Black Porcelain- Enameled
●

●

Appearance
Color appearance*

Frameless glass oven door
Oven door with window
Lift-off oven door
Designer-style handle

WW
AA
BB
White
Almond
Black

WW
BB

White
Black

Black

●

Sure Grip

●

Optional Kits for Slide-In Gas Ranges:
(Available at additional cost on all models except JGSS05BEA)
Rear Filler Strip Kits
Models JGSP44 and JGSP23 are shipped with
required “vented” rear filler strip
Lower/Side Trim Kits
JXS52BB—Lower Trim Kit (Black)
JXS53WW—Lower Trim Kit (White)
JXS54AA—Lower Trim Kit (Almond)
Pub. No. 3-A040 Vertical Side Trim Kit (Brushed-Chrome)
Accessory Backguards
JXS31—White Accessory Backguard
JXS32—Brushed-Chrome Accessory Backguard
JXS33—Almond Accessory Backguard
JXS34—Black Accessory Backguard
Endcap Kit
JXS40—Endcap kit to accommodate replacement where countertop
may already be notched.
Optional Gas Range Wok Accessory (Available at additional cost)
JXWK = Wok accessory holder sits on top of maximum burner
grate to hold a round-bottom wok.

Counter Cutout Dimensions for Models
JGSP44 and JGSP23 (in inches)

Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior
dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)

22-3/4 x 13 x 17
197

24 x 17 x 19
192

165

Power/Ratings
Gas range electrical rating
Top burners
(000’s BTU’s) Nat/LP
Oven/broiler burners
(000’s BTU’s) Nat/LP

120V, 60Hz, 5A

(1) 12.0/9.4
(2) 9.5/7.0
(1) 5.0/4.0

(3) 9.5/7.0
(1) 5.0/4.0

(4) 9.0/8.0

16.0/16.0

Accessories
JXS31
Optional backguard
JXS33
JXS31
(available at additional cost)
JXS34
JXS34
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.
Universal Orifices for Natural or LP Gas. Factory set for Natural Gas. A set of LP orifices is included with each range for LP conversion.

See page 140 for warranty information.

188

You must use the rear filler strip kit shipped with the range
or the optional accessory backguard
(JXS31, JXS32, JXS33, JXS34) when installing these ranges.
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to slide-in ranges must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F temperature rating.

Refrigeration

30" Slide-In Gas Ranges Dimensions (in inches)
Models JGSP44 and JGSP23
A

30
18" MIN.*

30" MIN. clearance to cabinets
above cooktop

Water Systems

2" MIN. to
nearest
sidewall
(both sides)

35-7/8" MIN.
38" MAX.

C
D

* AGA Requirement

Dimensions (in inches)
D
45-13/16
45-13/16
45-13/16
45-1/8
45-1/8

E
35-7/8 to 38
35-7/8 to 38
35-7/8 to 38
35-7/8 to 38
35-7/8 to 38

Note: Models JGSP44AEY, JGSP44WEY, JGSP44BEY,
JGSP23WEY and JGSP23BEY are shipped with special
“vented” rear filler strip. Post form countertops may
not be used when installing this range. The filler strip
(provided) or optional backguard kit is required for
installation.

Laundry

Model
A
B
C*
JGSP44AEY
30
36-1/4
29-1/2
JGSP44WEY
30
36-1/4
29-1/2
JGSP44BEY
30
36-1/4
29-1/2
JGSP23WEY
30
36-1/4
28-7/8
JGSP23BEY
30
36-1/4
28-7/8
*Depth including handle:
26-7/8"—Wall to front of closed oven door
26-1/2"—Depth to front top edge of cooktop

,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,,,,,

Recommended area
for 120V outlet on
rear wall and area
for through the
wall connection
of pipe stub 2-1/2
and shutoff valve

Cooking Products

Installation Information (in inches)
Models JGSP44 and JGSP23

Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 31-10181 (JGSP44AEY, JGSP44WEY, JGSP44BEY, JGSP23WEY
and JGSP23BEY) packed with product for current dimensional data.

12-1/2

1-1/2

7-1/2

Microwave Ovens

2-1/2

Recommended area
for through the floor
connection of pipe stub
and shut-off valve

30" Slide-In Gas Range Dimensions (in inches)
Model JGSS05

Recommended common
area for gas outlet and
electrical outlet
Recommended area for
120V outlet on rear wall
and area for thru the wall
connection of pipe stub
and shut-off valve

30
8

Dishwashers

2-1/2

36 ±1/4

26-1/8*

9
*Depth to front of closed oven door
28-1/4" depth including handle
25-1/4" depth to front top edge of cooktop

Recommended area for
thru the floor connection
of pipe stub and shut-off valve

Room Air

46-3/8

Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 49-8751 (JGSS05)] packed with product for current dimensional data.
See page 140 for warranty information.

189

30" SLIDE-IN ELECTRIC RANGES
GE Profile™

JSP40WW
JSP40AW
JSP40BW

JSP34WW
JSP34AW
JSP34BW

JSP26BW

JSS26BW

JSS16PW

●

Standard Clean

●

2
Patterned White
Patterned Almond
Patterned Black

White
Almond
Black

CM*
Porc.-Enam.

Black
Porc.-Enam.

CM*
Porc.-Enam.

Features
Self-clean oven with Delay Clean option
Variable cleaning time
Automatic self-clean oven door lock
Oven shelves

Glass-ceramic cooktop

Lift-up porcelain-enameled cooktop
Overhanging cooktop

Removable one-piece drip bowls
Plug-in Calrod ® heating elements
8" heating elements
6" heating elements
Infinite heat controls
SmartSet Controls
Temperature display
Start pad
Delay Bake option w/Cook & Hold
C° or F° programmable
Audible preheat signal
Auto oven shut-off w/override
Control lock capability
Electronic clock and kitchen timer
Hot surface indicator lights
Heating element “ON” indicator light
Interior oven light

Storage drawer
Broiler pan with grid

●

Chrome
Porc.-Enam.
Porc.-Enam.

Porc.-Enam.

Chrome

●

Ribbon**
Ribbon**

2
2

●

4
●

●

White
Almond
Black

CM*

Black

CM*

●

WW
AA
BB
White
Almond
Black

WH/AD

CM*

Black

Painted

●

Sure Grip

●

Visor

182

175

160

11.4
8.6
40
40

10.8
8.1
40
40

11.6
8.7
40
40

JXS31
JXS33
JXS34

JXS33/31

JXS34

JXS33/31

Appearance
Color appearance*

Frameless glass oven door
Oven door with window
Lift-off oven door
Designer-style handle

Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

22-3/4 x 15-3/4 x 17

Power/Ratings
KW rating @240V
208V
Amps @
240V
208V

Accessories
JXS31
Optional backguard
JXS33
(available at additional cost)
JXS34
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black,
AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, AD = Almond,
CM = Color-Matched indicates color of the oven door
matches range cooktop and drawer face (either white or almond).
**Two 8", one 6" and one dual 6"/9" ribbon heating elements.

30" Slide-In Range Dimensions (in inches)

Optional Kits for Slide-In Electric Ranges
(Available At Additional Cost)
Rear Filler Strip Kits
JXS28—Rear Filler Strip Kit (Brushed-chrome)
JXS62BB—Rear Filler Strip Kit (Black)
JXS63WW—Rear Filler Strip Kit (White)
JXS64AA—Rear Filler Strip Kit (Almond)
Models shown above are shipped with rear filler strip kit.
Accessory Backguards
JXS31—White Accessory Backguard
JXS32—Brushed-Chrome Accessory Backguard
JXS33—Almond Accessory Backguard
JXS34—Black Accessory Backguard
Endcap Kit
JXS40—Endcap kit to accommodate replacement where
countertop may already be notched.
Lower/Side Trim Kits
JXS52BB—Lower Trim Kit (Black)*
JXS53WW—Lower Trim Kit (White)*
JXS54AA—Lower Trim Kit (Almond)*
Pub. No. 3-A040—Vertical Side Trim Kit (Brushed-Chrome)
*For countertop height greater than 37", it is recommended
to use a lower trim kit.
Note: All 30" Slide-In Ranges conform to U.L. requirements
for 0" spacing from range to adjacent walls below
countertop. To reduce possibility of scorching of the side
wall adjacent to the heating elements, it is recommended a
minimum 6" spacing from adjacent side walls be allowed
for possible extended high-heat, no-load heating element
operation.
Receptacle Locations: For all 30" Slide-In Ranges locally
approved flexible service cord or conduit must be used
because terminals are not accessible after range installation.
See shaded area in drawing for location of electrical outlet
box. Recommended outlet locations allow range to be
installed directly against rear wall.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult
installation instructions (Pub. No. 31-10070) packed with
product for current dimensional data.
If you are NOT using the
optional Filler or Backguard:

23-3/16

Maintain
at least 6"
to side walls

30 Min.

18 Min.

If you are using the
optional Filler or Backguard:

4-1/2

6
5

35-1/2

All GE ranges are equipped
with an Anti-Tip device.
The installation of this
device is an important,
required step in the
installation of the range.

See page 140 for warranty information.

190

2-1/4

Acceptable
Electrical
Outlet Area

*Wall to front of
closed door handle on
models
JSP40/34
*Wall to
front of
closed door
28"ononmodels
modelsJSP40/34,
handle
JSP26/JSS26/16

28" on models JSP26/JSS26/16

Note: Cabinets installed
adjacent to slide-in electric
ranges must have an
adhesion spec of at least
194° F temperature rating.

30
28-1/4*
45-1/8
Note: Range may be placed with 0"clearance (flush) at the
back wall and side walls if the range side trims extend beyond
the cabinet fronts at least 1/4". (Self-clean models only)

Refrigeration

30" DROP-IN ELECTRIC RANGES
GE
JDP39WW
JDP39BW

JDP36BW

JDS26BW

●

Standard Clean

●

2
White Porc.-Enam.
Black Porc.-Enam.
2 Plug-in
2 Plug-in

2
White or Almond
Porc.-Enam.
2 Plug-in
2 Plug-in

Lift-up overhanging cooktop
8" heating elements
6" heating elements
Infinite heat controls
Removable one-piece drip bowls
SmartSet Controls
Temperature display
Start pad
Delay Bake option w/Cook & Hold
C° or F° programmable
Audible preheat signal
Auto oven shut-off w/override
Electronic clock and kitchen timer
Control lock capability
Heating element “ON” indicator light
Broiler pan with grid

●

Chrome
Black Porc.-Enam.

Chrome

●

Laundry

Self-clean oven w/Delay Clean option
Variable cleaning time
Automatic self-clean oven door lock
Oven shelves

Water Systems

Features

Appearance
Color appearance*
Frameless oven door
Oven door with window
Lift-off oven door
Designer-style handle

WW
BB
White Glass
Black Glass

WH/AD

Black Glass

●

Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

Cooking Products

Weights & Dimensions
22-3/4 x 15-3/4 x 17
144

144

128

11.6
8.7
40
40

Power/Ratings

Range side
support

,,,,,,,,
,
,
,,,,

30" to
bottom of
cabinet
over
range

These screws are anti-tip
devices and must be
installed in the front and rear

23-3/16"
MIN.
For best fit
30"
Exact
between
cabinets

30-1/4

30-1/2

Base
panel
24-3/4"
(To front edge of door
excluding handle)
18-3/4

Countertop Cutout—Top View

18" MIN. to bottom
of cabinet

26"
(To front of
door handle)

Inside back wall of cabinet
or rear wall
22" MIN.
Flat Counter
Counter overhang
(1-1/4" Standard)

4" x 4"
Junction box
in adjoining
cabinet or
under cabinet
floor
Important: This range is designed to hang from
countertop. It does not rest on the floor.

Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to drop-in electric ranges must have an adhesion spec
of at least 194° F temperature rating.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions (Pub. No. 31-10129)
packed with product for current dimensional data.
Note: 30" Drop-In Ranges conform to requirements for 3" minimum spacing between range and
adjacent side walls below countertop.

Microwave Ovens

Countertop

If necessary, build up
sides to 1-1⁄2" thick to
provide screw anchor
surface and
countertop support

IMPORTANT: 30" DROP-IN RANGES
ARE DESIGNED TO HANG FROM THE
COUNTERTOP. IT DOES NOT REST ON
THE FLOOR. FOR INSTALLATION
ALTERNATIVES, REFER TO INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS PACKED WITH PRODUCT.

1-1/2" MIN.
Adjoining
vertical
cabinet
or wall
above
countertop

3" MIN.
(Both sides)

29-1/4"
Exact
smooth cut
3/8

5/16" MIN. Flat

Dishwashers

,,,,,,
,
,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,
,,

30" Drop-In Range Dimensions (in inches)

22-13/16 Front
Face of
Cabinet

1-1/8

30" Exact
smooth cut
Overhang
If countertop edge is formed, this
dimension must extend to flat area

All GE ranges are equipped
with an Anti-Tip device.
The installation of this
device is an important,
required step in the
installation of the range.

Room Air

12KW rating @ 240V
11.6
208V
8.7
Amps @ 240V
40
208V
40
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, WH = White, AD = Almond.

See page 140 for warranty information.

191

SPACEMAKER™ 27" DROP-IN ELECTRIC RANGES
GE Profile™

( Range
) Dimensions (in inches)
27" Drop-In

JMP31WA

JMP28BA

JMS08BA

Self-Clean

Standard Clean

●

2
White
Porcelain-Enameled
1
3

2
White or Almond
Porcelain-Enameled
1
3

●

Features

●

Chrome

●

Countertop

These screws are anti-tip
devices and must be
installed in the front and rear

22-3/16

●

WW
White Glass
Big View

WH/AD
Black Glass
Big View

●

Sure Grip

●

13/32

28-1/2"
MIN.

27-1/8

●

,,,
,,,

30" MIN. to
bottom of
cabinet
over
range

24-3/16

28-7/16

27" Between
cabinets

Appearance
Color appearance*
Frameless oven door
Oven door with window
Lift-off oven door
Designer-style handle

Range side
support

,
,,,
,,,,,,,

Lift-up overhanging cooktop
8" heating elements
6" heating elements
Plug-in Calrod® heating elements
Infinite heat controls
Removable one-piece drip bowls
Electronic clock and kitchen timer
Delay Bake option
Auto oven shut-off
Electronic oven control
Heating element “ON” indicator light
Interior oven light
Broiler pan with grid

,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,
,,,

If necessary, build up
sides to 1-1⁄2" thick to
provide screw anchor
surface and
countertop support

,,, ,,
,,,,,,,,,

Oven cleaning
Variable cleaning time
Automatic self-clean oven door lock
Oven shelves

Trim section for
countertop with
post formed or
raised front
edge

Important: This range is designed to hang from the
countertop. It does not rest on the floor.

20"
Door
clearance

22-3/16"
Back of range
to front of
closed door

Locate junction box
anywhere in shaded area

Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to
drop-in electric ranges must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F
temperature rating.

Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

Countertop Cutout—Top View

19 x 15 x 18
119

119

9.8
7.3
40
40

10.1
7.6
40
40

Inside back wall of cabinet
or rear wall

Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V
9.8
208V
7.3
Amps @ 240V
40
208V
40
*WW = White on white, WH = White, AD = Almond.
Optional backguard in white, black or almond is available at
additional cost for all models. JX27RWH = White,
JX27RBK = Black or JX27RAD = Almond.

1-1/2" MIN.
Clearance

Adjoining
vertical
cabinet
or wall
above
countertop

Optional Backguard
(Available at additional cost)
JX27RBK = Black
JX27RWH = White
JX27RAD = Almond

21-3/4" cabinet
face to rear
of cutout

3" MIN.
(Both sides)

3/8" MIN. Flat

22-7/8"
Cutout

23-3/8" MIN.*
Flat
counter
*If countertop edge is formed, this
dimension must extend to flat area

26-1/4" MAX.
Smooth cut

In replacement installation, use
JX27R optional backguard, if required

Note: All 27" Drop-In Electric Ranges conform to U.L.
requirements for minimum spacing between range
and side wall below countertop.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult
installation instructions (Pub. No. 31-10116) packed
with product for current dimensional data.

INSTALLATION/SPECIFICATIONS FOR 30" FREE-STANDING CLEANDESIGN ELECTRIC RANGES
Cabinet Dimensions (in inches)
Model
A
B
C*
D
JB970SB
30
48-1/4
26-5/8
45-1/8
JB960WB/AB/BB
29-7/8
46-1/2
25-3/8
47-5/8
JB940WB/AB/BB
29-7/8
46-1/2
25-3/8
47-5/8
JBP79WB/AB/BB
29-7/8
46-1/2
25-3/8
47-5/8
JBP78WB/AB/BB
29-7/8
44-7/16
25-3/8
47-5/8
JBP66WB/AB/BB
29-7/8
44-7/16
25-3/8
47-5/8
JBP64BB
29-7/8
44-7/16
25-3/8
47-5/8
JBP63BB
29-7/8
44-1/2
25-7/16
46-1/8
*Dimension from wall to front of closed oven door handle is
28-7/8" on model JB970; 27-3/8" on models JB960/940, JBP79;
27-3/4" on models JBP78/66/64; and 27-1/2" on model JBP63.

Dimensions and Installation Information
(in inches)
30
2-1/2
25
2-1/2

Acceptable electrical
outlet area

7-1/2

Note: Conforms to U.L. requirements for 0” spacing for adjacent walls
below countertops. To reduce possibility of scorching of walls, it is
recommended a minimum of 1-1/2” spacing be allowed from adjacent
side walls to allow for possible extended, high-heat, no-load heating
element operation.
Installation Information:
Before installing, consult installation instructions packed with range
for current dimensional data.
Receptacle Locations: For 30” Free-Standing Ranges locally approved
flexible service cord or conduit must be used because terminals are not
accessible after range installation. See shaded area drawing for location
of electrical outlet box. Recommended outlet locations allow range to
be installed directly against wall.

Preferred electrical
outlet area
Roughed-in dimensions
C*
D

See page 140 for warranty information.

192

All GE ranges are equipped
with an Anti-Tip device. The
installation of this device is an
important, required step in the
installation of the range.

Refrigeration

30" FREE-STANDING CLEANDESIGN ELECTRIC RANGES
GE Profile Performance Series™

GE Profile™

JB970SB

JB960WB
JB960AB
JB960BB

JB940WB
JB940AB
JB940BB

JBP79WB
JBP79AB
JBP79BB

JBP78WB
JBP78AB
JBP78BB

JBP66WB
JBP66AB
JBP66BB

JBP64BB

JBP63BB

Convection
Auto
3.7

Convection
Auto
4.5

●

Auto
5.0

●

5.0

3.7

●

3 (1 off-set)

3 (1 off-set)
White
Almond
Black

2
White
Almond
Black

Black

●

2 Ribbon
(2000 watt)

2 Ribbon
(1500 watt)

●

8" heating elements
7" heating element
Bridge element
Total wattage
6" heating elements
Warming option
Warming zone
Infinite heat controls
TrueTemp™ System
SmartLogic™ controls
Six-pass power bake element
Convection Bake
Convection Roast
Convenience Controls
QuickSet oven controls
Digital temperature display
Oven function icons
Glass touch controls
Digipad numeric entry
Convection conversion
Delay bake
Oven light pad
Control lock capability
Start pad
Self-clean cool-down time display
Auto self-clean
Delay clean option
Auto oven shut-off
Audible preheat signal
Dual element bake
Automatic meat thermometer
Hot surface lights
Oven “ON” light
Self-clean cycle light
Interior oven light
Full-width fluorescent cooktop night light

Storage drawer
Broiler pan/grid
Roasting rack

1 Ribbon
1 Ribbon
1 Ribbon
1 Ribbon
1 Ribbon
(1000/2500 watt) (1000/2500 watt) (1000/2500 watt) (1000/2500 watt) (1000/2500 watt)
1 Ribbon
1 Ribbon
1 Ribbon
(2000 watt)
(2000 watt)
(2000 watt)
2 Ribbon
2 Ribbon
(1800 watt)
(1800 watt)
1 (800 watt)
1 (800 watt)
4400
4400
1 Ribbon
1 Ribbon
2 Ribbon
2 Ribbon
2 Ribbon
(1500 watt)
(1500 watt)
(1500 watt)
(1500 watt)
(1500 watt)
(75 watt)
(75 watt)
(75 watt)
(75 watt)
1 (120 watt)
●

●

QuickSet V

QuickSet IV

QuickSet III

QuickSet II

●

w/override

●

Auto/Pad

Switch

Laundry

Dual 6"/9" heating element

Black

Cooking Products

Patterned glass-ceramic cooktop
One-piece upswept cooktop

●
●

●

Stainless steel

White
Almond
Black

White
Almond
CM*

CM*

●

WW
AA
BB
White
Almond
Black
Big View
Sure Grip

WW
AA
BB
White
Almond
Black
Big View

WW
AA
WH/AD
White
Almond
Black

WH/AD

Black

●

Tubular

WW
AA
BB
White
Almond
Black
Big View
Sure Grip

●

Microwave Ovens

Self-cleaning oven
Self-clean latch
Oven capacity (cu. ft.)
CleanDesign Oven Interior
Oven shelves

Water Systems

Features

Color appearance*

Frameless glass oven door
Oven door with window
Designer-style handle
Easy Level System

Stainless steel
●

Dishwashers

Appearance

Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.)

22-3/4 x 15-7/8
x 15-7/8
194

206

198

175

174

23 x 16
x 17-3/4
165

11.9
8.9

12.4
9.3

11.5
8.6

11.0
8.3

10.5
7.9

24-1/4 x 19 x 17

24-1/4 x 19 x 19

Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V
208V

Accessories

Room Air

Cooktop cleaning creme and scraper
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
*SS = Stainless steel, BB = Black on black, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, AD = Almond, CM = Color-Matched indicates color of drawer matches range cooktop (either
white or almond).

Warranty Information
Full one-year warranty (parts and labor at no additional charge) applies to the entire
range. Additional limited four-year warranty on glass-ceramic cooktop (parts only).
See written warranty for complete details.

See page 140 for warranty information.

193

30" FREE-STANDING QUICKCLEAN™ ELECTRIC RANGES
GE Profile™ GE
JBP48WB
JBP48AB
JBP48BB

JBP35BB

JBP30WB
JBP30AB
JBP30BB

JBP26WB
JBP26AB
JBP26BB

JBP24BB

JBP21WB
JBP21BB

JBS27WY
JBS27AY
JBS27BY

JBS26W

JBS07V

JBS05Y

JBS03GV
JBS03V

Self-Clean
5.0
2

Self-Clean
3.7
2

Standard
3.7
2

Standard
3.5
2

Standard
3.7
2

●

2 (6 turns)
2 (5 turns)

2 (5 turns)
2 (4 turns)

2 (6 turns)
2 (5 turns)

1 (6 turns)
3 (5 turns)

●

Grey
Black
Black

Black

Grey
Black
Black

Chrome

●

QuickSet IV

QuickSet III

QuickSet II

●

w/override

●

Auto/Switch
in display
White
Almond
Black

Switch

Auto/Switch

●

Features
Oven cleaning
Oven capacity (cu. ft.)
Oven shelves
Upswept porcelain-enameled
cooktop
Clean-Well™ Cooktop System
Lift-up cooktop w/dual support rods
8" heating elements
6" heating elements
Warming option
Infinite heat controls
Plug-in Calrod ® heating elements

Removable 1-piece drip bowls
TrueTemp™ System
SmartLogic™ controls
Six-pass power bake element
Convenience controls
QuickSet oven controls
Digital temperature display
Electronic oven controls
Auto oven shut-off
Control lock capability
Start pad
Delay clean option
Auto self-clean
Self-clean cool down display
Audible preheat signal
Clock and minute timer
Dual element bake
Heating element “ON” indicator light
Interior oven light
Preheated oven light
Removable full-width
storage drawer
Broiler pan with grid

1 (6 turns)
3 (5 turns)

●
●
●

●

w/override
●
●

●

CM*

White
Almond
CM*

CM*

White
CM*

White
Almond
CM*

CM*

White

CM*

●

WW
AA
WH/AD
WG
AG
BG

WH/AD

WW
WH/AD

WH/AD

WG
BG

White

●

Appearance
Color appearance*

Frameless oven door*
Oven door with window
Removable oven door

WW
AA
BB
WG
AG
BG
Big View

BG
Big View

●

Sure Grip

●

Visor

WH/AD

●

WW
AA
WH/AD
WG
AG
BG
●

●

Designer-style handle
Easy Level System
Textured steel side panels

●

●
●

●

22-3/4
x 15-3/4 x 17

23 x 16
x 17-7/8
141
139

Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

24-1/4 x 19 x 19
176

173

170

23 x 16 x 17-3/4
172

170

144

141

23 x 16 x 17-7/8
144

141

153

Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
10.8
9.7
9.8
9.8
9.3
208V
8.8
8.8
8.8
8.8
8.8
8.1
7.3
7.4
7.4
6.9
*WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, WH = White, AD = Almond, CM = Color-Matched indicates color of oven door or storage drawer matches range cooktop (either white or almond),
WG = White Glass, AG = Almond Glass, BG = Black Glass.

Cabinet Dimensions (in inches)
Model
A
B
C*
D
JBP48WB/AB/BB
29-7/8
44-7/16
25-3/8
47-5/8
JBP35BB
29-7/8
44-7/16
25-3/8
47-5/8
JBP30WB/AB/BB
29-7/8
44-7/16
25-3/8
47-5/8
JBP26WB/AB/BB
29-7/8
44-7/16
25-3/8
47-5/8
JBP24BB
29-7/8
44-7/16
25-3/8
47-5/8
JBP21WB/BB
29-7/8
45-1/8
25-7/16
46-1/8
JBS27WY/AY/BY
29-7/8
45-1/8
25-7/16
46-1/8
JBS26W
29-7/8
45-1/8
25-5/16
46-3/8
JBS07V
29-7/8
45-1/8
25-5/16
46-3/8
JBS05Y
29-7/8
44-5/8
25-5/16
45-1/2
JBS03GV
29-7/8
45-1/8
25-5/16
46-1/8
JBS03V
29-7/8
45-1/8
25-5/16
46-3/8
*Dimension from wall to front of closed oven door handle is
27-3/8" on model JBP48; 27-3/4" on models JBP35/30/26/24;
27-1/2" on models JBP21, JBS27 and JBS03V; and 27-1/8" on
models JBS26/07/05/03GV.

Dimensions and Installation Information
(in inches)
30

194

Warranty Information
Full one-year warranty (parts and labor at no additional charge)
applies to the entire range.

2-1/2
25
2-1/2

Acceptable electrical
outlet area

7-1/2
B

Preferred electrical
outlet area
Roughed-in dimensions
C*

See page 140 for warranty information.

9.8
7.4

Note: 30" ranges conform to U.L. requirements for 0" spacing
from adjacent walls below countertops. To reduce possible
scorching of walls, engineering recommends a minimum of 1-1/2"
spacing to allow for possible extended, high heat, no-load heating
element operation.
Receptacle Locations:
Locally approved flexible service cord or conduit must be used
because terminals are not accessible after range installation.
See shaded area in drawing for location of electrical outlet box.
Recommended outlet locations allow range to be installed directly
against wall.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation
instructions packed with product for current dimensional data.
All GE ranges are equipped
with an Anti-Tip device. The
installation of this device is an
important, required step in the
installation of the range.

Refrigeration

40" ELECTRIC RANGES
Warranty Information

GE
JCP67Y

Full one-year warranty (parts and labor at no
additional charge) applies to the entire range.
See written warranty for complete details.

JCS57Y

Features

Oven shelves
8" heating elements
6" heating elements
Removable drip bowls
Clock and minute timer
Automatic oven timer
Heating element “ON”
indicator light
Interior oven light
Full-width fluorescent
cooktop night light
Oven cycling light
Storage drawer
Broiler pan with grid

Master Oven—Self-Clean
Companion Oven—Standard
Master Oven—2
Companion Oven—1
2
2
One-Piece Chrome
Electronic
Master

Standard
Master Oven—2
2
2
One-Piece Chrome
Electronic

●

Master Oven—1
Companion Oven—1

Master Oven—1

Water Systems

Oven cleaning

Appearance
WW
Master Oven
Master

WW
●
●

Laundry

Color appearance*
Oven door with window
Removable oven door

Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

Master Oven—
22-5/8 x 15-7/8 x 18-1/8
Companion Oven—
9-9/16 x 16 x 19-1/2
224

22-5/8 x 15-7/8 x 18-1/8
197

14.2
10.7

12.6
9.5

KW rating @ 240V
208V
*WW = White on white.

Cooking Products

Power/Ratings

40" Range Dimensions and Installation Information (in inches)
44-1/8**
40-1/8

Top View

Microwave Ovens

40-1/8
4
47-1/4
18-1/2

27-3/8*
C
L of range

*Dimension from wall to front of closed oven door handle.
**Includes required 4" door swing allowance for side-hinged
oven or storage compartment door.

10
Wall

7" MAX.
Locate outlet
in shaded area.
Wall mount only.

Dishwashers

Floor

Room Air

Receptacle Locations: For all 40" Free-Standing
Ranges locally approved flexible service cord or
conduit must be used because terminals are not
accessible after range installation. See shaded
area in drawing for location of electrical outlet
box. Recommended outlet locations allow range
to be installed directly against rear wall.

See page 140 for warranty information.

195

30" XL44™ SELF-CLEAN GAS RANGES
GE Profile™

Sealed Burner Models

Standard Burner Models

JGBP90MEA

JGBP86WEA
JGBP86AEA
JGBP86BEA

JGBP85WEA
JGBP85AEA
JGBP85BEA

JGBP79WEA
JGBP79AEA
JGBP79BEA

JGBP35WEA
JGBP35AEA
JGBP35BEA

JGBP30WEA
JGBP30AEA
JGBP30BEA

JGBP27BEA

JGBP26WEA
JGBP26AEA
JGBP26BEA

JGBP28BEA

JGBP24BEA

●

Self-Clean
Sealed
(2) 12,000/
1,000 BTU
(1) 5,000/
600 BTU
(1) 9,500/
850 BTU
270

Self-Clean
Sealed
(1) 12,000/
1,000 BTU
(1) 5,000/
600 BTU
(2) 9,500/
850 BTU
270

Self-Clean
Sealed

Self-Clean
Standard/Twin

(4) 9,500/
850 BTU
140

●

270

Capacity
Extra-large oven

Features
Oven cleaning
Cooktop burners
Maximum Output burner (Nat.)
Precise Simmer burner (Nat.)
All-purpose burners (Nat.)
Valves (degree of turn)
TrueTemp™ System
SmartLogic™ controls
QuickSet oven controls
Auto Self-Clean
Electronic oven control
Hi/Low broil
Electronic clock and timer
Automatic oven timer
Audible preheat signal
Auto oven shut-off
One-piece upswept cooktop
Lift-up cooktop
Easy-clean porcelainenameled subtop
Porcelain-enameled
one-piece drip pans

Removable square grates
Ignition system
Oven racks
Six embossed rack positions
Extra-large broiler pan/grid
Scratch-resistant backguard
Fluorescent backguard light
Interior oven light
Storage drawer
In-oven broiling

●

QuickSet V

QuickSet IV

QuickSet III

QuickSet II

QuickSet III

QuickSet II

●

Porc.-Enam.

●

Black

Grey
Taupe
Black

Profes.
Grates
Electronic
3

Profes. Grates
Grey
Taupe
Black
Electronic
3

Grey Heavy Cast
Taupe
Heavy Cast
Black Hvy. Cast
Electronic
3

Grey Medium Cast
Taupe
Medium Cast
Black Med. Cast
Electronic
2

Grey
Taupe
Black
Grey Deluxe
Porc. Steel
Taupe Deluxe
Porc. Steel
Black Deluxe
Porc. Steel
Electronic
2

●

Mirrored Glass

Glass

Porc.-Enam.

●

Easy Glide

●

WW
AA
BB
White Glass
Almond Glass
Black Glass
Big View

●

●
●

Opt. Access.

Black Std.
Porc. Steel
Electronic
2

Chrome
Chrome
Black
Grey Std.
Porc. Steel
Taupe Std.
Porc. Steel
Black Std.
Porc. Steel
Electronic
2

●

Porc.-Enam.

●

Easy Glide

●

WW
AA
BB
White Glass
Almond Glass
Black Glass
Big View

WW
AA
WH/AD
White Glass
Almond Glass
Black Glass
Big View

Sure Grip

●

210

200

Opt. Access.

Black Std.
Porc. Steel
Electronic
2
●

●
●

●

Appearance
Color appearance*
Frameless removable
oven door
Oven door with window
Designer-style handle
Designer-style control knobs
Four leveling legs

Mirrored Glass
Big View
ProfessionalStyle
ProfessionalStyle

●

230

220

210

WH/AD

Black Glass

Solid
Black Glass

●

WW
AA
WH/AD
White Glass
Almond Glass
Black Glass

WH/AD
Solid
Black Glass

●

Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior
dimensions (WxHxD in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

24 x 17 x 19

Power/Ratings
(2) 12.0/11.0
(1) 12.0/11.0
Top burners
(1) 5.0/5.0
(1) 5.0/5.0
(4) 9.5/9.5
(4) 9.0/8.0
(000’s BTU's) Nat/LP
(1) 9.5/9.5
(2) 9.5/9.5
Oven/broiler burners
16.0/16.0 Oven
(000’s BTU’s) Nat/LP
13.5/12.0 Broil
Gas range electrical rating
120V, 60Hz, 5A
LP conversion kit (included)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
*BB = Black on black, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, AD = Almond, BC = Brushed-Chrome.
Factory set for Natural Gas. A set of LP orifices is included with each XL44 TM range for LP conversion.
Model
A
B
C*
D
E
JGBP90MEA
30
47-3/4
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
JGBP86BEA/WEA/AEA
30
47-3/4
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
Optional Gas Range Accessory Drip Pans For Sealed and
JGBP85BEA/WEA/AEA
30
47-3/4
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
Standard Burner Models (Available at additional cost)
JGBP79BEA/WEA/AEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
To order these accessory drip pans, call toll-free 800-626-2002.
JGBP35BEA/WEA/AEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
APPROVED
JGBP30BEA/WEA/AEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
Optional Gas Range Wok Accessory (Available at additional cost)
JGBP28BEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
JXWK = Wok holder accessory sits on top of maximum burner
JGBP27BEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
grate to hold a round-bottom wok.
All GE ranges are equipped
JGBP26WEA/AEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46
-3/8
36 ± 1/4
with an Anti-Tip device.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation
JGBP26BEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
The
installation
of
this
instructions packed with product for current dimensional data.
JGBP24BEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
device is an important,
*Dimension from wall to front of closed door handle is 29" on models JGBP86/85/79
required step in the
and 28-1/4" on models JGBP90/35/30/28/27/26/24.
installation of the range.
See page 140 for warranty information.
25-1/4"—Depth to front edge of cooktop.
CANADIAN GAS ASSOCIATION

196

Refrigeration

30" XL44™ CONTINUOUS AND STANDARD CLEAN GAS RANGES
GE
Sealed Burner Models

Standard Burner Models

JGBS23WEA
JGBS23AEA
JGBC20BEA JGBC20WEA
JGBS23BEA JGBS22BEA JGBS21PEA JGBS20BEA JGBS20WEA

JGBC17PEA
JGBS17PEA JGBS15PEA

JGBS04BEA JGBS04PEA
JGBS07PEA JGBS04BPA JGBS04PPA

JGBS03PPA

Capacity
●

●

Oven cleaning
Cooktop burners
Maximum Output burner
(Nat.)
Precise Simmer burner (Nat.)
All-purpose burners (Nat.)
Valves (degree of turn)
Electronic clock and timer
Porcelain-enameled cooktop
Lift-up cooktop
Easy-clean porcelainenameled subtop

One-piece drip pans
Removable square grates
Ignition system
Oven racks
Six embossed rack positions
Extra-large broiler pan/grid
Porcelain-enameled backguard
Interior oven light
Slide-out broiler drawer

Cont. Clean
Cont. Clean
Cont. Clean
Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean
Sealed
Sealed
Sealed
Std./Twin
Std./Twin
Std./Twin
Std./Twin
Std./Twin
Std./Twin
Std./Twin
Std./Twin
(1) 12,000/
1,000 BTU
(1) 5,000/
600 BTU
(2) 9,500/
(4) 9,500/
(4) 9,500/
850 BTU
850 BTU
850 BTU
270
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
●

●

One-Piece
Upswept

●

Grey
Taupe
Black
Opt. Access.
Opt. Access.
Opt. Access.
Opt. Access.
Deluxe
Black Standard Black Standard Black Standard Grey Standard
Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel

Opt. Access.
Opt. Access.
Black Standard Black Standard
Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel

Opt. Access.
Opt. Access.
Opt. Access.
Grey Standard Black Standard Black Standard
Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Pilot †
Pilot †
2
2
2

Opt. Access.
1-Piece Wire

Electronic
2

Electronic
1

Electronic
2

●

Drop-Down

●

Drop-Down

Pilot †
2

WH/AD

Black Glass

CM*
Porc.-Enam.

Black Glass

White Glass

Appearance
Color appearance*
Frameless removable
oven door
Oven door with window
Designer-style handle
Four leveling legs

WW
AA
WH/AD
White Glass
Almond Glass
Black Glass
Big View

●

CM* Porcelain- CM* Porcelain- White PorcelainEnameled
Enameled
Enameled

Solid Black
Glass

Water Systems

●

Laundry

●

CM* Porcelain- CM* PorcelainEnameled
Enameled

●

Chrome Visor

●

Chrome Visor

●
●

●

Chrome Visor

●

180

170

175

165

160

●

Cooking Products

Extra-large oven

Features

Weights & Dimensions

175

Microwave Ovens

24 x 17 x 19

Power/Ratings
(1) 12.0/11.0
Top burners
(1) 5.0/5.0
(4) 9.5/9.5
(4) 9.0/8.0
(000’s BTU’s) Nat/LP
(2) 9.5/9.5
Oven/broiler burners
18.0/16.5
(000’s BTU’s) Nat/LP
Gas range electrical rating**
120V, 60Hz., 5A
LP conversion kit (included)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
*WW= White on white, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, AD = Almond, CM = Color-Matched indicates color of oven door matches cooktop (either white or almond).
**Electrical rating not applicable to standing pilot models.
†JGBS04BPA, JGBS04PPA and JGBS03PPA have standing pilot ignition.
Factory set for Natural Gas. A set of LP orifices is included with each XL44 ™ range for LP conversion.
Note: Model JGBS03PPA does not have a flamespreader in broiler compartment.

Installation Information (Dimensions in inches)
Recommended common
area for gas outlet and
electrical outlet

A
Recommended area for
120V outlet on rear wall
and area for thru the wall
connection of pipe stub
and shut-off valve

30
8

2-1/2

2
C
D

Room Air

Model
A
B
C*
D
E
JGBS23BEA/WEA/AEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
JGBS22BEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
JGBS21PEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
JGBC20BEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
JGBS20BEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
JGBC20WEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
JGBS20WEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
JGBC17PEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -1/4
36 ± 1/4
JGBS17PEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -1/4
36 ± 1/4
JGBS15PEA
30
46-1/2
26-1/4
46 -1/4
36 ± 1/4
JGBS07PEA
30
45-1/2
26-1/4
46 -1/4
36 ± 1/4
JGBS04BEA/BPA
30
45-1/2
26-1/4
46 -3/8
36 ± 1/4
JGBS04PEA/PPA
30
45-1/2
25-5/16
46 -1/4
36 ± 1/4
JGBS03PPA
30
40
25-5/16
46 -1/4
36 ± 1/4
*Dimension from wall to front of closed door handle is 29". On models JGBS04 and
JGBS03 the dimension is 27-7/16". 25-1/4"—Depth to front top edge of cooktop

Dishwashers

Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

Recommended area for
thru the floor connection
of pipe stub and shut-off valve

See page 140 for warranty information.

197

SPACEMAKERPLUS™ MICROWAVE/CONVECTION OVENS
GE Profile
Performance Series™

JVM1190SY

JVM1190WY
JVM1190AY
JVM1190BY

1.1

825

●

66" MIN.
Mounting
height
from
floor

Dimensions
(in inches)

Capacity
Oven cavity (cu. ft.)

14-1/4
15-1/2

Sensor Combination
Combination Bake
Express Cook (1-6 minutes)
Instant On Controls
Time Cook
Add 30 Seconds
Temp Cook
Auto Defrost/Time Defrost
Power levels
Delay Start
Surface light
Night Light
Programmable Night Light
Timer On/Off
Reminder
Variable Beeper Volume Control
Cooking Complete Reminder
Child Lock Out
Two-speed high-capacity exhaust fan

●

Hi/Lo

●

Chicken,
Fish, Potato
Hi/Lo

●

I & II

●

Appearance

Case color

Stainless Steel

Door Color
Designer-style handle

Stainless Steel

WW
AA
BB
White on white
Almond on almond
Black on black
White on white
Almond on almond
Black on black

●

Color appearance*

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
WxHxD
Cavity
(in inches)
Exterior

98
98
18 x 8-1/16 x 12-1/2
29-15/16 x 15-1/2x 14-1/4

Power/Ratings
2450 Frequency (MHz)
Electrical input @ 120V

Watts
Amperage

●

1300
12.5

●

Accessories
Convection/Rack broil pan

20-1/2"
Door open

15-1/8

Ventilation Options
The SpacemakerPlus™ microwave/convection and Spacemaker microwave ovens are designed for adaptation
to the following three types of ventilation:
Outside Exhaust (Vertical—as shown above)
Outside Exhaust (Horizontal)
Recirculating (Non-vented ductless—see Filter Kit Drawing)
Requires 120V grounded outlet. Electrical receptacle must be located in cabinet above SpacemakerPlus™
microwave/convection and Spacemaker microwave ovens. No additional wiring, venting or cabinet rebuilding
necessary in many cases. Complete detailed, easy-to-follow installation instructions and convenient full-size
templates are packed with product.
Important: When installing these ovens over a range, allow minimum of 2" from bottom of microwave oven to
top of range backguard to allow for removal of light covers.

Optional Accessories (Available at additional cost)
Filter Kits
JX81A–Recirculating
Charcoal Filter Kit
To be used when the
Spacemaker microwave
oven cannot be vented
to the outside.
JX81–Recirculating
Charcoal Filter Kit
To be used when the
SpacemakerPlus™
microwave/convection
oven cannot be vented
to the outside.

12" Filler Panel Kits
JX40AL–Almond
JX41–Black
JX40WH–White
15" Filler Panel Kits
JX46BL–Black
JX46AL–Almond
JX46WH–White
When replacing a 36" or 42"
range hood, this kit fills in the
additional width to provide a
custom built-in appearance.
For installation between cabinets
only; not for end-of-cabinet installation.
Each kit contains two 3"-wide filler panels.
Two kits are needed for a 42" opening.

Model
JVM1190AY
JVM1190BY
JVM1190WY
JVM1190SY
JVM1660AB
JVM1660SB
JVM1660BB
JVM1660WB
JVM1650AB
JVM1650BB
JVM1650WB
JVM1640BB
JVM1640WB
JVM1630BB
JVM1630WB

Recirculating
Charcoal Filter Kit

Filler
Panel Kit

Decorative
Panel Kit

JX81
JX81
JX81
JX81
JX81A
JX81A
JX81A
JX81A
JX81A
JX81A
JX81A
JX81A
JX81A
JX81A
JX81A

JX40AL
JX41
JX40WH
–
JX40AL
–
JX41/JX46BL
JX40WH/JX46WH
JX40AL/JX46AL
JX41/JX46BL
JX40WH/JX46WH
JX41/JX46BL
JX40WH/JX46WH
JX41/JX46BL
JX40WH/JX46WH

JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS
JX22SS

Full One-Year In Home Warranty**
●
●
Limited Nine-Year Magnetron
Warranty** (10 years total)
●
●
*SS = Stainless steel, BB = Black on black, WW = White on white,
AA = Almond on almond
**See written warranty for details.

Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories

See page 140 for warranty information.

198

3/8"
depth

JX22SS–Stainless Steel Decorative Panel Kit
When replacing a Hi/Low range with a
SpacemakerPlus™ microwave/convection oven
or Spacemaker over a range model, this panel kit
fills in the area between the microwave and range
left by the Hi/Low model.

Warranty

Exhaust outlet
connects to
3-1/4" X 10" duct

12"
MAX.

Features
Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure)
Electronic Touch Controls
SmartControl System
w/Interactive Display
Electronic scrolling digital display
w/Clock and AM/PM Pad
Variable Scroll Speed
Help Pad
Concurrent programming
Display On/Off
Sensor Controls
Beverage
Popcorn
Reheat
Vegetables (Canned/Fresh/Frozen)
Convection Controls
Convection Broil
Convection Bake
Combination Roast

30"
MIN.
width
required

This information is not intended to be used for installing unit
described. Before installing, consult installation instructions
packed with product/kit for current dimensional data.

GE Profile™

JVM1660SB

JVM1660AB

JVM1660BB
JVM1660WB

JVM1651AB*
JVM1650AB

JVM1651BB*
JVM1650BB

JVM1651WB*
JVM1640BB
JVM1631BB*
JVM1650WB JVM1640WB/AB JVM1630BB

JVM1631WB*
JVM1630WB

1.6

1000

●

Refrigeration

SPACEMAKER XL1600 OVER-THE-RANGE MICROWAVE OVENS

Capacity
Oven cavity (cu. ft.)

●

●
●

●

●
●

●

I & II

●

Laundry

●

300 CFM

●

SS
Black

AA
Almond

BB/WW
Black/White

AA
Almond

BB
Black

WW
White

BB/WW/AA
Black/White/Almond

BB
Black

WW
White

●

67
67
20-1/4 x 9-9/32 x 14-13/32
29-7/8 x 16-15/32 (rear) x 15-1/16

Cooking Products

●

Microwave Ovens

Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure)
Electronic touch controls
SmartControl System
w/Interactive Display
Electronic scrolling digital display
Demo Mode
Clock and AM/PM Pad
Clock Saver
Variable Scroll Speed
Help Pad
Concurrent programming
Display On/Off
Sensor Controls Beverage
Chicken
Fish
Meats
Popcorn
Potatoes
Reheat
Vegetables
Appointment Scheduler Pad
Custom Pads (2)
Message Center
Convenience
Beverage Pad
Controls
Cook Pad
Popcorn Pad
Reheat Pad
Snacks Pad
Express Cook (1-6 min.)
Instant On Controls
Time Cook
Add 30 Seconds
Temp. Cook/Roast (Probe)
Auto Defrost/Time Defrost
Power levels
Delay Start
Reminder
CircuWave™ 1000
Two Cooking Racks
Dual Rack
Turntable On/Off
Full-View cooktop lighting
Night light
Programmable nite light
Timer On/Off
Beeper sound level control
Cooking Complete Reminder
Child lock out
Two-speed high-capacity exhaust fan
Easy Mount Installation

Water Systems

Features

Appearance
Color appearance†
Case color
Designer-style handle
Big View window

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
Cavity
WxHxD
(in inches)
Exterior††
2450 Frequency (MHz)
Electrical input Watts
@ 120V
Amperage

●

1480
15

●

Dishwashers

Power/Ratings

Accessories
Cookbook

Warranty

Dimensions (in inches)

66" MIN.
Mounting
height
from floor

30" MIN.
width required

Exhaust outlet
connects to
3-1/4" X 10" duct

Room Air

Full One-Year In-Home Warranty‡
●
●
●
Limited Nine-Year Magnetron
Warranty† (10 years total)
●
●
●
*Non-vented model.
†SS = Stainless steel, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, WW = White on white.
††Exterior dimensions: depth excludes handle.
‡See warranty for details.

12"

NOTE: Popcorn Pad designed for use with 3 packages sizes—3.5, 3.0 and 1.75 oz.

MAX.

This information is not intended to be used for installing unit described. Before installing,
consult installation instructions packed with product/kit for current dimensional data.

15-1/16

21-3/4"
Door open

15-3/4

16-15/32

See page 140 for warranty information.

199

BUILT-IN MICROWAVE OVENS
GE Profile Performance Series™

GE Profile™
Microwave Oven

Microwave/Convection Oven
JEB1095SB

JEB1095WB

JEB1095BB

JEB1055WB

JEB1055BB

1.0

800

●

Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor

●

I & II

●

Capacity
Oven cavity (cu. ft.)

Features
Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure)
Electronic Touch Controls
Electronic digital display w/clock
Beverage
Cook
Popcorn
Reheat
Convection Cook
Combination Cook
Combination Roast (Probe)
Express Cook
Instant On Controls
Time Cook
Add 30 Seconds
Temp Cook/Hold (Probe)
Auto Roast (Probe)
Auto Defrost/Time Defrost
Power levels
Delay/Start Reminder
Minute Pad
Program cooking
Kitchen timer
Variable Beeper Volume
Cooking Complete Reminder

●

5 Stage
99-M./99-S. Digital

●

84
18x8-3/16x11-1/2
26-3/4x18-5/8x16-3/8

Appearance
Color appearance*
Designer-style handle

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Cavity
WxHxD
(in inches)
Exterior†

Power/Ratings
2450 Frequency (MHz)
Electrical input
@ 120V

Watts
Amperage

●

1450
13.0

●

Accessory
Deluxe cookbook
Wire oven rack
30" trim kit (included)

Warranty
Full One-Year In-Home Warranty**
Limited Nine-Year
Magnetron Warranty** (10 years total)
*WB = White on white, BB = Black on black.
**See written warranty for details.
†Exterior dimensions: depth excludes handle.

●

Cut-Out and Dimensional Information (in inches)

25-1/4

16-3/8"
excluding
handle

26-3/4

1-7/8"
MIN.

17-1/2
18-5/8
25-1/4
27-1/2"
MIN.

45-1/4"
to top
surface
of plywood
base

29-1/4

15-5/8"
MIN.

24-3/16

30" single oven installation
27" single oven installation
This information is not intended to be used for installing unit described.
Before installing, consult installation instructions packed with product/kit for current dimensional data.
Note: Refer to page 203 for information on Accessory Trim Kits (Available at additional cost)
See page 140 for warranty information.

200

26-3/4

Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories

Refrigeration

COUNTERTOP MICROWAVE OVENS
GE Profile
™
Performance Series™ GE Profile
Microwave/
Extra-large
Convection
JE1860SB
JE1390WA
JE1860WB
JE1390GA
JE1860GB

GE Profile™

Full-size

GE Profile™ GE

Family-size

JE1840WB
JE1840GB

JE1660WB
JE1660GB

JE1640AB
JE1640WB
JE1640GB

Mid-size

Compact

JE1360WB
JE1360GB

JE1340WB
JE1340GB

JE1060WB
JE1060GB

JE1040WB
JE1040GB

JE740WY
JE740GY

1.3

1.8

1.6

1.3

1.0

850

1100

700

●

Features

●

●
●

●

Sensor
Sensor

Sensor

Sensor
Sensor

●
●

●

Sensor

●
●

●

●
●

Sensor

●

Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor

●

●
●

Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor

●

●
●

●

Sensor

●

Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor

●

●
●

Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor

●

Laundry

●
●
●

●

I & II

●

●
●

●

99-M./99-S.

Timer On/Off

99-M./99-S.

Timer On/Off

99-M./99-S.

Timer On/Off

99-M./99-S.

Timer On/Off

99-M./99-S.

●

●
●

●

WW
BB

White
Greystone

White
Black

AA
WW
BB
Almond
White
Greystone
Almond
White
Black

White
Black

33
12-1/16 x 7-11/16
x 12-1/16
19-1/4 x 10-13/16
x 13-9/16

Appearance
WW
BB

Color appearance*

Case color

White
Greystone

Door color

White
Black

SS
WW
BB
Stainless Steel
White
Greystone
Stainless Steel
White
Black

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Cavity
WxHxD
(in inches)

Exterior†

64
14-1/2 x 10-1/8
x 14-1/2
22-1/4 x 14-7/8
x 19-7/8

17-1/16 x 9-3/4 x 18-5/16

16-1/2 x 9-23/32 x 16-27/32

14-3/4 x 9-1/4 x 16

13-11/16 x 8-1/2 x 14-15/16

23-7/8 x 13-9/16 x 18-13/16

23-21/32 x 13-5/16 x 18-5/16

21-7/8 x 12-5/8 x 17-1/4

20-1/2 x 11-7/8 x 15-7/8

Power/Ratings
2450 Frequency (MHz)
Electric
Watts
input @ 120V
Amperage

●

1500
14.0

1550
13.6

1500
13.0

1550
13.3

1500
13.0

1150
10.5

JX1330WV/
1327WV
JX1330BV/
1327BV

JX1830SB/
JX1827SB
JX1830WB/
JX1827WB
JX1830BB/
JX1827BB

JX1530MWW/
1527MWW
JX1530MBW/
1527MBW

JX1530MAW/
JX1527MAW
JX1530MWW/
1527MWW
JX1530MBW/
1527MBW

Cooking Products

Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure)
Electronic Touch Controls
Scrolling Display with Help Pad
Demo Mode
Electronic digital display w/clock
Display On/Off
Beverage Pad
Cook Pad
Chicken/Fish Pad
Potato Pad
Vegetable Pad
Popcorn Pad
Reheat Pad
Snacks Pad
Convection Cook
Combination Cook
Combination Roast
Express Cook
Instant On Controls
Time Cook
Add 30 Seconds
Temp Cook/Hold (probe)
Auto Defrost
Time Defrost
Power levels
SmartRack
Turntable
Turntable On/Off
Kitchen timer
Delay Start/Reminder
Sound On/Off
Variable Beeper Control
Cooking Complete Reminder
Child lock out

Microwave Ovens

Oven cavity (cu. ft.)

Water Systems

Capacity

Optional built-in kit
Optional hanging kit

Pub. No. 4-A019

Warranty
Full One-Year Warranty**
In-Home
In-Home
In-Home
Limited Nine-Year Magnetron
Warranty** (10 years total)
●
●
●
*SS = Stainless Steel, BB = Black on black, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond.
**See written warranty for details.
†Exterior dimensions: height includes feet.

In-Home

Carry-In

●

Dishwashers

Accessories

Room Air

Note: Refer to page 203 for information on Accessory Trim Kits (Available at additional cost)

See page 140 for warranty information.

201

SPACEMAKER II ™ MICROWAVE OVENS
GE Profile™

COUNTERTOP/COMPACT/SUBCOMPACT
MICROWAVE OVENS

JEM31WA

JEM31SA
JEM31GA

JEM25WY

JEM25GY

800

●

Capacity
Oven cavity (cu. ft.)

JE710BA

JE835WW
JE635WW

JE520BW

JE510BW

.8
.6

600

800
600

600

Capacity

Features
Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure)
Electronic Touch Controls
Scrolling Display with Help
Electronic digital display w/clock
Beverage

Cook
Popcorn
Reheat
Snacks
Express Cook
Instant On Controls
Time Cook I & II
Add 30 Seconds
Auto Defrost/Time Defrost
Power levels
Kitchen timer
Beeper Volume
Sound On/Off
Cooking Complete Reminder
Delay Start/Reminder
Child Lock Out

Sensor
Sensor
Chicken/FIsh
Chicken/Fish
Potato
Potato
Vegetable Sensor Vegetable Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor

●

10
Timer On/Off

10
99-M./99-S.

●

●
●

●

Appearance
Color appearance*

Door color

White

Case color

White

SS
BB
Stainless Steel
Black
Stainless Steel
Greystone

Oven cavity (cu. ft.)

Features
Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure)
Electronic Touch Controls
Electronic digital display
w/clock (LED)
Mechanical Dial
Beverage Pad
Popcorn Pad
Frozen Pizza Pad
Dinner Plate Pad
Baked Potato Pad
Vegetables Pad

White

Black

White

Greystone

41
41
16-1/2 x 7-7/16 x 11-1/4
23-25/32 x 11-3/16 x 12-9/32

Optional built-in kit

●
●
●
●
●

–
15 Min.

●

15 Min.

●
●

●

Black
Black

●
●
●

Black
Black

Cavity
●

●

1300
11.5

White
White

Weights & Dimensions

Accessories
Hanging kit
(Pub. No. 4-A019)**

●
●

●

Door color
Case color

Power/Ratings
2450 Frequency (MHz)
Electrical input
Watts
@ 120V
Amperage

●

Soup Pad
Instant On Controls
Time Cook
Auto Defrost
Time Defrost
Power levels
Turntable
Quick Set
Auto Start
Child Lock Out

Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
41

●
●

Appearance

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
WxHxD
Cavity
(in inches)
Exterior††

●

WxHxD
(in inches)

Exterior†

33
12-5/8 x 8-1/2
x 13-3/16
11-7/8 x 7-5/8
11-3/8 x 7-7/8
x 12-1/2
x 11-5/8
19-1/2 x 11-3/8
x 15-1/8
18-5/16 x 10-13/16
19 x 11 x 12-7/8
13-7/8

11-3/32 x 6-11/16 x 11-7/32

18-5/32 x 9-19/32 x 12-11/16

Power/Ratings
Optional
JX827WN

Optional
JX827BN/
JX827SS

Optional
JX827WN

Optional
JX827BN/
JX827SS

Carry-In

Limited

Warranty
Full One-Year Warranty†
In-Home
In-Home
Nine-Year Magnetron Warranty†
(10 years total)
Limited
Limited
*BB = Black on black, WW = White on white, SS = Stainless Steel
**Pub. No. 4-A019 is available at additional cost.
†See written warranty for details.
††Exterior dimensions: height includes feet.

Cut-Out Dimensions (in inches)
16" for flush
receptacle
18" for
in-cabinet
receptacle

24-15/16" MAX.
24-13/16" MIN.

2450 Frequency (MHz)
Electrical input
Watts
@ 120V
Amperage

●

910
8.5

1200/920
10.5/8.0

950
8.5

Optional

Accessory
Hanging kit
(Pub. No. 4-A019)*

Optional

Warranty
Full One-Year warranty**
Four-year Magnetron warranty**
(Five years total)

Carry-In

●

*Pub. No. 4-A019 is available at additional cost.
**See written warranty for details.
†Exterior dimensions: height includes feet.

Undercabinet Mounting Kit Pub. No. 4-A019 For Spacemaker II,™
Compact and Subcompact Microwave Oven Models
(Available at additional cost)
Not to be used over a thermal oven.

15-1/16" MAX.
14-15/16" MIN.
16-1/4

26-1/8

Side cover
Bottom duct

Accessory Trim Kits for .9 Microwave Ovens
(Available at additional cost)
For a custom built-in appearance, this kit allows built-in installation of the Spacemaker II™
microwave oven into a wall or cabinet alone, and is U.L.-approved for installation over a
GE single electric wall oven. This kit should not be installed over a gas wall oven.
JX827BN—JEM31GA/JEM25GY, JX827WN—JEM31WA/JEM25WY
JX827SS—JEM31SA/JEM31GA/JEM25GY
See page 140 for warranty information.

202

Undercabinet Installation
Install Spacemaker II™, Compact and Subcompact microwave ovens in just a few easy
steps with the mounting template, which provides all the necessary measurements.*
These microwave ovens can be installed on practically any wood or metal cabinets.
*Installation may vary depending on cabinets.
Note: 120V, 60-cycle, grounded power receptacle location optional on back within
cabinet opening.
This information is not intended to be used for installing unit described. Before installing,
consult installation instructions packed with product/kit for current dimensional data.

Refrigeration

ACCESSORY TRIM KITS
Cut-Out Dimensions
(in inches)

24" ± 1/16"

For a custom built-in appearance, these kits allow built-in installation of the 1.3 countertop
microwave oven into a wall or cabinet alone and are U.L.-approved for installation over a
GE single electric wall oven. These kits should not be installed over a gas wall oven.
Note: 120V, 60-cycle, grounded power receptacle location optional on back within
cabinet opening.

30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits

27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits

JX1330BV—Black
JX1330WV—White

JX1327BV—Black
JX1327WV—White

Model
JE1390GA
JE1390WA

“A”
29-3/4"
29-3/4"

30" Deluxe
Accessory Trim Kit
JX1330BV
JX1330WV

Model
JE1390GA
JE1390WA

“A”
26-3/4"
26-3/4"

27" Deluxe
Accessory Trim Kit
JX1327BV
JX1327WV

18-3/4" ± 1/16"
DucTt op

21-1/8
Tri
Strim
ps

Bra

cke

Water Systems

Optional Accessory Trim Kits for 1.3 GE Profile Performance™
Microwave Ovens (Available at additional cost)

23" MIN.
receptacle
in cabinet
21" MIN.
receptacle
outside
cabinet

Optional Accessory Trim Kits for 1.6 GE Profile™ and GE
Microwave Ovens (Available at additional cost)

JX1530MBW—30" Black
JX1530MWW—30" White
JX1530MAW—30" Almond

JX1527MBW—27" Black
JX1527MWW—27" White
JX1527MAW—27" Almond

Model
JE1660WB
JE1660GB
JE1640WB
JE1640GB
JE1640AB

“A”
29-3/4"
29-3/4"
29-3/4"
29-3/4"
29-3/4"

30" Deluxe
Accessory Trim Kit
JX1530MWW
JX1530MBW
JX1530MWW
JX1530MBW
JX1530MAW

Model
JE1660WB
JE1660GB
JE1640WB
JE1640GB
JE1640AB

“A”
26-3/4"
26-3/4"
26-3/4"
26-3/4"
26-3/4"

Cut-Out Dimensions
(in inches)

17-9/16 ± 1/16

27" Deluxe
Accessory Trim Kit
JX1527MWW
JX1527MBW
JX1527MWW
JX1527MBW
JX1527MAW

DucTt op

19-3/4
™

Optional Accessory Trim Kits for 1.8 GE Profile and GE
Microwave Ovens (Available at additional cost)
For a custom built-in appearance, these kits allow built-in installation of the 1.8 countertop
microwave oven into a wall or cabinet alone and are U.L.-approved for installation over a
GE single electric wall oven. These kits should not be installed over a gas wall oven.

30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits

27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits

JX1830SB—30" Stainless Steel
JX1830GB—30" Black
JX1830WB—30" White

JX1827SB—27" Stainless Steel
JX1827GB—27" Black
JX1827WB—27" White

“A”
29-3/4"
29-3/4"
29-3/4"
29-3/4"
29-3/4"

30" Deluxe
Accessory Trim Kit
JX1830SB
JX1830GB
JX1830WB
JX1830WB
JX1830GB

Model
JE1860SB
JE1860GB
JE1860WB
JE1840WB
JE1840GB

“A”
29-3/4"
29-3/4"
29-3/4"
29-3/4"
29-3/4"

Tri
Strim
ps

Bra

cke

21" MIN.
receptacle
in cabinet
19" MIN.
receptacle
outside
cabinet

27" Deluxe
Accessory Trim Kit
JX1827SB
JX1827GB
JX1827WB
JX1827WB
JX1827GB

Room Air

Dishwashers

Model
JE1860SB
JE1860GB
JE1860WB
JE1840WB
JE1840GB

24-1/8 ± 1/8

Cooking Products

27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits

Microwave Ovens

30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits

Laundry

For a custom built-in appearance, these kits allow built-in installation of the 1.6 countertop
microwave oven into a wall or cabinet alone and are U.L.-approved for installation over a
GE single electric wall oven. These kits should not be installed over a gas wall oven.

This information is not intended to be used for installing unit described. Before installing,
consult installation instructions packed with product/kit for current dimensional data.

See page 140 for warranty information.

203

BUILT-IN DISHWASHERS
GE Profile Performance Series™

GE Profile™

GSD4940CSS

GSD4930ZWW
GSD4920ZBB
GSD4910ZAA

GSD4630ZWW
GSD4620ZBB
GSD4610ZAA

GSD4330ZWW
GSD4320ZBB
GSD4310ZAA

GSD4030ZWW
GSD4020ZBB
GSD4010ZAA

●

3
Triple

3
Dual

3
Dual
●

Features
Wash System
SureClean™ Wash System
CleanSensor II
CircuClean Pump
Wash levels
Filtration system
Piranha™ Hard Food Disposer
Cycles
POTSCRUBBER
Pots and Pans
Normal Wash
Light Wash
China/Crystal
Glasses
Rinse Only/Hold
Options
Child Lock Option
Delay Start
Heated Dry On/Off
Hi-Temp Wash
Hi-Temp Rinse
Power pre-soak
Racks, shelf & basket
Upper Rack
Lower Rack
SmartShelf
Silverware Basket
SmartBasket Plus
Control type
Cycle progress indicators
Touchpads
Rinse Aid dispenser
Center throw door latch

●

Variable

●

Variable

●

2-4-8-Hour

2-4-6-Hour
●

●

Automatic

●

Super Nylon
Super12 w/4 Rows
of Fold-Down Tines
with Stemsafe
SmartBasket

Super
Super12 w/2 Rows
of Fold-Down Tines

Super

Super12

Deluxe

●

SmartBasket

Super

●

Electronic
5 LEDs
11
with Indicator

Electronic
5 LEDs
10
with Indicator

Electronic
1 “Clean”
11
with Indicator

Electronic
1 “Clean”
10
with Indicator

●

Profile Performance™

QuietPower™ III

QuietPower™ II

●

Stainless Steel
Trimless

WW, BB, AA
Trimless

100
34
24
24-3/4

N/A

GPF425A/B/W

N/A

GPF475

Economical & Quiet
Quiet
Sound insulation package
PermaTuf™ tub and door liner
GE Profile™ QuietMotor
ActiveVent
Quiet Water Valve
Tub collar trim

Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories

Appearance
Colors available*
Color panels—Door & Access

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
Height w/legs retracted (in.)
Overall width (in.)
Overall depth (in.)

Electrical Rating

Accessories
Requires kit for 1/4" panel
capability with trim
Requires kit for trimless
3/4" panel capability

Voltage AC.............................................120
Hertz.........................................................60
Total connected load amperage.............8.6
Calrod® heater watts..............................500
For use on adequately wired 120-volt,
15-amp circuit having 2-wire service with
a separate ground wire. This appliance
must be grounded for safe operation.

All GE Profile Performance™ and GE Profile™ Dishwashers are equipped with the following: 120°F inlet water capability, Easy-Glide roller system, convection drying,
horizontal mechanism, leveling screws.
*Colors available: SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white , BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.

Built-In Dishwasher Dimensions (in inches)
24-3/4*

Built-In Dishwasher Installation Information
(in inches)

Wood Insert Cut-Out Dimensions
Door insert

3/4
Detail D

Front
of
Panel

Countertop

23-3/8*

This wall area
must be free of
pipes or wires

90°
24"
MIN.

Hot
water
line on
left

5
34-1/2±1/4"
Underside
of countertop
to floor

Electrical
wiring is
3" from
cabinet

5
6

Access insert

90°
4

24-3/4
34" MIN.
adj. to 35*

Electrical
wiring on
right

Plumbing and electrical
service must enter
inside shaded area
19" MIN. from wall
24" From wall

21-1/2*

*Add 1/4" for
rear insulation
3-1/4

4 (Adjustable)

See page 140 for warranty information.

204

Panel Thickness

24" MIN.

Note: Dishwasher must not be installed more than 10 feet
from sink for proper drainage. All plumbing and electrical
work must be in accordance with local codes.
Note: If a flush look is needed, a 25" base cabinet needs
to be used.

1-1/2

Detail D
Side View GPF475 only:

1/2

1/4
D – Panel
Models/Kit
A
B
C
Thickness
GE Profile
Performance™ and
GE Profile™
models/GPF425
19-3/4"
23-9/16" 3-11/16"
1/4"
GE Profile
Performance™ and
4-1/4" to
GE Profile™
models/GPF475
19-7/8"
23-5/8"* 3-11/16"**
3/4"
*Bottom of panel must be notched 1-1/2" x 1/2" to clear access panel.
(See illustration above)
**Adjustment required to match adjacent cabinet fronts due to
leveling adjustment, 4" nominal.

DISHWASHER ACCESSORIES

GSD3830ZWW
GSD3820ZBB
GSD3810ZAA

GSD3630ZWW
GSD3620ZBB
GSD3610ZAA

GSD3230ZWW
GSD3220ZBB
GSD3210ZAA

GSD2230ZWW
GSD2030ZWW
GSD2220ZBB
GSD2020ZBB
GSD2200ZAD/WH GSD2000ZAD/WH

●

3
Dual
7

●

Dial
Dial
Dial
23
6-Hour On Dial

Dial
Dial
Dial
18

Dial
Dial
Dial
14

Dial
Dial
Dial
8

●

Rocker

●

Super
Deluxe
Super
Turn-To-Start
Dial & “Cycle On”
7

Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
Turn-to-Start
Dial
6

Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
Turn-To-Start
Dial

Standard
Deluxe
Deluxe
Turn-To-Start
Dial

with Indicator

●

Deluxe

Standard

●

WW, BB, AA
Trimless

WW, BB, WH, AD
Trimless

100
34
24
25-1/8

GPF325W/B/A

GPF375

Features

GE Profile Performance,™ GE Profile,™ and GE
(all above listed models):
GPF700A/B/W—trimless access panel

Dial

Note: A = Almond, B = Black, W = White,
S = Stainless Steel

Dial
7

Side Panel for All GE Models:
Contains one panel and adjustable toe-kick for end
cabinet installation of built-in model.
Does not attach to dishwasher.
Specify color: GPS5AD—Almond GPS5WH—White

Wood Panel Capability:

Appearance

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
Height w/legs retracted (in.)
Overall width (in.)
Overall depth (in.)

GPF53—Brackets for under non-wood countertop
installation
GPF95—Stainless sink for Spacemaker® dishwasher–
single bowl 21-1/4" x 25" Drain hole on right;
elbow and strainer included
GPF96—Stainless sink for Spacemaker® dishwasher–
single bowl 21-1/4" x 25" Drain hole on left;
elbow and strainer included
GPF97—Stainless sink for Spacemaker® dishwasher–
double bowl 21-1/4" x 33" Elbow and strainer included
GPF100—Heavy spring kit for custom door panel
weighing more than 4 lbs.
GPF200—Almond/Black/White side tub flange gasket kit
GPF325A/B/W—GE 1/4" panel trim kit (door and access)
GPF375—GE 3/4" trimless panel trim kit (door and access)
GPF475—GE Profile Performance™ and GE Profile™
3/4" trimless panel kit (door and access
[GPF100—heavy-duty spring kit included])
GPF425A/B/W—GE Profile Performance™ and GE Profile™
1/4" panel trim kit (door and access)

Laundry

Optional Dishwasher Accessories:

Economical/Quiet

Colors available*
Color Panels—Door & Access

GE Profile™ models: GSD4300 and 4000 Series.
GE Profile Performance™ models: GSD4900 and
4600 Series.
GPF400A/B/W/S—panel kit
GPF600A/B/W—trimless door panel

Dial
Dial

●

Quiet
Sound Insulation Package
PermaTuf™ tub and door liner
GE Motor

GE models: GSD3800, 3600, 3200, 2200 and 2000 Series.
GPF300A/B/W—panel kit
GPF500A/B/W—trimless door panel

Cooking Products

Wash System
SureClean™ Wash System
Wash levels
Filtration System
Cycles
POTSCRUBBER
Heavy Wash
Normal Wash
Water Saver
Light Wash
Short Wash
Plate Warmer
Rinse Only/Hold
Options
Delay Start
Heated Dry On/Off
Energy Saver On/Off
Hi-Temp Wash
Racks, shelf & basket
Upper Rack
Lower Rack
Silverware basket
Control type
Cycle progress indicator(s)
Touchpads
Pushbuttons
Rinse Aid dispenser

Dishwasher Panel Kits and Accessories:

Water Systems

Refrigeration

BUILT-IN DISHWASHERS

All GE Dishwashers are equipped with the following: 120°F inlet water capability, Easy-Glide roller system, convection drying, horizontal mechanism,
leveling screws.
*Colors available: WW = White on white, BB = Back on black, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White body w/black control panel,
AD = Almond body w/black control panel

25-1/8*

Installation Information (in inches)

Wood Insert Cut-Out Dimensions
Detail D
Side View GPF375 only:

Countertop
This wall area
must be free of
pipes or wires

90°

23-3/8*

24"
MIN.

34" MIN.
adj. to 35"

Hot
water
line on 34-1/2±1/4"
Underside 6
left
of countertop
to floor

3/4
Electrical
wiring is
3" from
cabinet

4
4

24-3/4

Panel Thickness

Door insert
90°

5
6

Electrical
wiring on
right

Plumbing and electrical
service must enter
inside shaded area
19" MIN. from wall
24" From wall

Detail D

Front
of
Panel

Access insert

1-1/2

1/2
1/4

21-1/2*

*Add 1/4" for
*rear insulation
3-1/4

24" MIN.

4 (Adjustable)

Electrical Rating
Voltage AC .............................................................120
Hertz.........................................................................60
Total connected load amperage .............................8.6
Calrod® heater watts..............................................500
For use on adequately wired 120-volt, 15-amp circuit
having 2-wire service with a separate ground wire.
This appliance must be grounded for safe operation.

Dishwasher Rough-In Information
Note: Dishwasher must not be installed more than 10 feet from sink
for proper drainage. All plumbing and electrical work must be in
accordance with local codes.

D – Panel

Models/Kit

GE Models
GPF325 Kit

18-7/8"

23-9/16"

Thickness

3-11/16"
1/4"
4-1/4" to
GPF375 Kit 18-15/16" 23-5/8"* 3-3/4"**
3/4"
*Bottom of panel must be notched 1-1/2" x 1/2" to clear
access panel. (See illustration above)
**Adjustment required to match adjacent cabinet fronts due
to leveling adjustment, 4" nominal.

Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
See page 141 for warranty information.

205

Dishwashers

Built-In Dishwasher Dimensions (in inches)

Room Air

Requires kit for 1/4"
panel capability with trim
Requires kit for trimless
3/4" panel capability

Microwave Ovens

Accessories

GE CONVERTIBLE/PORTABLE DISHWASHERS
GE
GSC3430ZWW
GSC3400ZBL

GSC3230ZWW
GSC3200ZBL

Features

Dimensions (in inches)
GSC3230ZWW, GSC3200ZBL, GSC3430ZWW and GSC3400ZBL
Portable
24-3/4

Wash System
SureClean™ Wash System
Wash levels
Filtration System
Piranha™ Hard Food Disposer
Cycles
POTSCRUBBER
Normal Wash
Light Wash
Short Wash
Plate Warmer
Rinse Only/Hold
Options
Delay Start
Heated Dry On/Off
Hi-Temp Wash
Racks (upper/lower)
Silverware basket
Cycle progress indicator
Pushbuttons
Rinse Aid dispenser

●

3
Dual

●

36-1/8*

24-3/4

●

Dial
Dial
Dial
19
1-6-Hour

Dial
Dial
Dial
14

●

Deluxe
Super
1 “Cycle On”
7
with Indicator

Deluxe
Deluxe
Dial
6

*Includes top
*Includes
and wheelstop

Built-In

25-1/8*

23-3/8*

●

24-3/4

Economical/Quiet
Quiet
Sound insulation package
PermaTuf™ tub and door liner
GE QuietMotor
GE Motor
Sealed toekick

QuietPower™ I

Standard

●

34" MIN.
adj. to 35"

●

21-1/2*

●

*Add 1/4" for
*rear insulation

●

3-1/4

Appearance
Colors available*
Color panels—Door & Access

WW, BL
Trimless

4 (Adjustable)

WW, BL
Trimless

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt (lbs.)
147
Overall height w/legs extended (in.)
36-1/8*
Overall width (in.)
24-3/4
Overall depth (in.)
27
*Colors available: WW = White on white BL = Black control panel and front panels w/almond side panels.

147
36-1/8*
24-3/4
27

Important Note: GE kit number WD35M34 needed when adapting GE
convertible dishwasher to a built-in installation. Contains built-in dishwasher
water valve, hardware and complete instructions for changing a GE convertible
dishwasher for under-the-counter installation.

GE SPACEMAKER® BUILT-IN 18" DISHWASHER
Dimensions (in inches)

Figure 1

17-13/16

GSS1800Z
Wash System
Wash levels
Cycles
Pots & Pans
Normal Wash
Light Wash
Rinse Only/Hold
Options
Heated Dry On/Off
Racks (upper/lower)
Silverware basket
Control type
Cycle progress indicator
Rinse Aid dispenser
120°F @ inlet water capability
Leveling screws

2
4
Dial
Dial
Dial
Dial
6
Rocker
Standard
Standard
Turn-To-Start
Dial
●
●
●

Economical/Quiet
Tub Insulation

Standard

Appearance
Colors available
Color panels
Door & Access

Black/Almond/White
2 Reversible:
Black/Harvest; Almond/White

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
70
Height w/legs retracted (in.)
34-1/8
Overall width (in.)
17-13/16
Overall depth (in.)
23-3/4
Note: For trim kit to install wood panel up to 3/16" thick on GSS1800Z model only,
order Pub. No. 5-A007.

See page 141 for warranty information.

206

90°

Features

34-1/4" Min.

24"

Electrical, drain and
water supply line
entrances must
be confined to
shaded areas to
avoid interference
with components
3"

From back of
rear frame
to wall

Bottom
of tub 7"
to floor

34-1/8
23-3/4*
*(rear of tub to front face of access panel)

1-1/2"

Dishwasher Rough-In Information
Note: Dishwasher must not be installed more than 10 feet from sink for proper drainage.
All plumbing and electrical work must be in accordance with local codes.
Most of the installation work should be done before the dishwasher is moved into place.
First, select a location as close to the sink as possible for ready access to water and
drain lines. For proper operation and appearance of the dishwasher, the cabinet opening
should be square and have dimensions as shown in Figure 1. If the dishwasher is to be
installed in a corner, there must be sufficient clearance to open the door as shown in
Figure 2. A minimum clearance of 2" is recommended.
Rough-in the water, electrical, and drain lines before proceeding with the installation.
The lines should run straight to their connections on the dishwasher.
Note: Make sure that the lines do not cross in front of the dishwasher motor or its legs.

Hot Water
Line

Electrical
Wiring
18" Min.

1-1/2"

Figure 2

Dishwasher

Dishwasher
Door

2" Minimum

Countertop

Refrigeration

Cabinet Cut-Out for Sink

GE
GSM2100ZAD/WH

,,,
,

Features

8" x 20" Adjacent
cabinet rear cutout

Wash System
Wash levels
Cycles
POTSCRUBBER
Normal Wash
Short Wash
Plate Warmer
Rinse Only/Hold
Options
Heated Dry On/Off
Racks, shelf & basket
Upper Rack
Lower Rack
Silverware basket
Control type
Cycle progress indicator
Pushbuttons
Rinse Aid dispenser

Stainless Steel Sinks
Single and Double Compartment Models
(Dimensions in Inches)

Sink
installation
cutout

2
5

Model Number

Cabinet side
adjacent to D/W

●

FRONT VIEW

●

Dial
Dial
Dial
8

3-1/4

11-3/4

12-1/2

●

Cabinet cut-outs for offset single and double
bowl sinks. Dishwasher not provided with
complete enclosure. Enclosures for sides,
top, bottom, and back must be provided by
installer at time of installation.

Spacemaker™
Deluxe
Deluxe
Turn-To-Start
Dial
4
●

Economical/Quiet
PermaTuf™ tub and door liner
GE Motor

GPF95 (Single Bowl, R)*
GPF96 (Single Bowl, L)*
GPF97 (Double Bowl)

Overall
Size
L
W
25 21-1/4
25 21-1/4
33 21-1/4

Inside
Each
Compartment
L
W
D
21 15-3/4 5 -3/8
21 15-3/4 5 -3/8
14 15-3/4 5 -3/8

Cutout In
No. Of
Countertop
1 -1/2"
1-1/2" Radius
Dia.
Ship.
Model Number
Corners
Faucet
Wt.
Holes
Lbs.
L
W
GPF95 (Single Bowl, R)* 24-3/8 20 -5/8 3 or 4**
10
GPF96 (Single Bowl, L)* 24-3/8 20 -5/8 3 or 4**
10
GPF97 (Double Bowl)
32 -3/8 20 -5/8 3 or 4** 12-1/2
Note: Drain opening size is 3 -1/2".
Above models are fully sound deadened.
*Suffix “L” or “R” means drain outlet is located in upper left or
right corner of sink compartment.
**All have four holes, but one hole has a removable plug.

●

Laundry

●

Appearance

Access insert

3-11/16

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
100
Height w/legs retracted (in.)
34
Overall width (in.)
24
Overall depth (in.)
24
*Colors available: AD = Black control panel with almond front panels.
WH = Black control panel with white front panels.
Note: Undersink dishwashers can be installed only under sinks and not under other appliances.

Plumbing/Electrical Rough-In

23-9/16

Wood Insert Cut-Out Dimensions (in inches)
Inserts must not exceed 1/4" thickness within
5/16" of edge around full circumference.
Order GPF325 kit.

Cabinet Rough-In

Wall
20-1/2" MAX.
Sink bowl

Countertop 1-1/2" MIN. thick

3/4" MIN.

1" MAX. to
sink flange

11" MIN
Drain CL

6" MAX.

FRONT VIEW
Plumbing and
wiring must enter
within this area
from either side,
4 rear or bottom

10-1/4" MAX.

Cold

FRONT VIEW

Hot

Dishwasher

SIDE VIEW

19" From
Cable 24"
wall
from wall

Ground
Black (line)
White (neutral)

10-1/4" MAX.
Plumbing depth

11-3/4"
MAX. Plumbing

34-1/4
± 1/4

6" MAX.

2" From
floor

1-1/4"
MIN. I.R.

7-1/2

Toe
kick
area

2" From
cabinet

Cooking Products

18-7/8

Plumbing: Hot Water Only: Use 3/8" O.D. copper
tubing or 1/2" O.D. plastic tubing min. inlet line.
Water valve has 3/8" internal threads. Hand cut-off valve
is recommended.
Electrical: Fuse circuit with 15 amp or 20 amp standard
fuse or circuit breaker. Total amp load is 8.6.
Dishwasher operates on 120V, 60 Hz power. Two-wire
cable (14 Ga. Min.) with ground must be installed.
Note: All rough-in, both plumbing and electrical, must
be completed before the dishwasher is installed. All
plumbing and electrical work must be in accordance
with local codes.
Specifications: Inlet Water Temperature Recommended:
Minimum 120°F. at dishwasher. Inlet Water Pressure
Required: 15 to 120 lbs./sq. in.

Front of cabinet

Flange
4" MAX.

Floor

12"
MIN.

Floor

24"
min. cabinet

Either single- or double-bowl sink may be used, centered or offset, as shown in the front illustration above. The 20-1/2" max.
dimension from wall to front of sink bowl must be accurate if dishwasher is to fit properly under sink. Water lines to sink faucet and
drain from sink can be run through area “A.” HOT WATER line to dishwasher is installed in area “B.” Garbage disposer, water lines
to faucet, trap, waste air gap and water cut-off valve are installed in 12" wide cabinet shown in area “C.” Sink opening for garbage
disposer must be dimensioned as shown in front view, area “C” above (7-1/2"). This will provide clearance for disposer and plumbing
in cabinet “C” when using double bowl sink. If the sink bowl is more than 20-1/2" max. specified distance from the wall, or if the base
cabinet is less than the 24" min. depth from the wall, a gap between the tub front flange and the front of the base cabinet may result.

Rough-In for Installation with Disposer
To
air
gap

Rear View Plumbing Arrangement
6" Double-bowl
stainless steel sink

Sink
strainer
assembly

Directional flow tee

FRONT VIEW
Drain
connection
4
1-1/2" MAX.
dia. hole

Waste tee
or disposer
Remove hopper plug
before connecting
dishwasher drain

12" From wall

6
10"
from
cabinet

Allow a 5" radius
to prevent kinking

GFC290/300/700
Disposall®
unit
1-1/2"
Directional
flow tee

1-1/2" Close
elbow
Spacemaker®
dishwasher

Cold water
Hot water
Valve to shut off
water to dishwasher
Hot water supply
to dishwasher Dishwasher
drain hose

A close-fitting elbow or special shallow sink strainer is necessary to provide clearance
between sink drain and dishwasher. Dishwasher furnished with 1/2" I.D. drain hose, 78"
long. If using copper tubing, 2" length of 1/2" I.D. rubber hose must be provided to connect
copper tubing to pump outlet. Disposer should have 7/8" I.D. dishwasher drain connector.

Countertop
25" deep
1-1/2" thick

Microwave Ovens

Door insert

Dishwashers

AD, WH
Trimless
Trimless

Dishwasher
water inlet
valve
Electrical
junction box
(on dishwasher)

See page 141 for warranty information.

207

Room Air

Colors available*
Door
Color Panels Access

Water Systems

GE SPACEMAKER® UNDERSINK DISHWASHER

DISPOSALL® FOOD WASTE DISPOSERS
GE
Continuous Feed Models

GFC1000Y

GFC800Y

Batch Feed Model

GFC705Y

GFC700Y

GFC305Y

GFC300Y

GFC295Y

GFC290Y

GFB1050V

1/2
Wall Switch
Continuous
Line Cord

1/2
Wall Switch
Continuous
Direct Wire

1/2
Wall Switch
Continuous
Line Cord

1/2
Wall Switch
Continuous
Direct Wire

1/3
Wall Switch
Continuous
Line Cord

1/3
Wall Switch
Continuous
Direct Wire

3/4
Stopper
Batch
Direct Wire

●

Fast Mount

Twist Top

Features
Motor horsepower
3/4
1/2
Control method
Wall Switch
Wall Switch
Feed type
Continuous
Continuous
Power connection
Direct Wire
Direct Wire
Power Boost
●
Impellers
Dual swivel
●
●
Jam resistant
●
●
Stainless steel
●
●
Stainless steel sink flange
●
●
Mounting type
Fast Mount
Fast Mount
Precutter
●
●
Splash guard
Removable
Removable
Sink stopper
●
●
Dishwasher drain connector
●
●
Manual reset overload protector
●
●
Permanently lubricated bearing
●
●
Plastic drain elbow
●
●
Turntable
Stainless Steel
Galvanized
Polyester drain housing
●
●
Grinding speed (RPM’s)
8000
8000
Hopper
Polypropylene Polypropylene
Hopper liner and grinding ring
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel

●

Removable

Non-Removable

●

Galvanized

Stainless Steel

●

8000
Polypropylene
Stainless Steel

8000
Polypropylene
Galvanized

2700
Nylon
Stainless Steel

Disposers

Economical/Quiet
Sound insulation wrapper

Super Deluxe

Deluxe

Standard

Super Deluxe

12.5
11
14-5/8
6-1/4
3-1/4
8-1/4
8-1/8
7/8
1-1/2

10.0
8.8
14-5/8
6-1/4
3-1/4
8-1/4
8-1/8
7/8
1-1/2

9.8
8.6
14-5/8
6-1/4
3-1/4
8-1/4
8-1/8
7/8
1-1/2

8.4
7.6
14-5/8
6-1/4
3-1/4
8-1/4
6-3/8
7/8
1-1/2

14.0
12.5
16-9/16
5-1/2
6-1/2
9-5/16
8-5/8
1
1-1/2

GPF71
GPF72

Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
Net weight (lbs.)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Dishwasher inlet diameter (in.)
Drain outlet diameter (in.)

Accessories
White sink flange & stopper
Almond sink flange & stopper

COMPACTORS
GE
GCG1530ZWW
GCG1520ZBB

GCG950T

27 seconds max.,
14 seconds min.
1/3
75% reduction
of volume
2,300

70 seconds max.,
12 seconds min.
1/3
75% reduction
of volume
5,000

●

GCG1530ZWW,
GCG1520ZBB,GCG950T
Convertible Compactors

Features

Cycle time
Motor horsepower
Compression ratio (average)
Ram force (lb.) (max.)
Lock/start control w/removable key
Bag storage

●

Appearance
Color appearance
Door panels included
Heavy-gauge steel construction
1/4" panel capability

WW, BB
White/Black; Black/White

BB
Black/Almond

●

Weights & Dimensions
Total appliance weight (lbs.)
Overall height (in.)
Overall width (in.)
Overall depth (in.)
Clearance for drop-down drawer side
Drawer extension for removal
Custom panel size H x W (in.)

146
134
34-1/4
34-1/2
15
12
24-1/4
20-1/4
6" or more on right side
23" or more in
front of appliance
22" or more
22-15/16 x 14-5/8
20-7/8 x 11-11/16

Accessories
Compactor bags
Optional toe pedal opener kit

See page 141 for warranty information.

208

WC60X5017

WC60X5015
GSA85

Compactor Accessories:
GPF80 White/Black Panel
for GCG1530
GPF81 Black/Almond Panel
for GCG1520

Disposer
Accessories:
GPF75 Clamp nut kit

15,000/14,500
230/208
9.0/9.0
7.5/8.1
1,670/1,610
Tandem
2

12,000/11,800
230/208
9.1/9.1
5.9/6.4
1,315/1,295
Tandem
3

AMH10AA

AGH08FA

AMH06LA

14,000
115
10.0
12.0
1,400
Parallel
2

11,500
115
10.0
10.1
1,150
Parallel
3

10,000
115
10.0
8.9
1,000
Parallel
3

7,800
115
10.0
7.0
780
Parallel
2

5,800
115
10.0
5.2
580
Parallel
2

4.0

3.2

3.0

2.5

0.9

Water Systems

18,000/17,500
230/208
9.5/9.5
7.9/8.5
1,890/1,840
Tandem
2

Deluxe 115 Volt
AVM14AB
AMH12AC

●
●

8.2

8.5

5.5

4.3

3.6
●

Filter type
Chassis
Window mounting
Window opening height (min. in inches)
Window opening width (min. in inches)
Window opening width (max. in inches)
Warranty*
Case Dimensions
Height (in inches) A
Width (in inches) B
Depth (in inches) C
Depth to louvers (in inches) D
Net weight (lbs.)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
*See written warranty for details.

2/2
500

2/2
450

2/2
420

3/1
330

2/2
400

3/2
340

3/2
325

2/2
205

2/2
220

●

10-Position
Rigid Frame/
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
EZ Mount
18-5/8
30-3/4
46-1/2
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

Electronic
Rigid Frame/
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
EZ Mount
15-3/4
26-1/2
41
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

10-Position
Rigid Frame/
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
EZ Mount
18-5/8
30-3/4
46-1/2
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

10-Position
Rigid Frame/
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
EZ Mount
15-3/4
25-13/16
42
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

10-Position
Rigid Frame/
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
EZ Mount
14
25
36
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

10-Position
Rigid Frame/
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
EZ Mount/V Kit
14-17/32
21-5/8
35
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

17-1/4
26-1/2
27-5/8
10-3/4
174
187

17-1/4
26-1/2
27-5/8
10-3/4
170
183

17-1/4
26-1/2
23-5/8
9-1/8
121
128

17-1/4
26-1/2
23-5/8
9-1/8
118
125

14-3/4
22-1/16
23-5/8
9-7/16
93
100

17-1/4
26-1/2
23-5/8
9-1/8
118
125

14-3/4
22
24
9-7/16
77
88

13-15/16
20-1/16
17-9/16
8-5/8
71
77

13-5/8
17-23/32
20-7/8
8-17/32
64
73

ASV08AC

AQV06LA

AQV05LA

Features
BTUH
Voltage
E.E.R. (BTUH/Watt)
Amps
Watts
Plug type
Dehumidification (pints/hr.)
Circulaire
Fan speeds (Cool/Fan Only)
CFM (High Shown)
Vent/exhaust
Thermostat

17,800/17,400
230/208
8.8/8.8
9.0/9.8
2,020/1,975
Tandem
5.1

Value 115 Volt
AGV12AA
AGV10AA

12,000/11,500
230/208
9.0/9.0
5.8/6.2
1,300/1,250
Tandem
3.5

12,000
115
9.0
12.0
1,330
Parallel
3.3

10,000
115
9.2
10.0
1,085
Parallel
3.0

8,000
115
9.0
7.9
890
Parallel
2.5

6,000
115
9.0
6.1
665
Parallel
1.5

5,000
115
9.0
5.1
555
Parallel
1.3

10,000
115
9.0
11.0
1,110
Parallel
3.1

7,000
115
8.5
7.5
820
Parallel
2.5

●

3/2
285
Exhaust
8-Position
Rigid Frame/
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
EZ Mount
16
27
39
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

3/2
265
Exhaust
8-Position
Rigid Frame/
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
EZ Mount
16
27
39
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

3/1
220
Exhaust
8-Position
Rigid Frame/
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
EZ Mount
14-3/4
25-1/2
37
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

3/1
190
No
8-Position
Rigid Frame/
Slide-Out
Fixed
EZ Mount
14-27/32
23-5/8
35-7/16
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

3/2
260
Exhaust
10-Position

3/2
210
Exhaust
10-Position

Foam
Fixed
V-Std. Mount
21 - 40-1/2
15-1/2
—
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

16-7/8
26
24-7/8
10-5/16
121
134

15
23-5/8
20-9/32
8-5/8
95
101

15
23-5/8
20-9/32
8-5/8
90
96

13-3/8
20-1/2
18-7/8
8-1/4
73
79

14-9/16
19-11/16
16-17/32
2-3/4
44
52

20-1/2
14-1/2
22-9/16
6
102
106

20-1/2
14-1/2
22-9/16
6
84
88

Parallel
115V.
15 Amp.

Perpendicular
230/208V.
20 Amp.

Tandem
230/208V.
15 Amp.

Large Tandem
230/208V.
30 Amp.

*Distance from front of
case to side louvers
(excluding grille).

AVX07FB

3/2
425
Exhaust
8-Position
Rigid Frame/
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
EZ Mount
18
29
41
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

Deluxe and Value Model
Wall Case Dimensions

Slide-Aire
AVX10AC

Note: When installing units in through-the-wall applications,
keep louvers free. Do not restrict air flow areas. Carry-Cool
units are not designed for through-the-wall applications.

Microwave Ovens

Value 230 Volt
AGV18DB
AGV12DA

Laundry

22,000/21,300
230/208
8.2/8.2
12.5/13.5
2,680/2,600
Perpendicular
2

AMD12DB

Cooking Products

23,500/23,000
230/208
8.7/8.7
13.5/14.4
2,700/2,640
Perpendicular
2

AVM15DC

Wall Outlets
All wiring, including installation
of receptacle, must be made in
accordance with local electrical codes
and regulations. Electrical outlet
should be in reach of line cord.
Note: Aluminum wiring may pose
special problems—consult a
qualified electrician.

Note: Some models may not be available in your area
due to local legislation. Contact your local dealer.
See page 141 for warranty information.

209

Dishwashers

Features
BTUH
Voltage
E.E.R. (BTUH/Watt)
Amps
Watts
Plug type
Energy Saver Feature (speeds)
Electronic Control
12-hour timer
Dehumidification (pints/hr.)
Circulaire
Fan Speeds (Cool/Fan Only)
CFM (High Shown)
Vent/exhaust
Control door
Thermostat

AVM18DC

Room Air

Deluxe 230 Volt
AVM24DD
AVM22DB

Refrigeration

ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS

BUILT-IN “J” SERIES UNITS AND HEAT PUMPS
GE
Chassis/Cool
Models
Capacity
BTUH-AHAM
E.E.R.
Dehumidification (pints/hr.)
Features
Fan speeds (Cool/Fan Only)
Airflow (cfm) roomside hi/low
Air exchange exhaust
Variable setting thermostat
Filter type
Rotary compressor
Economical/Quiet
Fan cycle switch
Appearance
Slide-out chassis
Installation
Wall case required
Weights & Dimensions
Height (in inches) A
Width (in inches) B
Depth (in inches) C
Approx. net weight (lbs.)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
Power/Ratings
Voltage
Amps-AHAM
Watts input
Line cord plug
Recommended circuit protection (time delay)

Chassis/Cool High-Mount

AJCS06LC

AJCS08AC

AJCS10AC

AJCS09DC

AJCS10DC

AJCS12DC

AJCH08AC

AJCH10AC

AJCH10DC

AJCH12DC

6000
9.5
1.4

8000
9.2
2.0

9900
9.2
2.7

8900/8700
9.5/9.5
2.5

9900/9700
9.2/9.2
2.6

11,600/11,400
9.0/9.0
3.2

8000
9.2
2.0

9900
9.2
2.7

9900/9700
9.2/9.2
2.6

11,600/11,400
9.0/9.0
3.2

2/2
210/180

2/2
250/210

2/2
265/230

2/2
250/210

2/2
265/230

●

Slide-Out

●

Wall
RAB46/47/48

15-5/8
26
16-7/8
66
75

73
82

82
90

75
84

82
90

84
93

75
84

82
90

84
93

115
5.7
630
Parallel
15 Amps

115
7.9
870
Parallel
15 Amps

115
9.7
1075
Parallel
15 Amps

230/208
4.2/4.6
935/915
Tandem
15 Amps

230/208
4.9/5.3
1075/1055
Tandem
15 Amps

230/208
5.8/5.3
1290/1265
Tandem
15 Amps

115
7.9
870
Parallel
15 Amps

115
9.7
1075
Parallel
15 Amps

230/208
4.9/5.3
1075/1055
Tandem
15 Amps

230/208
5.8/6.3
1290/1265
Tandem
15 Amps

Models

Chassis/Heat/Cool
AJES09DC

Chassis/Heat/Cool
High-Mount
AJES10DC

AJES12DC

Capacity
BTUH-AHAM
8900/8700
9900/9700
11,600/11,400
E.E.R.
9.5/9.5
9.2/9.2
9.0/9.0
Dehumidification (pints/hr.)
2.5
2.6
3.2
Features
Fan speeds (Heating/Cooling)
2/2
2/2
2/2
Fan Only speeds
2
2
2
Airflow (cfm) roomside hi/low
250/210
250/210
265/230
Air exchange exhaust
●
●
●
Variable setting thermostat
●
●
●
Filter type
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
Rotary compressor
●
●
●
Economical/Quiet
Fan cycle switch
●
●
●
Appearance
Slide-out chassis
●
●
●
Wall case required
RAB46/47/48
RAB46/47/48
RAB46/47/48
Installation
Wall
Wall
Wall
Window installation kit
Optional
Optional
Optional
Weights & Dimensions
Height (in inches) A
15-5/8
Width (in inches) B
26
Depth (in inches) C
16-7/8
Approx. net weight (lbs.)
77
84
84
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)
86
93
93
Power/Ratings
Voltage
230/208
230/208
230/208
Amps-AHAM
4.2/4.6
4.9/5.3
5.8/6.3
Watts input
935/915
1075/1055
1290/1265
Line cord plug
Perpendicular
Perpendicular
Perpendicular
Recommended circuit protection (time delay)
20 Amps
20 Amps
20 Amps
Reverse Cycle Heating
BTUH-AHAM
C.O.P. @ 47°F.
Amps-AHAM
Watts input
Electric Resistance Heating
BTUH-AHAM
11,600/9500
11,600/9500
11,600/9500
Amps (Max. connected load)
16.0
16.0
16.0
Watts output
3400/2780
3400/2780
3400/2780
All cooling with electric heat models and heat pumps are corrosion treated. Specifications and design subject to change without notice.

See page 141 for warranty information.

210

AJEH12DC

Chassis/Heat Pumps
AJHS08DC

AJHS10DC

11,600/11,400
9.0/9.0
3.2

8000/7800
9.2/9.2
2.0

9800/9600
9.2/9.2
2.6

2/2
2
265/230

2/2
2
250/210

●

Slide-Out

●

RAB46/47/48
Wall
Optional

86
95

75
84

84
93

230/208
5.8/6.3
1290/1265
Perpendicular
20 Amps

230/208
4.0/4.3
870/850
Perpendicular
20 Amps

230/208
4.9/5.3
1065/1045
Perpendicular
20 Amps

7700/7500
3.0
3.4/3.7
750/730

9700/9500
3.0
4.3/4.7
950/930

11,600/9500
16.0
3400/2780

Warranty*
Heating Capacity - Reverse Cycle
BTUH - AHAM - H.P.
Rated Heating Amps - AHAM
COP @ 47°
Heating Capacity - Electric
BTUH - AHAM - I 2R
Rating Heating Amps - AHAM
Heater Watts

22,000/21,300
16,000/13,400
230/208
8.2/8.2
13.0/14.2
2,680/2,600
22.8/20.9
30
Tandem

18,000/17,500
10,200/8,700
230/208
9.5/9.5
7.9/8.5
1,890/1,840
15.0/13.5
20
Perpendicular

15,000/14,500
10,200/8,700
230/208
9.0/9.0
7.5/8.1
1,670/1,610
15.0/13.5
20
Perpendicular

55" left
8.2
500

55" left
5.5
450

55" left
4.3
420

AJES06LS**

Cooling Only Units
Heat Pump
AJHS08AS**
AJCS10AZ
AJCS08AZ

9,900/9,700
11,600/9,400
230/208
9.2/9.2
4.9/5.3
1,075/1,055
15.5/14.0
20
Perpendicular

8,000
4100
115
9.2
7.9
870
12.0
15
Parallel

6,000
4100
115
9.5
5.7
630
12.0
15
Parallel

8,000
4100
115
9.2
7.9
870
12.0
15
Parallel

20 Amps

15 Amps

2.6
250

2.0
250

1.4
210

AJCS06LZ

9,900

8,000

6,000

115
9.2
9.7
1,075

115
9.2
7.9
870

115
9.5
5.7
630

15
Parallel

15 Amps

2.0
230

2.7
250

2.0
250

1.4
210

●

4-Way

2/2
2

2
2

●

2/2
1

2/2
2
●

●

10-Position
Rigid/Slide-Out
Slide-Out
Recip.
Rigid Panel
18-5/8
26-3/4
40

10-Position
Rigid/Slide-Out
Slide-Out
Rotary
Rigid Panel
18-5/8
26-3/4
40

Variable Setting
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
Rotary
Standard
17
31
42

Variable Setting
Slide-Out
Slide-Out
Rotary
EZ Mount
17
31
41

17-1/4
26-1/2
27-5/8
10-3/4
172
185
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

17-1/4
26-1/2
23-5/8
9-1/8
123
130
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

17-1/4
26-1/2
23-5/8
9-1/8
120
127
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

15-5/8
26
16-7/8
None
108
117
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

15-5/8
26
16-7/8
None
96
105
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

15-5/8
26
16-7/8
None
89
98
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

15-5/8
26
16-7/8
None
98
107
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

15-5/8
26
16-7/8
None
105
114
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

15-5/8
26
16-7/8
None
93
102
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

15-5/8
26
16-7/8
None
86
95
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

7,700
6.8
3.0
16,000/13,400
22.8/20.9
5,200/4,280

10,200/8,700
15.0/13.5
3,320/2,690

11,600/9,480
15.5/14.0
3,400/2,780

4,100
12.0
1,200

Microwave Ovens

*See written warranty for details.
**These units are not intended to be the primary source of heat.

BUILT-IN ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS WALL OPENING FOR RAB46/47/48 CASES

Note: Units should be caulked on all four sides
of case to the building exterior to assure
building integrity.

15-3/4
26-1/8

OUTSIDE

Brick Block and Brick
Frame Construction

Fill open cells
with mortar
or insulation

Frame Construction

Trim Molding
(if desired)

Lintel

15-3/4
26-1/8

Two Wall Cases for Tenant Option Installation
When the air conditioner is offered as a tenant
option, these wall cases provide protection
against outside elements.
RAB47—includes wall case, exterior grille,
weather panel and steel closure panels.
RAB48—includes wall case, exterior grille,
steel closure panel and two layers of insulation.

Standard Wall Case RAB46
Solid-sided wall case fabricated of galvanized
steel with baked enamel finish. Welded areas
are coated with a sealing compound to help
resist rust and corrosion. Polymer gasket
surrounds opening to assure tight weather
seal. Aluminum grille (RAG13) is included.
Panels on interior and between case and grille
provide weather protection prior to installation
of chassis.

Plaster Line

Lintel

Make frame if desired or caulk
between case and siding

16-7/8

INSIDE

Caulking
Drip Rail

Flexible Mounting Position

Parallel
115V.
15 Amp.

Perpendicular
230/208V.
20 Amp.

Tandem
230/208V.
15 Amp.

Large Tandem
230/208V.
30 Amp.

Dishwashers

A finished opening of 26-1/8" x 15-3/4", clear of
intrusions, is required. Keep clearance of 4"
from side walls. Brick veneer or frame walls
should have wood studding surrounding case
to provide firm anchoring with screws. Case
can be fastened directly to brick or block walls
with screws sunk in lead expansion shields.

Refrigeration

AVE15DA**

Water Systems

Heat/Cool Units
AJES10DS** AJES08AS**

Laundry

GE “J” Series

Heat/Cool Units
AVE22DA**
AVE18DA**

R
R

Wall Outlets
All wiring, including installation of receptacle, must be made
in accordance with local electrical codes and regulations.
Electrical outlet should be in reach of line cord.
PULL

TAB
TO REMOVE
PANEL

CAUTION

REMOVE WEATHER PANEL BEFORE INSTALLING CHASSIS
DIRECTIONS:

PULL TAB WHERE NOTED AND REMOVE ENTIRE WEATHER
PANEL ( SHADED AREA) TO ENSURE PROPER UNIT PERFORMANCE.

Note: Aluminum wiring may pose special problems—
consult a qualified electrician.
Note: Some models may not be available in your area due
to local legislation. Contact your local dealer.
Note: When installing slide out chassis units in throughthe-wall applications, keep louvers free. Do not restrict air
flow areas. Fixed chassis units are not suitable for throughthe-wall applications.

Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories

Total capacity and
E.E.R. ratings are
calculated based
on the Association
of Home Appliance
Manufacturers’
standards.

See page 141 for warranty information.

211

Room Air

Features
Cooling BTUH-AHAM
Heating BTUH-AHAM
Voltage
E.E.R. (BTUH/Watt)
Rated cooling amps - AHAM
Cooling watts
Rated heating amps - AHAM
Circuit size, amps
Plug type (see below)
Line cord plug recommended
circuit protection (time delay)
Line cord length
Dehumidification (pints/hr.)
CFM (high shown )
Air exchange exhaust
Variable air discharge
Control Door
Fan speeds: Cooling/Heating
Fan Only position
Fan cycle switch
Thermostat
Filter type
Chassis
Compressor type
Window mounting
Window opening height (min. in inches)
Window opening width (min. in inches)
Window opening width (max. in inches)
Case Dimensions
Height (in inches) A
Width (in inches) B
Depth (in inches) C
Depth to louvers (in inches) D
Net weight (lbs.)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.)

GE Heat/Cool

Cooking Products

HEAT/COOL AND WINDOW/BUILT-IN “J” SERIES UNITS AND HEAT PUMPS

SPLIT SYSTEM ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS/HEAT PUMPS
GE
Indoor
Outdoor
Cooling capacity (BTU/hr)
Heating capacity (BTU/hr)
Auto operation
Cooling fan speeds/fan only
LCD wireless remote
“Sleep Mode”
24 Hr. Timer
(Delay Start/Pre-Set Stop)
Air flow, up & down–auto
Air flow, left/right–manual
EER, cooling
SEER, cooling
COP, heating
Watts, cooling
Watts, heating
Voltage/Phase/Hz
Amperes, cooling
Amperes, heating
Temperature range–cool (°F)
Temperature range–heat (°F)
Temperature increments (°F)
Dehumidification (pints/hr.)
CFM (Indoor/Outdoor)
Washable air filter
Tube kit
Weights & Dimensions
Indoor (H x W x D inches)
Weight (lbs.) shipping/net
Color
Carton (H x W x D inches)
Outdoor (H x W x D inches)
Weight (lbs.) shipping/net
Color
Carton (H x W x D inches)

Cooling Only
AS1CD09AA0
AS0CD09AA0

AS1CD12AA0
AS0CD12AA0

AS1CD18DA0
AS0CD18DA0

Heat Pumps
AS1RD09AA0
AS0RD09AA0

AS1RD12AA0
AS0RD12AA0

AS1RD18DA0
AS0RD18DA0

9,000
N/A

12,000
N/A

18,000/17,800
N/A

9,000
9,000

12,000
12,000

18,000/17,800
19,000/18,700

●

3/3

3/3/3

●

9.6
10.0
N/A
940
N/A
115/60/1
8.5
N/A
64-86
N/A
2
2.6
280/882

9.3
10.0
N/A
1290
N/A
115/60/1
11.7
N/A
64-86
N/A
2
3.5
330/882

9.5/9.5
10.0/10.0
N/A
1900/1870
N/A
230-208/60/1
8.5/9.0
N/A
64-86
N/A
2
5.3
460/1835

10.0
10.0
3.1
900
860
115/60/1
8.0
7.7
64-86
60-86
2
2.6
280/882

9.3
10.0
2.75
1290
1290
115/60/1
11.7
11.7
64-86
60-86
2
3.5
330/882

9.5/9.5
10.0/10.0
2.9/2.9
1900/1870
1900/1870
230-208/60/1
8.5/9.0
8.5/9.0
64-86
60-86
2
5.3
460/1835

Optional Tube Kits

●

Optional

11.4 x 35.4 x 7.2
28.7/19.8
Dove White
14.6 x 38.2 x 9.9
21.9 x 31.6 x 10.3
83.8/77.2
Pigeon Grey
23.9 x 37.8 x 15.1

11.4 x 42.6 x 7.2
33.0/24.2
Dove White
14.6 x 45.6 x 9.9
25.8 x 34.3 x 12.6
130/121
Pigeon Grey
28.1 x 40.3 x 17.4

11.4 x 35.4 x 7.2
28.7/19.8
Dove White
14.6 x 38.2 x 9.9
21.9 x 31.6 x 10.3
83.8/77.2
Pigeon Grey
23.9 x 37.8 x 15.1

11.4 x 42.6 x 7.2
33.0/24.2
Dove White
14.6 x 45.6 x 9.9
25.8 x 34.3 x 12.6
130/121
Pigeon Grey
28.1 x 40.3 x 17.4

9,000 BTU/Hr. Models
TUS1542 TUS2542
Insulated Tubing
Wiring
Wall Hole Sleeve
Suction Line
Liquid Line

15'
30'
Standard
0.5"
0.25"

25'
30'
Standard
0.5"
0.25"

12,000 BTU/Hr. Models
TUS1542 TUS2542
Insulated Tubing
Wiring
Wall Hole Sleeve
Suction Line
Liquid Line

15'
30'
Standard
0.5"
0.25"

25'
30'
Standard
0.5"
0.25"

18,000 BTU/Hr. Models
TUS1553 TUS2553
Insulated Tubing
Wiring
Wall Hole Sleeve
Suction Line
Liquid Line

15'
30'
Standard
0.625"
0.375"

25'
30'
Standard
0.625"
0.375"

ZONELINE SPECIFICATIONS –HEATER WATTAGE AND POWER CONNECTION KITS
DELUXE LINE: 2200, DRY AIR 25 AND 3200 SERIES
Models are manufactured with fixed heater wattages with the appropriate power cord
attached (all 265 volt models are permanently connected).
5.0 KW heaters are not available on 7,000 BTUH models.

PREMIUM LINE: 5200 SERIES
Power Connection Kits are REQUIRED on Premium Zoneline Chassis. (See chart.)
The correct kit for the installation is determined by the voltage and amperage of the electrical
circuit and the means of connecting the unit to the building wiring. If the unit is to be plugged
into a receptacle, a line cord kit would be used; if the unit is to be permanently connected, a
permanent connection kit would be used.
Note: 265 volt cord set units must be installed in compliance with National Electrical Code®.
Power Connection Kit
Required on premium
models. See specification
sheet for heater KW and
branch circuit ampacity.

Heater
Amps
11.1/10.0
15.0/13.6
21.7/19.7
7.5
11.3
15.1
18.9

Heater
Designator
2
3
5
2
3
4
5

230/208 Volt—Line Cord Connected Units
Power Connection Kit
RAK3152
Heater KW
2.55/2.09
Watts
2550/2090
BTUH
8600/7100
Amps
11.1/10.0
Min. Circuit Amps
15
Recommended
15 Amp Time Delay
Protective Device
Fuse or Breaker

Watts
2550/2090
3450/2820
5000/4090
2000
3000
4000
5000

KWH
2.55/2.09
3.45/2.82
5.00/4.09
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0

Minimum
Ampacity
15
20
30
15
15
20
30

RAK3202
3.45/2.82
3450/2820
11,700/9600
15.0/13.6
20
20 Amp Time Delay
Fuse or Breaker

BTUH
8600/7100
11,700/9600
17,000/13,900
6,800
10,200
13,600
17,000

RAK3302
5.00/4.09
5000/4090
17,000/13,900
21.7/19.7
30
30 Amp Time Delay
Fuse or Breaker

Receptacles/Sub-bases

Tandem
230/208V 15 Amp
NEMA6-20R

Perpendicular
230/208V 20 Amp
NEMA6-20R

Large Tandem
230/208V 30 Amp
NEMA6-30R

RAK3152/3202/3302
230/208 volt Line
Cord Connection Kit
265V 15 Amp
265V 20 Amp
NEMA7-15R;
NEMA7-20R;
receptacle used on
receptacle used on
265V sub-base GE0715 265V sub-base GE0720-3

GE has a policy of continuous improvement on its products and reserves
the right to change materials and specifications without notice.
See page 141 for warranty information.

212

Voltage
230/208
230/208
230/208
265
265
265
265

265V 30 Amp
NEMA7-30R;
receptacle used on
265V sub-base GE073

265 Volt—Permanent Connected Units* (Cord Set)
Power Connection Kit
RAK5152
RAK5172
Heater KW
1.7
3.0
Watts
1700
3000
BTUH
5800
10,200
Amps
6.4
11.3
Min. Circuit Amps
15
15
Recommended
15 Amp Time
15 Amp Time
Protective Device
Delay Fuse
Delay Fuse
*To be used with sub-base.

RAK5202
3.7
3700
12,600
14.0
20
20 Amp Time
Delay Fuse

RAK5302
5.0
5000
17,000
18.9
30
30 Amp Time
Delay Fuse

Sub-bases
RAK204U
RAK204D20
RAK204D30
RAK204E15
RAK204E20
RAK204E30
Voltage
N/A
230/208
230/208
265
265
265
Amps
N/A
15/20
30
15
20
30
Receptacle
N/A
NEMA6-20R
NEMA6-30R
NEMA7-15R
NEMA7-20R
NEMA7-30R
265 Volt units are to be direct connected. Cordset through enclosed chaseway into interior sub-base receptacle meets
the NEC requirements.

Refrigeration

ZONELINE PACKAGED TERMINAL UNIT SPECIFICATIONS
GE

230/208V Models
Capacity
Cooling BTUH
EER (BTU/Watt)
Dehumidification Pts/Hr

AZ22E15D

AZ22E07D*P

Dry Air 25
AZ22E09D*P

AZ22E12D*P

7,100/6,900
11.6/11.6
1.7

9,000/8,800
11.3/11.3
2.7

11,700/11,500
10.7/10.7
3.6

14,600/14,300
9.6/9.6
4.5

6,800/6,600
11.1/11.1
2.2

8,600/8,400
10.8/10.8
3.4

11,200/11,000
10.2/10.2
4.5

240
210
40/35

260
230
65/60

270
240
70/65

310
280
70/65

230
200
40/35

230
200
65/60

240
210
70/65

95
75%
610/595
2.8/3.0
19.0
119/103

96
68%
795/780
3.6/3.9
21.0
122/105

97
67%
1095/1075
4.9/5.3
33.0
131/114

94
67%
1520/1490
7.0/7.5
38.0
138/122

95
66%
610/595
2.8/3.0
19.0
124/108

96
58%
795/780
3.6/3.9
21.0
127/110

97
57%
1095/1075
4.9/5.3
33.0
136/119

AZ22E07E

AZ22E09E

AZ22E12E

AZ22E15E

AZ22E07E*P

AZ22E09E*P

AZ22E12E*P

7,100
11.6

9,000
11.3

11,700
10.7

14,600
9.6

6,800
11.1

8,600
10.8

11,200
10.2

1.7

2.7

3.6

4.5

2.2

3.4

4.5

CFM, Indoor Fan High
CFM, Indoor Fan Low

240
210

260
230

270
240

310
280

230
200

240
210

Vent CFM

96
66%
610
2.4
16.0
124/108

94
58%
795
3.2
18.0
127/110

94
57%
1095
4.4
24.0
136/119

Water Systems

Dry Air 25

Deluxe Series—Cooling and Electric Heat
2200 Series Units
AZ22E07D
AZ22E09D
AZ22E12D

Features
CFM, Indoor Fan High
CFM, Indoor Fan Low
Vent CFM
Power Factor
Sensible Heat Ratio @ 230 Volts
Watts
Amperes, F.L.
Amperes, L.R.
Weight (Ship/Net)**

265V Models
Capacity
Cooling BTUH
EER (BTU/Watt)
Dehumidification Pts/Hr

Laundry

Power/Ratings

Features

Maximum Cord Extension (in inches)
RAB71A = 20-7/8
RAB77A = 21
7-1/8

SIDE
VIEW

Grille

RAB71A = 16
RAB77A = 16-1/4

Inside

Outside

Room
Cabinet

Inside

3. Slide In Chassis. With the wall sleeve, electrical receptacle, and
exterior grille in place, the separate chassis simply slides into position.
Install the roomside cabinet, and plug into the electrical receptacle.
You are now ready for many years of quiet comfort.

Wall Case Dimensions
RAB71 Insulated Wall Case
Heavy-gauge galvanized steel, with insulation.
A-42", B-13-3/4", C-16"

RAB77 Wall Case
Molded SMC fiberglass-reinforced polyester compound.
A-42-1/8", B-13-7/8", C-16-1/4"
Wall Opening Dimensions
Add 1/4" to A and C dimensions for all cut-out size.
RAB71—16-1/4" min. H x 42-1/4" min. W
RAB77—16-1/2" min. H x 42-3/8" min. W

See page 212 for heater wattages and power connection kits.

Note: Aluminum wiring may pose special problems—
consult a qualified electrician.
Cooling Sizes
All units come in four nominal cooling sizes: 7100, 9000,
12,000 and 15,000 BTUH.
Resistance Heat
Resistance heat or back-up heat determined by Quick Connect
power cord on the Premium Series and selected heater size for
the Value Series (15 amp. 8600 BTU, 20 amp. 11,700 BTU and
30 amp. 17,000 BTU @ 230 volt).

1. Frame the Opening. The RAB77A SMC wall case requires an
opening of 16-1/2" high x 42-3/8" wide. Position the sleeve, secure
it to the studs and then caulk. Complete instructions are furnished
with each unit.
2. Connect the Electrical Supply. Each Zoneline unit requires a
230/208V or 265V power supply. It is strongly recommended that
electrical connections be made by a qualified electrician. All wiring,
including installation of the receptacle, must be in accordance with
local codes.

Electrical Wiring
All wiring, including installation of receptacle, must be made
in accordance with local electrical codes and regulations.

Grille Options
Stamped Aluminum Grille—RAG60
Molded Exterior Architectural Louvers
(Cycoloy)
RAG61 or RAG64 (Beige)
RAG62 or RAG65 (Maple)
RAG63 or RAG66 (Bittersweet)
RAG67 (Extruded Aluminum)
Ducted Applications
2200 and 3200 series can be used with ductwork to heat or cool
more than one room. RAK6052 Duct Adapter is applied to top
of case over air discharge/RAK601 Duct Extension is applied to
right or left of adapter. Locally fabricated ductwork may be
added to extend to maximum recommended distance of 15 feet.
Electrical Connection
230/208 volt units may be plugged into a receptacle. 265 volt
units and special application 230/208 volt units require direct
connection. See Architects and Engineers Design Data Manual
for electrical connection information including use of sub-base
for direct connected units. Installation must comply with local
electrical codes and regulations.
For current Architects & Engineers Data Manual,
please request Pub. No. 20-S007P.
See page 141 for warranty information.

213

Microwave Ovens

Simple Three-Step Installation
Zoneline heat pumps and heat/cool units are designed for easy
installation, off or flush with the floor. When the SMC fiberglassreinforced polyester sleeve is installed, the chassis simply slides
into place.
Compatibility with existing Zoneline wall cases and rear grilles
simplifies retrofit installations. A new chassis simply slides into the
already installed wall case; the existing rear grille may be used as is,
or with a minor modification for greater operating efficiency.
And the exclusive Quick Connect power supply kit with Premium
Series makes it easy to connect the new unit to power sources
already in place.

Dishwashers

ZONELINE INSTALLATION

Room Air

Power Factor
90
94
94
96
Sensible Heat Ratio @ 265 Volts
75%
68%
67%
67%
Watts
610
795
1095
1520
Amperes, F.L.
2.4
3.2
4.4
6.0
Amperes, L.R.
16.0
18.0
24.0
31.0
Weight (Ship/Net)**
119/103
122/105
131/114
138/122
*For Dry Air 25 model number, designate respective heater number using chart above, followed by the letter “P”.
** ICR adds 3 pounds to unit weight

Cooking Products

Power/Ratings

ZONELINE PACKAGED TERMINAL UNIT SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.)
GE
Deluxe Series—Heat Pump Units
3200 Series Units
AZ32H07D
AZ32H09D
AZ32H12D

230/208V Models
Capacity
Cooling BTUH
EER (BTU/Watt)
Dehumidification Pts/Hr

AZ32H15D

Premium Series—Heat Pump Units
5200 Series Units
AZ52H07D
AZ52H09D
AZ52H12D

AZ52H15D

7,100/6,900
11.6/11.6
1.7

9,000/8,800
11.3/11.3
2.7

11,700/11,500
10.7/10.7
3.6

14,600/14,300
9.6/9.6
4.5

7,100/6,800
12.0/12.0
1.7

9,000/8,800
11.3/11.3
2.8

11,800/11,600
10.7/10.7
3.6

14,700/14,400
10.0/10.0
4.8

250
220
40/35

260
230
65/60

280
250
70/65

310
280
70/65

240
220
40/35

290
270
65/60

330
310
70/65

350
330
70/65

95
75%
610/595
2.8/3.0
19.0
6400/6200
3.5/3.5
535/520
2.4/2.6
125/109

96
68%
795/780
3.6/3.9
21.0
8400/8200
3.5/3.5
705/685
3.1/3.4
127/111

97
67%
1095/1075
4.9/5.3
33.0
10900/10700
3.3/3.3
970/950
4.3/4.7
131/121

94
67%
1520/1490
7.0/7.5
38.0
13400/13200
3.1/3.1
1265/1250
5.8/6.3
145/129

95
75%
590/565
2.7/2.9
19.0
6,400/6,200
3.5/3.5
535/520
2.4/2.6
129/104

96
67%
795/780
3.6/3.9
21.0
8,400/8,200
3.5/3.5
700/685
3.1/3.3
122/106

94
68%
1105/1085
5.1/5.5
33.0
10,900/10,700
3.3/3.3
970/950
4.3/4.7
132/116

95
65%
1470/1440
6.7/7.3
38.0
13,400/13,200
3.1/3.1
1,265/1,250
5.8/6.3
143/127

AZ32H07E

AZ32H09E

AZ32H12E

AZ32H15E

AZ52H07E

AZ52H09E

AZ52H12E

AZ52H15E

Cooling BTUH

7,100

9,000

11,700

14,600

7,100

9,000

11,800

14,700

EER (BTU/Watt)

11.6

11.3

10.7

9.6

12.0

11.3

10.7

10.0

Dehumidification Pts/Hr

1.7

2.7

3.6

4.5

1.7

2.8

3.6

4.8

Features
CFM, Indoor Fan High
CFM, Indoor Fan Low
Vent CFM

Power/Ratings
Power Factor
Sensible Heat Ratio @ 230 Volts
Watts
Amperes, F.L.
Amperes, L.R.
Reverse Cycle Heat BTUH
COP
Watts
Amps
Weight (Ship/Net)**

265V Models
Capacity

Features
CFM, Indoor Fan High

250

260

280

310

240

290

330

350

CFM, Indoor Fan Low

220

230

250

280

220

270

310

330

Vent CFM

Power/Ratings
Power Factor

Sensible Heat Ratio @ 265 Volts

75%

68%

67%

75%

67%

68%

65%

Watts

610

795

1095

1520

590

795

1105

1470

Amperes, F.L.

2.4

3.2

4.4

6.0

2.3

3.2

4.5

5.8

Amperes, L.R.

16.0

18.0

24.0

31.0

16.0

18.0

24.0

31.0
13,400

Reverse Cycle Heat BTUH

6,400

8,400

11,900

13,400

6,400

8,400

10,900

COP

3.5

3.3

3.1

3.5

3.3

3.1

Watts

535

700

970

1265

535

700

970

1,265

Amps
Weight (Ship/Net)**

2.2

2.8

3.9

5.0

2.2

2.7

3.9

5.0

125/109

127/111

131/121

145/129

120/104

122/106

132/116

143/127

AHG20LA

AHG50LA

AHG40LA

AHG25LA

19
63
Gray

50
113
Cameo White

40
131
Cameo White

25
134
Cameo White

●

** ICR adds 3 pounds to unit weight

DEHUMIDIFIERS

GE Profile™

Features
Dehumidification (pints/day)
Dry Airflow (CFM)
Color
Electronic Control
Auto Shut Off
Automatic Defrost
Water Full indicator
Fan speeds
Removable bucket with handle
Bucket capacity (pints)
External drain connector
Casters - 4 movable
Voltage
Watts
Amps
Circuit size (Amps)
Plug type
Case Dimensions
Height (in inches)
Width (in inches)
Depth (in inches)
Shipping weight (lbs.)
Net weight (lbs.)
Warranty*
*See written warranty for details.

See page 141 for warranty information.

214

●

115
450
5.3
15
Parallel

115
580
5.3
15
Parallel

115
550
5.1
15
Parallel

115
450
5.3
15
Parallel

22-5/8
12-1/4
10-5/8
42
38
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

20-7/8
12-5/8
17-1/8
48
43
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

20-7/8
12-5/8
17-1/8
54
50
Full 1-Yr.
Full 5-Yr.

Nomenclatures

READING SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATOR NOMENCLATURE
W

GE Refrigeration

Color
WH = White with Black Handle
and Dispenser
AD = Almond with Black Handle
and Dispenser
WW = White on white
AA = Almond on almond
BB = Black on black
BS = Black Case with
Stainless Steel Door

Configuration
F = Side-By-Side
P = CustomStyle™
Energy
X = Standard Efficiency, Textured Steel Model
H = High-Efficiency, Energy Components, Textured Steel
S = Stainless Steel Traditional Free-Standing Model
AHAM Rated capacity to the nearest 10th of a cubic foot

Model Year Designator

Shelves
J = GE Standard Glass
P = GE Profile™, Slide-Out Spill-Proof
Z = GE Deluxe Glass, Adjustable Spill-Proof
B = CustomStyle™ (Built-In version with Trim Kit)
P = CustomStyle™ (Free-Standing version)
S = Standard Wire Model or Stainless Steel Trim Kit Model

Icemaker
B = Water By Culligan™, Refreshment Center and Electronics
P = Water By Culligan™
R = GE LightTouch! Dispenser with Cubes, Crushed Ice and Chilled Water
W = GE LightTouch! Dispenser with Cubes and Chilled Water
I = Factory-Installed Icemaker, Non-Dispenser
A = GE Icemaker Ready

READING TOP-FREEZER REFRIGERATOR NOMENCLATURE
T

GE Refrigeration
Configuration
A = GE Single Door
B = GE Top-Freezer
N = CustomStyle™

Color
WH = White with Black Handle
AD = Almond with Black Handle
WW = White on white
AA = Almond on almond
BB = Black on black
BS = Black Case with
Stainless Steel Door

C = GE Bottom-Freezer
D = GE Cycle Defrost

Energy
X = Standard Efficiency, Reversible Doors, Textured Steel
H = High-Efficiency, Energy Components, Reversible Doors,
Textured Steel
S = Stainless steel model

Door Swing
R = Right-Hand L = Left-Hand
Model Year Designator

AHAM Rated capacity to the nearest 10th of a cubic foot
Shelves
D = GE Deluxe Wire
J = GE Spill-Proof Glass
P = GE Profile™ Slide-Out, Spill-Proof
Glass/Trimless model
S = GE Standard/Builder Wire

T = GE Upgrade Wire
Z = GE Deluxe Spill-Proof Glass
C = GE HPS Deluxe Spill-Proof
I = GE Standard Glass

Icemaker
R = GE LightTouch! Dispenser with Cubes, Crushed Ice & Water
A = GE Icemaker Ready
I = GE Factory-Installed Icemaker
N = GE Non-Icemaker
Y = GE Recessed Handle/Icemaker Ready

READING FREEZER NOMENCLATURE
F

GE Freezer
Configuration
U = Upright
C = Chest
Defrost
M = Manual
F = Frost-Free
AHAM Rated capacity to the nearest 10th of a cubic foot

H
Color
WH = White
Door Swing
R = Right L = Left
Model Year Designator
Series
D = Deluxe
S = Standard

215

READING WATER FILTRATION SYSTEM NOMENCLATURE
P

W
Faucet Color Options
WW = White on white
BB = Black on black
WH = Chrome with White Accents
BL = Chrome with Black Accents
(No color designator indicates unit
comes in chrome with Black Accents)

Brand
P = Profile Performance™/Profile™
G = GE
Packaging
N = Standard Packaging
X = Retail Packaging
Product Type
RV = Reverse Osmosis
UT = Taste and Odor Reduction
UV = Chemical Contaminant Reduction
UL = Lead/Cyst Reduction
EM = Empty (filters sold separately)

Model Year Designator
Capacity/Filter Selection
18 = 18 Gallons/Day Capacity
12 = 12 Gallons/Day Capacity
10 = 10 Gallons/Day Capacity

01 = Filters Sold Separately
03 = Taste & Odor Reduction
05 = Taste & Odor Reduction
10 = Chemical Reduction
30 = Lead/Cysts Reduction

READING WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM NOMENCLATURE
P

Z
Model Year Designator

Brand
P = Profile Performance™/Profile™
G = GE

Capacity
39 = 38,500 grains
31 = 30,800 grains
23 = 23,100 grains
18 = 18,000 grains

Packaging
N = Standard Packaging

Product Type
SF = Softener

READING WASHER NOMENCLATURE
W

GE Washer

Backsplash Color

Feature Pack
Common Brand Features
Exceptions:
K, N = Special
P = Profile™
C = Contract
S = Spacemaker®
Unitized
E = Electric
G = Gas

Body Color

Capacity/Configuration
L = Large
X = Extra-Large
S = Super32
C = Coin
K = Compact
Control Platform
Q = QuickClean
R = Rotary
P = Portable
S = Stationary
U = Unitized
F = Fabric Care
H = Horizontal Axis

216

Engr. Revision
Model Year
Designator
Voltage
0 = US Voltage
Number of Cycles
Number of
Speed
Combinations

GE Dryer

Backsplash Color

Feature Pack
Common Brand Features
Exceptions:
K, N = Special
P = Profile™
C = Contract
S = Spacemaker®
Unitized
E = Electric
G = Gas

Body Color
Engr. Revision
Model Year
Designator
Fuel/Voltage
E = Electric
G = Natural Gas

Capacity/Configuration
L = Large
C = Coin
X = Extra-Large K = Compact
S = Super
Control Platform
Q = QuickClean
R = Rotary
P = Portable

Nomenclatures

READING DRYER NOMENCLATURE

Dry Control
3 = ATC
5 = Electronic
Number of Cycles

S = Stationary
F = Fabric Care
H = Horizontal Axis Matching Dryer

Heat Selections

READING COOKING NOMENCLATURE
J

GE Cooking Product
Product Color
WH = White
AD = Almond
BG = Black Glass
BC = Brushed-Chrome

Gas
Configuration
B = 30" Free-Standing
C = 40" Free-Standing
D = 30" Drop-In
K = Wall Oven—27" Cabinet
M = 27" Drop-In
N = Hood—Non-vented
P = Cooktop
Oven Type
S = Standard
P = Self-Clean

S = Slide-In
R = Wall Oven—
24" Cabinet
T = Wall Oven—
30" Cabinet
V = Hood—Vented
X = Accessory

WG = White Glass
WW = White on white
BB = Black on black
AA = Almond on almond
SS = Stainless steel

Indicator for engineering
and product service only
Model Year Designator
Ignition System (Gas Models)
E = Electronic Pilotless Ignition
P = Standing Pilot

9 = Profile Performance Series™*
D = Warming Drawer

Feature Pack
Designates features—the higher the number, the more features.

Glass Color
G/B = Black Glass (or simply glass door)
A = Almond Glass
W = White Glass
P = Painted Door

*GE Profile Performance Series™ designated when three numbers are listed.

READING MICROWAVE NOMENCLATURE
J

GE Cooking Product

Model Year
Designator

Microwave Oven
E = Countertop Model
V = Over-The-Range Model
Installation
B = Built-In Capability
M = Mounts Undercabinet
S = Specialty Model
Cavity Size (cu. ft.)
1.6 cu. ft. 1.2 cu. ft.
1.5 cu. ft. 1.1 cu. ft.
1.4 cu. ft. 1.0 cu. ft.
1.3 cu. ft. .9 cu. ft.

.8 cu. ft.
.7 cu. ft.
.6 cu. ft.
.5 cu. ft.
.3 cu. ft.

Case Color
S = Stainless
B = Black
W = White
A = Almond
G = Greystone
Feature Pack
90 = Convection
60 = Sensor
50 = Sensor/
Convenience

40 = Convenience
35 = Value
30 = One Touch
20 = LED One Touch
10 = Mechanical

217

READING DISHWASHER NOMENCLATURE
G

GE Dishwasher

Exterior Color
WW = White on white
BB = Black on black
AA = Almond on almond
SS = Stainless Steel
AD = Almond panels with
black escutcheon
WH = White panels with
black escutcheon

Product Type
SD = Standard
SC = Convertible
SM = Spacemaker®
SS = 18" Spacemaker®
Series
10 = Leader
20 = 2-level wash
30 = 3-level wash
40 = Profile Performance™/GE Profile™

Model Year Designator
Z = 97
C = 98

Color
00 = Mixed
10 = Almond on almond
20 = Black on black
30 = White on white
40 = Stainless Steel door and access panel

READING WINDOW ROOM AIR NOMENCLATURE
A

Brand
A = GE

Market Generation
Voltage/Amps
L = 115V, 60Hz, <7.0 Amps
F = 115V, 60Hz, 7.0 - 7.5 Amps
A = 115V, 60Hz, >7.5 Amps
D = 230/208V, 60Hz, All Amperages

Unit Series
Basic Design
D = Deluxe
E = Electronic Controls
H = High Efficiency/Electronic
M = Deluxe

P = Special Market
S = Standard/Deluxe
V = Value

Capacity
Nominal BTU’s in 1000’s

READING BUILT-IN ROOM AIR NOMENCLATURE
A

Brand
A = GE
Category
J = 26 Inch Solid Sided Case Through the Wall Units
Type
C = Cooling
E = Electric Heat
H = Heat Pump
Unit Series
S = Standard Mount
H = High Mount Chassis

218

C
Configuration
C = Chassis Only
Z = EZ Mount Window Kit
S = Standard Mount (hardboard)
Window Kit
Voltage/Amps
L = 115V, 60Hz, <7.0 Amps
F = 115V, 60Hz, 7.0 - 7.5 Amps
A = 115V, 60Hz, >7.5 Amps
D = 230/208V, 60Hz, All Amperages
Capacity
Nominal BTU’s in 1000’s

READING SPLIT SYSTEMS ROOM AIR NOMENCLATURE
A

Brand
A = GE

Nominal Electric Heat
0 - None
2 = 2 KW
3 = 3 KW, etc.

Category
S = “Single” Split
M = “Multi” Evaporator Splits

Marketing Generation
A = 1st
B = 2nd, etc.

Designation
1 = Indoor
0 = Outdoor

Voltage
A = 115V, 60Hz
D = 230/208V, 60Hz

Type
C = Cooling Only
R = Reverse Cycle Heat Pump (no heat)
H = Reverse Cycle Heat Pump with Electric Heat (Supplementary)
Unit Series
D = Deluxe

Capacity
Nominal BTU’s in 1000’s

P = Premium

READING ZONELINE CHASSIS NOMENCLATURE
A

Zoneline ®
Packaged Terminal Chassis
Chassis Series
22 = Value Line Cool/Electric Heat
32 = Value Line Heat Pump
52 = Premium Line Heat Pump
Unit Type
E = Cooling with Electric Resistance Heat
H = Heat Pump with Electric Resistance Heat
Nominal Cooling Capacity
07 = 7000 BTUH Cooling 12 = 12,000 BTUH Cooling
09 = 9000 BTUH Cooling 15 = 15,000 BTUH Cooling

D
Special Features
B = Base Unit
C = Corrosion Treated
D = Internal Condensate Removal
(ICR) System
(Heat Pump Models Only)
5200 Universal Power Connection
(see Premium Series Models
-page 200)
2200 & 3200 Numeric
Designator of Heater Size
(see Value Series Models-page 200)
Voltage/Frequency
D = 230/208 Volt, 60 Hz
E = 265 Volt, 60 Hz

FOR INFORMATION ON HOW TO REACH THESE OTHER GE BUSINESSES,
VISIT THE GE INTERNET WEB SITE AT www.ge.com
GE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION & CONTROL

1-800-431-7867

Electrical distribution, control and circuit protection products, including transformers and switchgear, used in the contractor, industrial and OEM markets.

GE LIGHTING

1-800-435-2677

Lighting products for home, industrial and commercial applications.

GE PLASTICS, RESIN AND SHEET

1-800-845-0600

Roofing shingles, window frames, Lexan® sheet for windows and Nuvel kitchen countertops.

GE PLASTICS—SILICONES

1-800-255-8886

Silicone adhesives, conformal coatings, anti-foams, and other applications in the construction markets.

GE EXCHANGE

1-800-775-4322

Business Information center for upgrading long-distance telephone service and guaranteed savings.

GE CAPITAL MORTGAGE SERVICES

1-800-648-0262

Capital and mortgage products for lenders and borrowers.

GE CAPITAL REAL ESTATE

1-800-243-2222

Financial Services for commercial property builders, developers, investors and syndications.

GE CAPITAL MODULAR SPACE

1-800-523-7918

Mobile and modular buildings for use at construction sites and for temporary office buildings.

GE CAPITAL FLEET SERVICES

1-800-243-2222

Rental of commercial trucks and tractor/trailers.
219

AND GETTING BETTER
Even after 40 years of leadership in supporting
our builder and remodeler customers, we’ve just
begun. A dynamic new GE is emerging:
A company for whom “good enough” is never
good enough. A company constantly renewing
itself with fresh ideas. A company eagerly
anticipating the opportunities that lie ahead,
as

approach

new

millennium.

Join us–and share in the good things yet to come.

For more information on GE appliances, call the

GE ANSWER CENTER® 800.626.2000
toll-free, 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

G E

H O M E

ESSENTIALS
ALL APPLIANCES

GE Appliances

General Electric Company
Louisville, Kentucky 40225
www.ge.com/appliances
Pub. No. 24-C089
3/99

N E W

PC12468

INCLUDED!

GE has a policy of continuous improvement of its
products and reserves the right to change materials
and specifications without notice.

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.2
Linearized                      : No
Create Date                     : 1999:03:08 10:37:50
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 3.01 for Power Macintosh
Author                          : Donnie McCullum
Creator                         : QuarkXPressª: LaserWriter 8 8.5.1
Title                           : 12468 HPS FL (B-I Range)
Modify Date                     : 1999:03:12 17:24:57
Page Count                      : 220

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

12468 HPS FL (B I Range) Jenn Air Microwave Oven W206 990700010

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation